TENDER ENQUIRY DOCUMENT - Employees' State … · OF INDIA ENTERPRISE & Formerly HINDUSTAN LATEX LTD.) ... PCNL & Ureteroscopy. ... Cost of the Tender Enquiry Document Rs. 3,000.00

TENDER ENQUIRY DOCUMENT FOR PURCHASE OF

MEDICAL EQUIPMENT

FOR AND ON BEHALF OF

EMPLOYEE STATE INSURANCE CORPORATION UNDER THE ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROL OF MINISTRY OF LABOUR AND EMPLOYMENT

GOVT. OF INDIA

HLL/PCD/ESIC-18/10-11

BY

HLL Lifecare Limited (A GOVT. OF INDIA ENTERPRISE & Formerly HINDUSTAN L ATEX LTD.)

Procurement & Consultancy Services Division B-14A, Sector-62, Noida-201 307, Uttar Pradesh, India

Ph: 0120-4071500; Fax: 0120-4071513 URL: www.lifecarehll.com Email: [email protected]

HLL Lifecare Limited

HLL/PCD/ESIC-18/10-11 Page 2 of 189 17.06.2010

INDEX Section Topic Page No. Section I – Notice inviting Tender (NIT) ---------------------------------------------------------- 03

Section II – General Instructions to Tenderers (GIT) --------------------------------------------- 09

Section III – Special Instructions to Tenderers (SIT) ---------------------------------------------- 26

Section IV – General Conditions of Contract (GCC) ---------------------------------------------- 27

Section V – Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) ----------------------------------------------- 42

Section VI – List of Requirements ------------------------------------------------------------------- 43

Section VII – Technical Specifications --------------------------------------------------------------- 50

Section VIII – Quality Control Requirements ------------------------------------------------------- 164

Section IX – Qualification Criteria ------------------------------------------------------------------- 165

Section X – Tender Form ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 167

Section XI – Price Schedules -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 168

Section XII – Questionnaire ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 172

Section XIII – Deleted

Section XIV – Manufacturer’s Authorisation Form -------------------------------------------------- 173

Section XV – Bank Guarantee Form for Performance Security /CMC Security ---------------- 174

Section XVI – Contract Form (A & B) ------------------------------------------------------------------175

Section XVII – Proforma of Consignee Receipt Certificate ----------------------------------------- 179

Section XVIII– Proforma of Final Acceptance Certificate by the Consignee --------------------- 180

Section XIX – Details of Shipping arrangement for Liner Cargoes in respect of C&F/CIF/

TurnkeyF.O.R. Contracts for Import-------------------------------------------------- 182

Section XX – Check List for the Tenderers ----------------------------------------------------------- 186

Section XXI – Consignee address ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 189

HLL Lifecare Limited NIT


SECTION I

NOTICE INVITING TENDERS (NIT) HLL LIFECARE LIMITED

(A GOVERNMENT OF INDIA ENTERPRISE) Procurement & Consultancy Services Division

B-14A, Sector-62, Noida-201 307, Uttar Pradesh, India Ph: 0120-4071500; Fax: 0120-4071513

Email: [email protected]

Tender Enquiry No. HLL/PCD/ESIC-18/10-11 Date: 17.06.2010

1. Procurement & Consultancy Services Division of HLL Lifecare Limited (Formerly Hindustan Latex Limited), for and on behalf of Director General of Employee State Insurance Corporation (ESIC), invites sealed tenders, from eligible and qualified tenderers for supply of following Medical Equipment for ESI Hospitals at different locations within India:

Sl No

Short Description of Items Total Qty.

EMD Amount in Rs.

1 Basic instrumentation set for fracture 2 48000 2 Small Fragment and large fragment 2 56000 3 Portable X-ray Machine 4 24000 4 Plaster room equipment 1 13000 5 C-Arm (Image Intensifier) 2 92000 6 Arthroscopic instrument 1 90000 7 C-Arm compatible ot table for orthopaedics 2 96000 8 Slit lamp 1 12000 9 Applanation tonometer 1 8000 10 Phacoemulsification 1 20000 11 Operating Zoom Microscope for Ophtalmology 1 80000 12 Surgical Instruments for ophthalmology 2 64000 13 Diagnostic Cystoscope for endoscopy unit with

accessories 1 14000

14 Ultrasound machine 3 72000 15 Harmonic Scalpel 1 28000 16 UPPER GI VEDIO ENDOSCOPE AND RELATED

ACCESSORIES, VIDEO BRONCHOSCOPE (ADULT) , VIDEO COLONOSCOPE & VIDEO DUODENOSCOPE

1 80000

17 Electrosurgical unit 16 128000 18 Boyle's Appartus 3 42000 19 Emergency Resuscitation Kit 9 90000 20 Surgical instrument for minor operation sets 12 96000 21 OT Table for Gynaecology & Gen surgery 10 290000 22 General surgical instrument sets 16 192000 23 Burr hole set 2 32000 24 Vascular Surgical Instruments 2 40000 25 Cystoscope and TURP set 1 14000



26 ARGON BEAM COAGULATOR 1 36000 27 Multipara monitor with central station 18(3) 288000 28 3-D Echo Machine 1 100000 29 Fiber-optic bronchoscope 2 36000 30 Biphasic Defibrillator 12 84000 31 Pulse Oximeter 57 45600 32 12 Channel ECG Machine 8 24000 33 Tread Mill test machine 1 24000 34 External Fixator Set 2 80000 35 Deep Freezer -40 Deg 1 10000 36 Deep Freezer -70 Deg 1 12000 37 Arterial Blood Gas analyser machine 1 14000 38 Multipara monitor 41 492000 39 Anaesthesia work station 13 572000 40 Volumetric Infusion Pump 54 64800 41 Syringe Infusion Pump 51 61200 42 Ventilator Critical care 15 360000 43 Portable Ventilator 2 16000 44 Refregirated Centrifuge Table Top 1 6000 45 Automatic Tissue Processor STP 120i 11 154000 46 Binocular Microscope 6 27000 47 PHASE CONTRAST MICROSCOPE 4 32000 48 Co2 Incubator 1 14000 49 Bio-safety Cabinet 3 48000 50 LAMINAR FLOW- VERTICAL 2 18000 51 Fully automated 5 part differential haematology analyser. 1 14000 52 Electrophoresis Workstation 2 20000 53 Multiview Microscope 1 16000 54 Baby Warmer 8 38400 55 NEONATAL PHOTOTHERAPY UNIT - CFL 5 50000 56 Bronchoscope -Paediatric & Neonatal 4 72000 57 ECG Single Channel 2 1000 58 Optical urethrotome 1 10000 59 Diagnostic & Operative Laparoscope 2 140000 60 TMT 1 24000 61 Holter Recorders & Analisers 1 20000 62 Blood Bank Refrigerator 1 5000 63 Blood Collection Monitor 1 4000 64 Tube Sealer 1 2400 65 -40 Degree Freezer 1 4000 66 Deep Freezer - 86 Deg 1 6000 67 Platelet Incubator & Agitator 1 4000 68 Automated Plasma Thawing Equipment 1 6000 69 Automated Component Preparation Machine. 1 3400 70 Plasma Expressor 1 4000 71 Cell Seperator 1 8000 72 Quality Mixer 1 2000



73 Mobile Blood Transportation Box 1 1000 74 O T Table C Arm Compatible 2 96000 75 Urology O T Table 1 40000 76 Paediatric O T Table 1 40000 77 O T Table for Minor OT 1 7000 78 C-Arm with Image Intensifier 2 100000 79 Laparoscope Complete Operating Set (Paediatric) 1 70000 80 Electrical Suction Machine 10 10000 81 Automated Ext Defibrillator 10 80000 82 Blood Gas Analyzers 3 48000 83 Three Channel ECG Machine 6 12000 84 Urology Equipments for Cystoscopy, Resectoscopy,

Urethrotomy, PCNL & Ureteroscopy. 1 70000

85 Operating Laparoscope set for Urology 1 100000 86 Flexible Cystoscope 1 70000 87 X Ray Machine 500mA Digital 1 18000 88 Cytospin 1 6000 89 Auto Stainer 1 24000 90 Trinacular Research Microscope 1 8000 91 Mocro Pipettes 5 5000 92 Cryostat 1 18000 93 Cell Counter(Fully automated 5 part differential analyser) 1 14000 94 Rotary Microtome 2 2400 95 Autoanalyzer with 16 Channel 1 5000 96 Semi Auto Analyzer 2 6000 97 Incubator 3 42000 98 Elisa Reader with Washer 2 20000 99 Fully Automated Immuno Analyzer 1 36000 100 Urine Analyzer 1 9000 101 Coagulation Analyzer 1 14000 102 Electrolyte Analyzer 1 8000 103 Centrifuge 24-36 Tubes 3 12000 104 BACTEC System 1 12000 105 QBC Blood parasite detection system 1 16000 106 Automatic Tissue Embedding Centre 1 24000 107 Refrigerated Centrifuge 1 16000 108

pH Meter 3

12,000.00 109

Infant Resuscitator 3

30,000.00 110

Phototherapy Unit 3

1,800.00 111

Transport Incubators 3

42,000.00 112

Combination Therapy Unit 4

36,000.00 113

Hot Pack Unit 4

24,800.00



114 Cold Pack Unit

4 24,800.00

115 Traction Unit

4 72,000.00

116 Colpo-Micro Hysteroscope

2 48,000.00

117 Streak Retinoscope

3 6,000.00

118 Jet Ventilator

1 48,000.00

119 Central Monitoring Station

1 8,000.00

120 Electrophorosis Workstation

1 6,000.00

121 ELISA System

1 12,000.00

122 Orthopaedic Drill & Saw system Small Bone

1 14,000.00

123 Iontophoresis Unit

1 14,000.00

124 Iso-Kinetic Rehabilitation Unit

1 12,000.00

125 Shoulder Press & Lat Pull Iso-Kinetic Unit

1 10,000.00

126 Abdominal Iso-Kinetic Unit

1 8,000.00

127 Dental Automatic Film Processor

1 4,000.00

128 Dark Room Equipments

1 6,000.00

129 Flow Cytometer for CD4 & CD8 Counter

1 40,000.00



2. Tender No.: HLL/PCD/ESIC-18/10-11

Sl No.

Description Schedule

i. Dates of sale of tender enquiry documents

19.06.2010 to 17.07.2010, in all working days, during 1000 Hrs. to 1600 Hrs. (IST)

ii. Place of sale of Tender Enquiry Documents

HLL Lifecare Limited Procurement & Consultancy Services Divn. B-14A, Sector-62, Noida -201 307

iii. Cost of the Tender Enquiry Document Rs. 3,000.00/ USD 75.00 iv. Pre Tender Meeting Date & Time 24.06.2010, 1100 Hrs. (IST) v. Pre Tender Meeting Venue Same as given in 2 (ii)

vi. Closing date & time for receipt of Tender

19.07.2010, 1430 Hrs. (IST)

vii. Time and date of opening of Techno-Commercial tenders

19.07.2010, 1500 Hrs. (IST)

viii. Venue of Opening of Techno- Commercial Tender

Same as given in 2 (ii)

3. Interested tenderers may obtain further information about this tender from the office of Head (P&CD),

HLL Lifecare Ltd., Noida. Tender Enquiry Documents may be purchased on payment of non-refundable fee of Rs. 3,000.00/ USD 75.00 per set in the form of account payee Demand Draft/Pay Order/Cashier’s Cheque/Banker’s Cheque, drawn on a scheduled bank in India, in favour of “HLL Lifecare Limited” payable at New Delhi.

4. If requested, the Tender Enquiry Documents will be mailed by Registered Post/Speed Post to the domestic tenderers and by international airmail to the foreign tenderers, for which extra expenditure per set will be Rs 100.00 for domestic post and USD 50.00 for international airmail. The tenderer is to add the applicable postage cost in the non-refundable fee mentioned in Para 3 above. However, HLL Lifecare Ltd. shall not be responsible for any postal loss/delay.

5. Tenderer may also download the tender enquiry documents from the web site www.esic.nic.in or

www.lifecarehll.com and submit its tender by utilizing the downloaded document, along with the required non-refundable fee as mentioned in Para 3 above.

6. All prospective tenderers may attend the Pre Tender meeting. The venue, date and time indicated in the

Para 2 above 7. Tenderers shall ensure that their tenders, complete in all respects, are dropped in the Tender Box

located at HLL Lifecare Limited, Procurement and Consultancy Division, B-14A, Sector-62, Noida -201307, Uttar Pradesh on or before the closing date and time indicated in the Para 2 above, failing which the tenders will be treated as late tender and rejected. The tenders sent by post/ courier must reach the above said address on or before the closing date & time indicated in Para 2 above, failing which the tenders will be treated as late tender and rejected.

8. In the event of any of the above mentioned dates being declared as a holiday / closed day for the purchase organisation, the tenders will be sold/received/opened on the next working day at the appointed time.

9. The Tender Enquiry Documents are not transferable.



10. All Tenders must be accompanied by EMD as mentioned against each item. Tenders without EMD shall be rejected.

For and on behalf of Employee State Insurance Corporation

Head (P & CD) HLL Lifecare Limited, Procurement and Consultancy Division B-14A, Sector -62, Noida -201307, Uttar Pradesh.

HLL Lifecare Limited GIT


SECTION - II

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS (GIT)

CONTENTS Sl. No. Topic Page

No. A PREAMBLE 1 Definitions and Abbreviations 11

2 Introduction 12

3 Deleted --

4 Language of Tender 13

5 Eligible Tenderers 13

6 Eligible Goods and Services 13

7 Tendering Expense 13

B TENDER ENQUIRY DOCUMENTS 8 Contents of Tender Enquiry Documents 13

9 Deleted --

10 Clarification of Tender Enquiry Documents 14

C PREPARATION OF TENDERS 11 Documents Comprising the Tender 14

12 Tender Currencies 15

13 Tender Prices 15

14 Indian Agent 17

15 Firm Price / Variable Price 17

16 Deleted --

17 Documents Establishing Tenderer’s Eligibility and Qualifications

18

18 Documents Establishing Good’s Conformity to Tender Enquiry Document

18

19 Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) 18

20 Tender Validity 19

21 Signing and Sealing of Tender 19

D SUBMISSION OF TENDERS 22 Submission of Tenders 20

23 Late Tender 20

24 Alteration and Withdrawal of Tender 20



E TENDER OPENING 25 Opening of Tenders 20

F SCRUTINY AND EVALUATION OF TENDERS 26 Basic Principle 21

27 Preliminary Scrutiny of Tenders 21

28 Deleted --

29 Discrepancies in Prices 22

30 Discrepancy between original and copies of Tender 22

31 Qualification Criteria 22

32 Conversion of Tender Currencies to Indian Rupees 22

33 Deleted --

34 Comparison of Tenders

35 Additional Factors and Parameters for Evaluation and Ranking of Responsive Tenders

22

36 Tenderer’s capability to perform the contract 23

37 Contacting the Purchaser 23

G AWARD OF CONTRACT

38 Purchaser’s Right to Accept any Tender and to Reject any or All Tenders

23

39 Award Criteria 23

40 Variation of Quantities at the Time of Award 23

41 Notification of Award 24

42 Issue of Contract 24

43 Non-receipt of Performance Security and Contract by the Purchaser/Consignee

24

44 Return of EMD 24

45 Publication of Tender Result 24

46 Corrupt or Fraudulent Practices 25



A. PREAMBLE

1. Definitions and Abbreviations 1.1 The following definitions and abbreviations, which have been used in these documents shall have

the meanings as indicated below: 1.2. Definitions:

(i) “Purchaser” means the organization purchasing goods and services as incorporated in the Tender Enquiry document.

(ii) “Tender” means Bids / Quotation / Tender received from a Firm / Tenderer / Bidder. (iii) “Tenderer” means Bidder/ the Individual or Firm submitting Bids / Quotation / Tender (iii) “Supplier” means the individual or the firm supplying the goods and services as

incorporated in the contract. (iv) “Goods” means the articles, material, commodities, livestock, furniture, fixtures, raw

material, spares, instruments, machinery, equipment, medical equipment, industrial plant etc. which the supplier is required to supply to the purchaser under the contract.

(v) “Services” means services allied and incidental to the supply of goods, such as transportation, installation, commissioning, provision of technical assistance, training, after sales service, maintenance service and other such obligations of the supplier covered under the contract.

(vi) “Earnest Money Deposit” (EMD) means Bid Security/ monetary or financial guarantee to be furnished by a tenderer along with its tender.

(vii) “Contract” means the written agreement entered into between the purchaser and/or consignee and the supplier, together with all the documents mentioned therein and including all attachments, annexure etc. therein.

(viii) “Performance Security” means monetary or financial guarantee to be furnished by the successful tenderer for due performance of the contract placed on it. Performance Security is also known as Security Deposit.

(ix) “Consignee” means the Hospital/Dispensaries/Institute/Medical College/ person to whom the goods are required to be delivered as specified in the Contract. If the goods are required to be delivered to a person as an interim consignee for the purpose of despatch to another person as provided in the Contract then that “another” person is the consignee, also known as ultimate consignee.

(x) “Specification” means the document/standard that prescribes the requirement with which goods or service has to conform.

(xi) “Inspection” means activities such as measuring, examining, testing, gauging one or more characteristics of the product or service and comparing the same with the specified requirement to determine conformity.

(xii) “Day” means calendar day.

1.3 Abbreviations:

(i) “T E Document” means Tender Enquiry Document (ii) “NIT” means Notice Inviting Tenders. (iii) “GIT” means General Instructions to Tenderers (iv) “SIT” means Special Instructions to Tenderers (v) “GCC” means General Conditions of Contract (vi) “SCC” means Special Conditions of Contract



(vii) “DGS&D” means Directorate General of Supplies and Disposals (viii) “NSIC” means National Small Industries Corporation (ix) “PSU” means Public Sector Undertaking (x) “CPSU” means Central Public Sector Undertaking (xi) “LSI” means Large Scale Industry (xii) “SSI” means Small Scale Industry (xiii) “LC” means Letter of Credit (xiv) “DP” means Delivery Period (xv) “BG” means Bank Guarantee (xvi) “ED” means Excise Duty (xvii) “CD” means Custom Duty (xviii) “VAT” means Value Added Tax (xix) “CENVAT” means Central Value Added Tax (xx) “CST” means Central Sales Tax (xxi) “RR” means Railway Receipt (xxii) “BL” means Bill of Lading (xxiii) “FOB” means Free on Board (xxiv) “FCA” means Free Carrier (xxv) “FOR” means Free On Rail (xxvi) “CIF” means Cost, Insurance and Freight (xxvii) “CIP (Destinations)” means Carriage and Insurance Paid up to named port of

destination. Additionally the Insurance (local transportation and storage) would be extended and borne by the Supplier from ware house to the consignee site for a period including 3 months beyond date of delivery.

(xxviii) “DDP” means Delivery Duty Paid named place of destination (consignee site) (xxix) “INCOTERMS” means International Commercial Terms as on the date of Tender

Opening (xxx) ”ESIC” means Employee State Insurance Corporation. (xxxi) “DG” means Director General of ESIC under the administrative control of Ministry of

Labour and Employment (xxxii) “CMC” means Comprehensive Maintenance Contract (labour, spare and preventive

maintenance) (xxxiii) “RT” means Re-Tender.

2. Introduction 2.1 The Purchaser has issued these TE documents for purchase of goods and related services as

mentioned in Section – VI – “List of Requirements”, which also indicates, interalia, the required quantity, delivery schedule, terms and place of delivery.

2.2 This section (Section II - “General Instructions to Tenderers”) provides the relevant information as well as instructions to assist the prospective tenderers in preparation and submission of tenders. It also includes the mode and procedure to be adopted by the purchaser for receipt and opening as well as scrutiny and evaluation of tenders and subsequent placement of contract.

2.3 The tenderers shall also read the Special Instructions to Tenderers (SIT) related to this purchase, as contained in Section III of these documents and follow the same accordingly. Whenever there is a conflict between the GIT and the SIT, the provisions contained in the SIT shall prevail over those in the GIT.

2.4 Before formulating the tender and submitting the same to the purchaser, the tenderer should read and examine all the terms, conditions, instructions, checklist etc. contained in the TE documents. Failure to provide and/or comply with the required information, instructions etc. incorporated in these TE documents may result in rejection of its tender.



3. Deleted

4. Language of Tender

4.1 The tender submitted by the tenderer and all subsequent correspondence and documents relating to the tender exchanged between the tenderer and the purchaser, shall be written in the English language, unless otherwise specified in the Tender Enquiry. However, the language of any printed literature furnished by the tenderer in connection with its tender may be written in any other language provided the same is accompanied by a notarised English translation and, for purposes of interpretation of the tender, the English translation shall prevail.

4.2 The tender submitted by the tenderer and all subsequent correspondence and documents relating to the tender exchanged between the tenderer and the purchaser, may also be written in the Hindi language, provided that the same are accompanied by notarised English translation, in which case, for purpose of interpretation of the tender etc, the English translations shall prevail.

5. Eligible Tenderers

This invitation for tenders is open to all suppliers who fulfil the eligibility criteria specified in these documents.

6. Eligible Goods and Services

All goods and related services to be supplied under the contract shall have their origin in India or any other country with which India has not banned trade relations. The term “origin” used in this clause means the place where the goods are mined, grown, produced, or manufactured or from where the related services are arranged and supplied.

7. Tendering Expense

The tenderer shall bear all costs and expenditure incurred and/or to be incurred by it in connection with its tender including preparation, mailing and submission of its tender and for subsequent processing the same. The purchaser will, in no case be responsible or liable for any such cost, expenditure etc regardless of the conduct or outcome of the tendering process.

B. TENDER ENQUIRY DOCUMENTS

8. Content of Tender Enquiry Documents

8.1 In addition to Section I – “Notice inviting Tender” (NIT), the TE documents include:

Section II – General Instructions to Tenderers (GIT) Section III – Special Instructions to Tenderers (SIT) Section IV – General Conditions of Contract (GCC) Section V – Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) Section VI – List of Requirements Section VII – Technical Specifications Section VIII – Quality Control Requirements Section IX – Qualification Criteria Section X – Tender Form Section XI – Price Schedules Section XII – Questionnaire Section XIII – Deleted Section XIV – Manufacturer’s Authorisation Form Section XV – Bank Guarantee Form for Performance Security/CMC Security Section XVI – Contract Forms A & B Section XVII – Proforma of Consignee Receipt Certificate



Section XVIII – Proforma of Final Acceptance Certificate by the consignee Section XIX – Details of Shipping arrangement for Liner Cargoes in respect of

C&F/CIF/Turnkey/F.O.R. Contracts for Import Section XX – Check List for the Tenderers Section XXI – Consignee List

8.2 The relevant details of the required goods and services, the terms, conditions and procedure for tendering, tender evaluation, placement of contract, the applicable contract terms and, also, the standard formats to be used for this purpose are incorporated in the above-mentioned documents. The interested tenderers are expected to examine all such details before submission of the tender.

9. Deleted

10. Clarification of TE documents

A tenderer requiring any clarification or elucidation on any issue of the TE documents may take up the same with the purchaser in writing. The purchaser will respond to such request provided the purchaser receives the same minimum 1 (one) hour prior to the scheduled time of pre-bid meeting. Clarification for the same will be published on the websites as mentioned in para 5 of NIT (Section I) within 4 days after the prebid meeting.

C. PREPARATION OF TENDERS

11. Documents Comprising the Tender

11.1 The Two Tender System, i.e. “Techno – Commercial Tender” and “Price Tender” prepared by the tenderer shall comprise the following:

A) Techno – Commercial Tender (Un priced Tender)

i) Earnest money furnished in accordance with GIT clause 19. ii) Tender Form as per Section X. iii) Documentary evidence, as necessary in terms of clauses 5 and 17 establishing that the

tenderer is eligible to submit the tender and, also, qualified to perform the contract if its tender is accepted.

iv) Tenderer/Agent who quotes for goods manufactured by other manufacturer shall furnish Manufacturer’s Authorisation in the prescribed format as per Section - XIV.

v) Power of Attorney/Authorisation in favour of signatory of TE documents. vi) Documents and relevant details to establish in accordance with GIT clause 18 that the goods

and the allied services to be supplied by the tenderer conform to the requirement of the TE documents.

vii) Performance Statement as per section IX along with relevant copies of purchase orders and end users’ satisfaction certificate.

viii) Price Schedule(s) as per Section XII filled up with all the details including Qty., Make, Model, Contry of origin, etc. of the goods offered with prices blank (without indicating any prices).

ix) Certificate of Incorporation of the bidder. x) Checklist as per Section XX. xi) Statement of deviations parameter wise from tendered technical specifications, if any.

B) Price Tender:

The information given at clause no. 11.1 A)- viii) above should be reproduced with the prices indicated.



N.B.

1. All pages of the Tender should be page numbered and indexed. 2. It is the responsibility of tenderer to go through the TE document to ensure furnishing all

required documents in addition to above, if any.

11.2 The authorized signatory of the tenderer must sign the tender duly stamped at appropriate places and initial all the remaining pages of the tender.

11.3 A tender, which does not fulfil any of the above requirements and/or gives evasive information/reply against any such requirement, shall be liable to be ignored and rejected.

11.4 Tender sent by fax/telex/cable/electronically shall be ignored.

12. Tender currencies

12.1 The tenderer supplying indigenous goods or already imported goods shall quote only in Indian Rupees.

12.2 For imported goods if supplied directly from abroad, prices shall be quoted in any freely convertible currencies say USD, Euro, GBP or Yen. As regards price(s) for allied services, if any required with the goods, the same shall be quoted in Indian Rupees only if such services are to be performed /undertaken in India. Commission for Indian Agent, if any and if payable shall be indicated in the space provided for in the price schedule and will be payable in Indian Rupees only.

12.3 Tenders, where prices are quoted in any other way shall be treated as non-responsive and rejected.

13 Tender Prices

13.1 The Tenderer shall indicate on the Price Schedule provided under Section XI all the specified components of prices shown therein including the unit prices and total tender prices of the goods and services it proposes to supply against the requirement. All the columns shown in the price schedule should be filled up as required. If any column does not apply to a tenderer, it should be clarified as “NA” by the tenderer.

13.2 The tenderer has the option to submit its quotation for any one or more item (s) in the List of Requirements. However, separate sealed cover to be used for each item for price bid.

13.3 The quoted prices for goods offered from within India and that for goods offered from abroad are to

be indicated separately in the applicable Price Schedules attached under Section XI. The price quoted by the tenderer for indigenous goods shall not be higher than the lowest price charged for the goods of the same nature, class or description to an individual/ firm/ organisation or department of Govt. of India. For imported goods, the price quoted shall not be higher than the lowest price charged by the tenderer for the goods of the same nature, class or description to a purchaser, domestic or foreign or to any organisation or department of Govt. of India. If it is found at any stage that the goods as stated have been supplied at a lower price, then that price, with due allowance for elapsed time will be applicable to the present case and the difference in cost would be refunded by the supplier to the purchaser, if the contract has already been concluded.

13.4 While filling up the columns of the Price Schedule, the following aspects should be noted for compliance:

13.4.1 For domestic goods or goods of foreign origin located within India, the prices in the corresponding price schedule shall be entered separately in the following manner:



a) the price of the goods, quoted ex-factory/ ex-showroom/ ex-warehouse/ off-the-shelf, as applicable, including all taxes and duties like sales tax, CST VAT, CENVAT, Custom Duty, Excise Duty etc. already paid or payable on the components and raw material used in the manufacture or assembly of the goods quoted ex-factory etc. or on the previously imported goods of foreign origin quoted ex-showroom etc;

b) any sales or other taxes and any duties including excise duty, which will be payable on the finished goods in India if the contract is awarded;

c) charges towards Packing & Forwarding, Inland Transportation, Insurance, Loading/Unloading and other local costs incidental to delivery of the goods to their final destination as specified in the List of Requirements and Price Schedule;

d) the price of Incidental Services, as mentioned in List of Requirements and Price Schedule; e) the prices of Turnkey ( if any), as mentioned in List of Requirements, Technical Specification

and Price Schedule; and

f) the price of CMC (to be quoted in INR only), as mentioned in List of Requirements, Technical Specification and Price Schedule.

13.4.2 For goods offered from abroad, the prices in the corresponding price schedule shall be entered separately in the following manner:

a) the price of goods quoted FOB port of shipment, as indicated in the List of Requirements and Price Schedule;

b) the amount of freight and insurance and price of goods quoted CIP port of entry in India as indicated in the List of Requirements and Price Schedule;

c) the price of goods quoted should be on DDP basis at consignee site in India as indicated in the List of Requirements, Price Schedule and Consignee List;

d) wherever applicable, the amount of custom duty with CDEC applicable on CIP value on the goods to be imported; ESIC will issue Customs Duty Exemption Certificate (CDEC) where applicable.

e) the charges for Loading/Unloading, Inland transportation, Insurance and other local costs, Incidental cost to delivery of the goods from the port of entry in India to Consignee Site, as specified in the List of Requirements and Price Schedule;

f) the charges for Incidental Services, as in the List of Requirements and Price Schedule; g) the prices of Turnkey ( if any), as mentioned in List of Requirements, Technical Specification

and Price Schedule; and h) the price of CMC (to be quoted in INR only), as mentioned in List of Requirements, Technical

Specification and Price Schedule.

13.5 Additional information and instruction on Duties and Taxes:

13.5.1 If the Tenderer desires to ask for excise duty, sales tax/ VAT, Service Tax, Works Contract Tax etc. to be paid extra, the same must be specifically stated. In the absence of any such stipulation the price will be taken inclusive of such duties and taxes and no claim for the same will be entertained later.

13.5.2 Excise Duty:

a) If reimbursement of excise duty is intended as extra over the quoted prices, the supplier must specifically say so also indicating the rate, quantum and nature of the duty applicable. In the absence of any such stipulation it will be presumed that the prices quoted are firm and final and no claim on account of excise duty will be entertained after the opening of tenders.

b) If a Tenderer chooses to quote a price inclusive of excise duty and also desires to be reimbursed for variation, if any, in the excise duty during the time of supply, the tenderer must clearly



mention the same and also indicate the rate and quantum of excise duty included in its price. Failure to indicate all such details in clear terms may result in rejection of that tender.

c) Subject to sub clauses 13.5.2 (a) & (b) above, any change in excise duty upward/downward as a result of any statutory variation in excise duty taking place within contract terms shall be allowed to the extent of actual quantum of excise duty paid by the supplier. In case of downward revision in excise duty, the actual quantum of reduction of excise duty shall be reimbursed to the purchaser by the supplier. All such adjustments shall include all reliefs, exemptions, rebates, concession etc. if any obtained by the supplier.

13.5.3 Sales Tax:

If a tenderer asks for sales tax/ VAT, Service Tax and Works Contract Tax to be paid extra, the rate and nature of sales tax applicable should be shown separately. The sales tax / VAT, Service Tax and Works Contract Tax will be paid as per the rate at which it is liable to be assessed or has actually been assessed provided the transaction of sale is legally liable to sales tax / VAT, Service Tax and Works Contract Tax and is payable as per the terms of the contract. If any refund of Tax is received at a later date, the Supplier must return the amount forth-with to the purchaser.

13.5.4 Octroi Duty and Local Duties & Taxes:

Octroi duty, terminal tax and other levies of local bodies (like town body, municipal body etc.) if not exempted shall be reimbursed to the supplier on production of such proof of payment along with the final bill.

13.5.5 Customs Duty:

The tenderer shall quote the Customs duty wherever applicable, considering availability of CDEC. The applicable rates and amount of the Custom Duty and the corresponding Indian Customs Tariff number should be shown separately in the price schedule. In case of non-availibility of CDEC, the supplier has to custom cleared the goods paying the applicable Custom Duty and any difference of duty from the applicable CDEC rate shall be reimbursed separately on production of such proof of payment alongwith the final bill.

13.6 For transportation of imported goods offered from abroad, relevant instructions as incorporated under GCC Clause 10 shall be followed.

13.7 For insurance of goods to be supplied, relevant instructions as provided under GCC Clause 11 shall be followed.

13.8 Unless otherwise specifically indicated in this TE document, the terms FCA, FOB, FAS, CIF, CIP, DDP etc. for imported goods offered from abroad, shall be governed by the rules & regulations prescribed in the current edition of INCOTERMS, published by the International Chamber of Commerce, Paris

13.9 The need for indication of all such price components by the tenderers, as required in this clause (viz., GIT clause 13) is for the purpose of comparison of the tenders by the purchaser and will no way restrict the purchaser’s right to award the contract on the selected tenderer on any of the terms offered.

14. Indian Agent 14.1 If a foreign tenderer has engaged an agent in India in connection with its tender, the foreign

tenderer, in addition to indicating Indian agent’s commission, if any, in a manner described under GIT sub clause 12.2 above, shall also furnish the following information:

a) The complete name and address of the Indian Agent and its permanent income tax account number as allotted by the Indian Income Tax authority.

b) The details of the services to be rendered by the agent for the subject requirement.



c) Details of Service outlets in India, nearest to the consignee(s), to render services during Warranty and CMC period.

15. Firm Price

15.1 Unless otherwise specified in the SIT, prices quoted by the tenderer shall remain firm and fixed during the currency of the contract and not subject to variation on any account.

15.2 However, as regards taxes and duties, if any, chargeable on the goods and payable, the conditions stipulated in GIT clause 13 will apply.

16. Deleted 17 Documents Establishing Tenderer’s Eligibility and Qualifications

17.1 Pursuant to GIT clause 11, the tenderer shall furnish, as part of its tender, relevant details and documents establishing its eligibility to quote and its qualifications to perform the contract if its tender is accepted.

17.2 The documentary evidence needed to establish the tenderer’s qualifications shall fulfil the following requirements:

a) in case the tenderer offers to supply goods, which are manufactured by some other firm, the tenderer has been duly authorised by the goods manufacturer to quote for and supply the goods to the purchaser. The tenderer shall submit the manufacturer’s authorization letter to this effect as per the standard form provided under Section XIV in this document.

b) the tenderer has the required financial, technical and production capability necessary to perform the contract and, further, it meets the qualification criteria incorporated in the Section IX in these documents.

c) in case the tenderer is not doing business in India, it is duly represented by an agent stationed in India fully equipped and able to carry out the required contractual functions and duties of the supplier including after sale service, maintenance & repair etc. of the goods in question, stocking of spare parts and fast moving components and other obligations, if any, specified in the conditions of contract and/or technical specifications.

d) in case the tenderer is an Indian agent/authorized representative quoting on behalf of a foreign manufacturer for the restricted item, the Indian agent/authorized representative is already enlisted under the Compulsory Enlistment Scheme of Ministry of Finance, Govt. of India, operated through Directorate General of Supplies & Disposals (DGS&D), New Delhi.

18. Documents establishing Good’s Conformity to TE document.

18.1 The tenderer shall provide in its tender the required as well as the relevant documents like technical data, literature, drawings etc. to establish that the goods and services offered in the tender fully conform to the goods and services specified by the purchaser in the TE documents. For this purpose the tenderer shall also provide a clause-by-clause commentary on the technical specifications and other technical details incorporated by the purchaser in the TE documents to establish technical responsiveness of the goods and services offered in its tender.

18.2 In case there is any variation and/or deviation between the goods & services prescribed by the purchaser and that offered by the tenderer, the tenderer shall list out the same in a chart form without ambiguity and provide the same along with its tender.

18.3 If a tenderer furnishes wrong and/or misguiding data, statement(s) etc. about technical acceptability of the goods and services offered by it, its tender will be liable to be ignored and rejected in addition to other remedies available to the purchaser in this regard.

19. Earnest Money Deposit (EMD)



19.1 Pursuant to GIT clauses 8.1 and 11.1(A) the tenderer shall furnish along with its tender, earnest money for amount as shown in the List of Requirements. The earnest money is required to protect the purchaser against the risk of the tenderer’s unwarranted conduct as amplified under sub-clause 19.7 below.

19.2 Deleted 19.3 The earnest money shall be denominated in Indian Rupees or equivalent currencies as per GIT

clause 12.2. The earnest money shall not be accepted in any other form except the following:

i. Account Payee Demand Draft or ii. Banker’s cheque

19.4 The demand draft or banker’s cheque shall be drawn on any commercial bank in India or country of the tenderer, in favour of the “HLL Lifecare Limited” payable at New Delhi.

19.5 Deleted. 19.6 Unsuccessful tenderers’ earnest money will be returned to them without any interest, after expiry of

the tender validity period, but not later than thirty days after conclusion of the resultant contract. Successful tenderer’s earnest money will be returned without any interest, after receipt of performance security from that tenderer.

19.7 Earnest Money is required to protect the purchaser against the risk of the Tenderer’s conduct,

which would warrant the forfeiture of the EMD. Earnest money of a tenderer will be forfeited, if the tenderer withdraws or amends its tender or impairs or derogates from the tender in any respect within the period of validity of its tender or if it comes to notice that the information/documents furnished in its tender is incorrect, false, misleading or forged without prejudice to other rights of the purchaser. The successful tenderer’s earnest money will be forfeited without prejudice to other rights of Purchaser if it fails to furnish the required performance security within the specified period.

20. Tender Validity

20.1 If not mentioned otherwise in the SIT, the tenders shall remain valid for acceptance for a period of 120 days (One hundred and twenty days) after the date of opening of techno-commercial tenders prescribed in the TE document. Any tender valid for a shorter period shall be treated as unresponsive and rejected.

20.2 In exceptional cases, the tenderers may be requested by the purchaser to extend the validity of their tenders up to a specified period. Such request(s) and responses thereto shall be conveyed by surface mail or by fax/ email followed by surface mail. The tenderers, who agree to extend the tender validity, are to extend the same without any change or modification of their original tender and they are also to extend the validity period of the EMD accordingly. A tenderer, however, may not agree to extend its tender validity without forfeiting its EMD.

20.3 In case the day up to which the tenders are to remain valid falls on/ subsequently declared a holiday or closed day for the purchaser, the tender validity shall automatically be extended up to the next working day.

21. Signing and Sealing of Tender

21.1 The tenderers shall submit their tenders as per the instructions contained in GIT Clause 11. 21.2 Unless otherwise mentioned in the SIT, a tenderer shall submit two copies of its tender marking

them as “Original” and “Duplicate”. Duplicate tenders may contain all pages including Technical Literature/Catalogues as in Original tenders.

21.3 The original and duplicate copies of the tender shall either be typed or written in indelible ink and the same shall be signed by the tenderer or by a person(s) who has been duly authorized to bind the



tenderer to the contract. The letter of authorization shall be by a written power of attorney, which shall also be furnished along with the tender.

21.4 All the copies of the tender shall be duly signed at the appropriate places as indicated in the TE documents and all other pages of the tender including printed literature, if any shall be initialled by the same person(s) signing the tender. The tender shall not contain any erasure or overwriting, except as necessary to correct any error made by the tenderer and, if there is any such correction; the same shall be initialled by the person(s) signing the tender.

21.5 The tenderer is to seal the original and copy of the tender in separate envelopes, duly marking the same as “Original”, “Duplicate” and so on and writing the address of the purchaser and the tender reference number on the envelopes. The sentence “NOT TO BE OPENED” before __________ (The tenderer is to put the date & time of tender opening) are to be written on these envelopes. The inner envelopes are then to be put in a bigger outer envelope along with envelope containing EMD, which will also be duly sealed, marked etc. as above. If the outer envelope is not sealed and marked properly as above, the purchaser will not assume any responsibility for its misplacement, premature opening, late opening etc.

21.6 TE document seeks quotation following two Tender System, in two parts. First part will be known as ‘Techno - Commercial Tender’, and the second part ‘Price Tender’ as specified in clause 11 of GIT. Tenderer shall seal ‘Techno - Commercial Tender (along with envelope containing EMD)’ and ‘Price Tender’ separately and covers will be suitably super scribed. Both these sealed covers shall be put in a bigger cover and sealed and procedure prescribed in Paras 21.1 to 21.5 followed.

D. SUBMISSION OF TENDERS

22. Submission of Tenders

22.1 Unless otherwise specified, the tenderers are to deposit the tenders in the tender box kept for this purpose at HLL Lifecare Limited, Procurement and Consultancy Division, B-14A, Sector -62, Noida -201307, Uttar Pradesh. In case of bulky tender, which can not be put into tender box, the same shall be submitted by the tenderer by hand to Head (P&CD) or his nominee, HLL Lifecare Limited, Procurement and Consultancy Division, B-14A, Sector -62, Noida -201307, Uttar Pradesh. The officer receiving the tender will give the tenderer an official receipt duly signed with date and time.

22.2 The tenderers must ensure that they deposit their tenders not later than the closing time and date specified for submission of tenders. It is the responsibility of the tenderer to ensure that their Tenders whether sent by post or by courier or by person, are dropped in the Tender Box by the specified clearing date and time. In the event of the specified date for submission of tender falls on / is subsequently declared a holiday or closed day for the purchaser, the tenders will be received up to the appointed time on the next working day.

23. Late Tender

23.1 A tender, which is received after the specified date and time for receipt of tenders will be treated as “late” tender and will be ignored.

24. Alteration and Withdrawal of Tender

24.1 The tenderer, after submitting its tender, is permitted to alter / modify its tender so long as such alterations / modifications are received duly signed, sealed and marked like the original tender, within the deadline for submission of tenders. Alterations / modifications to tenders received after the prescribed deadline will not be considered.



24.2 No tender should be withdrawn after the deadline for submission of tender and before expiry of the tender validity period. If a tenderer withdraws the tender during this period, it will result in forfeiture of the earnest money furnished by the tenderer in its tender.

E. TENDER OPENING

25. Opening of Tenders

25.1 The purchaser will open the tenders at the specified date and time and at the specified place as indicated in the NIT.

In case the specified date of tender opening falls on / is subsequently declared a holiday or closed day for the purchaser, the tenders will be opened at the appointed time and place on the next working day.

25.2 Authorized representatives of the tenderers, who have submitted tenders on time may attend the tender opening provided they bring with them letters of authority from the corresponding tenderers.

The tender opening official(s) will prepare a list of the representatives attending the tender opening. The list will contain the representatives’ names & signatures and corresponding tenderers’ names and addresses.

25.3 Two-Tender system as mentioned in para 21.6 above will be as follows. The Techno- Commercial Tenders are to be opened in the first instance, at the prescribed time and date as indicated in NIT. These Tenders shall be scrutinized and evaluated by the competent committee/ authority with reference to parameters prescribed in the TE document. During the Techno - Commercial Tender opening, the tender opening official(s) will read the salient features of the tenders like brief description of the goods offered, delivery period, Earnest Money Deposit and any other special features of the tenders, as deemed fit by the tender opening official(s). Thereafter, in the second stage, the Price Tenders of only the Techno-Commercially acceptable offers shall be opened at a latter date which will be notified to such tenderers. The prices, special discount if any of the goods offered etc., as deemed fit by tender opening official(s) will be read out.

F. SCRUTINY AND EVALUATION OF TENDERS

26. Basic Principle

26.1 Tenders will be evaluated on the basis of the terms & conditions already incorporated in the TE document, based on which tenders have been received and the terms, conditions etc. mentioned by the tenderers in their tenders. No new condition will be brought in while scrutinizing and evaluating the tenders.

27. Preliminary Scrutiny of Tenders

27.1 The Purchaser will examine the Tenders to determine whether they are complete, whether any computational errors have been made, whether required sureties have been furnished, whether the documents have been properly signed stamped and whether the Tenders are generally in order.

27.2 Deleted. 27.3 Deleted 27.4 The tenders will be scrutinized to determine whether they are complete and meet the essential and

important requirements, conditions etc. as prescribed in the TE document. The tenders, which do not meet the basic requirements, are liable to be treated as non – responsive and will be summarily ignored.



27.5 The following are some of the important aspects, for which a tender shall be declared non-responsive and will be summarily ignored; (i) Tender form as per Section X (signed and stamped) not enclosed (ii) Tender is unsigned. (iii) Tender validity is shorter than the required period. (iv) Required EMD have not been provided. (v) Tenderer has quoted for goods manufactured by other manufacturer(s) without the required

Manufacturer’s Authorisation as per Format given in Section XIV. (vi) Tenderer has not agreed to give the required performance security. (vii) Goods offered are not meeting the tender enquiry specification. (viii) Tenderer has not agreed to other essential condition(s) specially incorporated in the tender

enquiry like terms of payment, liquidated damages clause, warranty clause, DDP clause, Delivery period clause, dispute resolution mechanism applicable law.

(ix) Poor/ unsatisfactory past performance. (x) Tenderers who stand deregistered/banned/blacklisted by any Govt. Authorities. (xi) Tenderer is not eligible as per GIT Clauses 5.1 & 17.1. (xii) Tenderer has not quoted for the entire quantity as specified in the List of Requirements for

the quoted item (s).

28. Deleted

29 Discrepancies in Prices

29.1 If, in the price structure quoted by a tenderer, there is discrepancy between the unit price and the total price (which is obtained by multiplying the unit price by the quantity), the unit price shall prevail and the total price corrected accordingly, unless the purchaser feels that the tenderer has made a mistake in placing the decimal point in the unit price, in which case the total price as quoted shall prevail over the unit price and the unit price corrected accordingly.

29.2 If there is an error in a total price, which has been worked out through addition and/or subtraction of subtotals, the subtotals shall prevail and the total corrected; and

29.3 If there is a discrepancy between the amount expressed in words and figures, the amount in words shall prevail, subject to sub clause 29.1 and 29.2 above.

30. Discrepancy between original and copies of Tender

In case any discrepancy is observed between the text etc. of the original copy and that in the other copies of the same tender set, the text etc. of the original copy shall prevail.

31. Qualification Criteria

Tenders of the tenderers, who do not meet the required Qualification Criteria prescribed in Section IX, will be treated as non-responsive and will not be considered further.

32. Conversion of tender currencies to Indian Rupees

In case the TE document permits the tenderers to quote their prices in different currencies, all such quoted prices of the responsive tenderers will be converted to a single currency viz., Indian Rupees for the purpose of equitable comparison and evaluation, as per the exchange rates established by the Reserve Bank of India for similar transactions, as on the date of ‘Price Tender’ opening.

33. Deleted

34. Comparison of Tenders

34.1 Unless mentioned otherwise in Section – III – Special Instructions to Tenderers and Section – VI – List of Requirements, the comparison of the responsive tenders shall be carried out on Delivery



Duty Paid (DDP) consignee site basis. The quoted turnkey prices and CMC prices ( to be quoted in INR only) will also be added for comparison/ranking purpose for evaluation.

35. Additional Factors and Parameters for Evaluation and Ranking of Responsive Tenders

35.1 Further to GIT Clause 34 above, the purchaser’s evaluation of a tender will include and take into account the following:

i) In the case of goods manufactured in India or goods of foreign origin already located in India, sales tax & other similar taxes and excise duty & other similar duties, Customs Duties, Service Tax, Works Contract Tax etc which will be contractually payable (to the tenderer), on the goods if a contract is awarded on the tenderer; and

ii) in the case of goods of foreign origin offered from abroad, customs duty and other similar import duties/taxes, which will be contractually payable (to the tenderer) on the goods if the contract is awarded on the tenderer.

35.2 The purchaser’s evaluation of tender will also take into account the additional factors, if any, incorporated in SIT in the manner and to the extent indicated therein.

35.3 Deleted

36. Tenderer’s capability to perform the contract

36.1 The purchaser, through the above process of tender scrutiny and tender evaluation will determine to its satisfaction whether the tenderer, whose tender has been determined as the lowest evaluated responsive tender is eligible, qualified and capable in all respects to perform the contract satisfactorily. If, there is more than one item in the List of Requirements, then, such determination will be made separately for each item.

36.2 The above-mentioned determination will, interalia, take into account the tenderer’s financial, technical and production capabilities for satisfying all the requirements of the purchaser as incorporated in the TE document. Such determination will be based upon scrutiny and examination of all relevant data and details submitted by the tenderer in its tender as well as such other allied information as deemed appropriate by the purchaser.

37. Contacting the Purchaser

37.1 From the time of submission of tender to the time of awarding the contract, if a tenderer needs to contact the purchaser for any reason relating to this tender enquiry and / or its tender, it should do so only in writing.

37.2 In case a tenderer attempts to influence the purchaser in the purchaser’s decision on scrutiny,

comparison & evaluation of tenders and awarding the contract, the tender of the tenderer shall be liable for rejection in addition to appropriate administrative actions being taken against that tenderer, as deemed fit by the purchaser.

G. AWARD OF CONTRACT

38. Purchaser’s Right to accept any tender and to reject any or all tenders

The purchaser reserves the right to accept in part or in full any tender or reject any or more tender(s) without assigning any reason or to cancel the tendering process and reject all tenders at any time prior to award of contract, without incurring any liability, whatsoever to the affected tenderer or tenderers.

39. Award Criteria



Subject to GIT clause 38 above, the contract will be awarded to the lowest evaluated responsive tenderer decided by the purchaser in terms of GIT Clause 36.

40. Variation of Quantities at the Time of Award/ Currency of Contract

40.1 At the time of awarding the contract, the purchaser reserves the right to increase or decrease by up to twenty five (25) per cent, the quantity of goods and services mentioned in the schedule (s) in the “List of Requirements” without any change in the unit price and other terms & conditions quoted by the tenderer.

40.2 If the quantity has not been increased at the time of the awarding the contract, the purchaser reserves the right to increase by up to twenty five (25) per cent, the quantity of goods and services mentioned in the contract without any change in the unit price and other terms & conditions mentioned in the contract, during the currency of the contract.

41. Notification of Award 41.1 Before expiry of the tender validity period, the purchaser will notify the successful tenderer(s) in

writing, by registered / speed post or by fax/ telex/cable (to be confirmed by registered / speed post) that its tender for goods & services, which have been selected by the purchaser, has been accepted, also briefly indicating therein the essential details like description, specification and quantity of the goods & services and corresponding prices accepted. The successful tenderer must furnish to the purchaser the required performance security within twenty-one (21) days from the date of dispatch of this notification, failing which the EMD will be forfeited and the award will be cancelled. Relevant details about the performance security have been provided under GCC Clause 5 under Section IV.

41.2 The Notification of Award shall constitute the conclusion of the Contract. 42. Issue of Contract

42.1 Promptly after notification of award, the Purchaser/Consignee will mail the contract form (as per Section XVI) duly completed and signed, in duplicate, to the successful tenderer by registered / speed post.

42.2 Within twenty one days from the date of the contract, the successful tenderer shall return the original copy of the contract, duly signed and dated, to the Purchaser by registered / speed post.

42.3 The Purchaser reserves the right to issue the Notification of Award consignee wise.

43. Non-receipt of Performance Security and Contract by the Purchaser/Consignee

Failure of the successful tenderer in providing performance security and / or returning contract copy duly signed in terms of GIT clauses 41 and 42 above shall make the tenderer liable for forfeiture of its EMD and, also, for further actions by the Purchaser/Consignee against it as per the clause 24 of GCC – Termination of default.

44. Return of E M D

The earnest money of the successful tenderer and the unsuccessful tenderers will be returned to them without any interest, whatsoever, in terms of GIT Clause 19.6.

45. Publication of Tender Result

The name and address of the successful tenderer(s) receiving the contract(s) will be mentioned in the notice board/bulletin/web site of the purchaser.



46. Corrupt or Fraudulent Practices

It is required by all concerned to observe the highest standard of ethics during the procurement and execution of such contracts. In pursuance of this policy, the Purchaser: - (a) defines, for the purposes of this provision, the terms set forth below

as follows: (i) “corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving or soliciting of any thing of value

to influence the action of a public official in the procurement process or in contract execution; and

(ii) “fraudulent practice” means a misrepresentation of facts in order to influence a procurement process or the execution of a contract to the detriment of the Purchaser, and includes collusive practice among Tenderers (prior to or after Tender submission) designed to establish Tender prices at artificial non-competitive levels and to deprive the Purchaser of the benefits of free and open competition;

(b) will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the Tenderer recommended for award has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices in competing for the contract in question;

(c) will declare a firm ineligible, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time, to be awarded a contract by the purchaser if it at any time determines that the firm has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices in competing for, or in executing the contract.

HLL Lifecare Limited SIT


SECTION - III SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS

(SIT) The following Special Instructions to Tenderers will apply for this purchase. These special instructions will modify/substitute/supplement the corresponding General Instructions to Tenderers (GIT) incorporated in Section II. The corresponding GIT clause numbers have also been indicated in the text below: In case of any conflict between the provision in the GIT and that in the SIT, the provision contained in the SIT shall prevail.

HLL Lifecare Limited GCC


SECTION - IV

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (GCC)

TABLE OF CLAUSES Sl No. Topic Page

No. 1 Application 28 2 Use of contract documents and information 28 3 Patent Rights 28 4 Country of Origin 28 5 Performance Security 28 6 Technical Specifications and Standards 29 7 Packing and Marking 29 8 Inspection, Testing and Quality Control 30 9 Terms of Delivery 30 10 Transportation of Goods 30 11 Insurance 31 12 Spare parts 31 13 Incidental services 32 14 Distribution of Dispatch Documents for Clearance/Receipt of Goods 32 15 Warranty 33 16 Assignment 34 17 Sub Contracts 34

18 Modification of contract 34

19 Prices 35 20 Taxes and Duties 35

21 Terms and mode of Payment 35

22 Delay in the supplier’s performance 37 23 Liquidated Damages 38 24 Termination for default 38 25 Termination for insolvency 39 26 Force Majeure 39

27 Termination for convenience 39

28 Governing language 40 29 Notices 40

30 Resolution of disputes 40

31 Applicable Law 40

32 General/Miscellaneous Clauses 40



GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (GCC)

1. Application The General Conditions of Contract incorporated in this section shall be applicable for this

purchase to the extent the same are not superseded by the Special Conditions of Contract prescribed under Section V, List of requirements under Section VI and Technical Specification under Section VII of this document.

2. Use of contract documents and information

2.1 The supplier shall not, without the purchaser’s prior written consent, disclose the contract or any provision thereof including any specification, drawing, sample or any information furnished by or on behalf of the purchaser in connection therewith, to any person other than the person(s) employed by the supplier in the performance of the contract emanating from this TE document. Further, any such disclosure to any such employed person shall be made in confidence and only so far as necessary for the purposes of such performance for this contract.

2.2 Further, the supplier shall not, without the purchaser’s prior written consent, make use of any document or information mentioned in GCC sub-clause 2.1 above except for the sole purpose of performing this contract.

2.3 Except the contract issued to the supplier, each and every other document mentioned in GCC sub-clause 2.1 above shall remain the property of the purchaser and, if advised by the purchaser, all copies of all such documents shall be returned to the purchaser on completion of the supplier’s performance and obligations under this contract.

3. Patent Rights

The supplier shall, at all times, indemnify and keep indemnified the purchaser, free of cost, against all claims which may arise in respect of goods & services to be provided by the supplier under the contract for infringement of any intellectual property rights or any other right protected by patent, registration of designs or trademarks. In the event of any such claim in respect of alleged breach of patent, registered designs, trade marks etc. being made against the purchaser, the purchaser shall notify the supplier of the same and the supplier shall, at his own expenses take care of the same for settlement without any liability to the purchaser.

4. Country of Origin

4.1 All goods and services to be supplied and provided for the contract shall have the origin in India or in the countries with which the Government of India has trade relations.

4.2 The word “origin” incorporated in this clause means the place from where the goods are mined, cultivated, grown, manufactured, produced or processed or from where the services are arranged.

4.3 The country of origin may be specified in the Price Schedule

5. Performance Security

5.1 Within twenty-one (21) days from date of the issue of notification of award by the Purchaser/Consignee, the supplier, shall furnish performance security to the Purchaser/Consignee for an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the total value of the contract, valid up to sixty (60) days after the date of completion of all contractual obligations by the supplier, including the warranty obligations.

5.2 The Performance security shall be denominated in Indian Rupees or in the currency of the contract as detailed below:

a) It shall be in any one of the forms namely Account Payee Demand Draft drawn from any Scheduled bank in India or Bank Guarantee issued by a Scheduled bank in India, in the



prescribed form as provided in section XV of this document in favour of the Purchaser/Consignee.

b) In the case of Bank Guarantee furnished from banks outside India (i.e. foreign Banks), it should be authenticated and countersigned by any nationalised bank in India by way of back-to-back counter guarantee.

5.3 In the event of any failure /default of the supplier with or with out any quantifiable loss to the government including furnishing of consignee wise Bank Guarantee for CMC security as per Proforma in Section XV, the amount of the performance security is liable to be forfeited. The Administration Department may do the needful to cover any failure/default of the supplier with or without any quantifiable loss to the Government.

5.4 In the event of any amendment issued to the contract, the supplier shall, within twenty-one (21) days of issue of the amendment, furnish the corresponding amendment to the Performance Security (as necessary), rendering the same valid in all respects in terms of the contract, as amended.

5.5 The supplier shall enter into Comprehensive Maintenance Contract as per the ‘Contract Form - B’ in Section XVI with respective consignees, 3 (three) months prior to the completion of Warranty Period. The CMC will commence from the date of expiry of the Warranty Period.

5.6 Subject to GCC sub – clause 5.3 above, the Purchaser/Consignee will release the Performance Security without any interest to the supplier on completion of the supplier’s all contractual obligations including the warranty obligations & after receipt of Consignee wise bank guarantee for CMC security in favour of Head of the Hospital/ Institute/ Medical College of the consignee as per the format in Section XV.

6. Technical Specifications and Standards

6.1 The Goods & Services to be provided by the supplier under this contract shall conform to the technical specifications and quality control parameters mentioned in ‘Technical Specification’ and ‘Quality Control Requirements’ under Sections VII and VIII of this document.

7. Packing and Marking

7.1 The packing for the goods to be provided by the supplier should be strong and durable enough to withstand, without limitation, the entire journey during transit including transhipment (if any), rough handling, open storage etc. without any damage, deterioration etc. As and if necessary, the size, weights and volumes of the packing cases shall also take into consideration, the remoteness of the final destination of the goods and availability or otherwise of transport and handling facilities at all points during transit up to final destination as per the contract.

7.2 The quality of packing, the manner of marking within & outside the packages and provision of accompanying documentation shall strictly comply with the requirements as provided in Technical Specifications and Quality Control Requirements under Sections VII and VIII and in SCC under Section V. In case the packing requirements are amended due to issue of any amendment to the contract, the same shall also be taken care of by the supplier accordingly.

7.3 Packing instructions:

Unless otherwise mentioned in the Technical Specification and Quality Control Requirements under Sections VII and VIII and in SCC under Section V, the supplier shall make separate packages for each consignee (in case there is more than one consignee mentioned in the contract) and mark each package on three sides with the following with indelible paint of proper quality: a. contract number and date b. brief description of goods including quantity c. packing list reference number d. country of origin of goods



e. consignee’s name and full address and f. supplier’s name and address

8. Inspection, Testing and Quality Control

8.1 The purchaser and/or its nominated representative(s) will, without any extra cost to the purchaser, inspect and/or test the ordered goods and the related services to confirm their conformity to the contract specifications and other quality control details incorporated in the contract. The purchaser shall inform the supplier in advance, in writing, the purchaser’s programme for such inspection and, also the identity of the officials to be deputed for this purpose. The cost towards the transportation, boarding & lodging will be borne by the purchaser and/or its nominated representative(s).

8.2 The Technical Specification and Quality Control Requirements incorporated in the contract shall specify what inspections and tests are to be carried out and, also, where and how they are to be conducted. If such inspections and tests are conducted in the premises of the supplier or its subcontractor(s), all reasonable facilities and assistance, including access to relevant drawings, design details and production data, shall be furnished by the supplier to the purchaser’s inspector at no charge to the purchaser.

8.3 If during such inspections and tests the contracted goods fail to conform to the required specifications and standards, the purchaser’s inspector may reject them and the supplier shall either replace the rejected goods or make all alterations necessary to meet the specifications and standards, as required, free of cost to the purchaser and resubmit the same to the purchaser’s inspector for conducting the inspections and tests again.

8.4 In case the contract stipulates pre-despatch inspection of the ordered goods at supplier’s premises, the supplier shall put up the goods for such inspection to the purchaser’s inspector well ahead of the contractual delivery period, so that the purchaser’s inspector is able to complete the inspection within the contractual delivery period.

8.5 If the supplier tenders the goods to the purchaser’s inspector for inspection at the last moment without providing reasonable time to the inspector for completing the inspection within the contractual delivery period, the inspector may carry out the inspection and complete the formality beyond the contractual delivery period at the risk and expense of the supplier. The fact that the goods have been inspected after the contractual delivery period will not have the effect of keeping the contract alive and this will be without any prejudice to the legal rights and remedies available to the purchaser under the terms & conditions of the contract.

8.6 The purchaser’s/consignee’s contractual right to inspect, test and, if necessary, reject the goods after the goods’ arrival at the final destination shall have no bearing of the fact that the goods have previously been inspected and cleared by purchaser’s inspector during pre-despatch inspection mentioned above.

8.7 Goods accepted by the purchaser/consignee and/or its inspector at initial inspection and in final inspection in terms of the contract shall in no way dilute purchaser’s/consignee’s right to reject the same later, if found deficient in terms of the warranty clause of the contract, as incorporated under GCC Clause 15.

8.8 Principal/ Foreign supplier shall also have the equipment inspected by recognised/ reputed agency like SGS, Lloyd or equivalent (acceptable to the purchaser) prior to despatch at the supplier’s cost and furnish necessary certificate from the said agency in support of their claim.

9. Terms of Delivery

Goods shall be delivered by the supplier in accordance with the terms of delivery specified in the contract.

10. Transportation of Goods



10.1 Instructions for transportation of imported goods offered from abroad:

The supplier shall not arrange part-shipments and/or transhipment without the express/prior written consent of the purchaser. The supplier is required under the contract to deliver the goods under DDP at consignee site; the shipment shall be made by Indian flag vessel or by vessels belonging to the conference lines in which India is a member country through India’s forwarding agents/coordinators. In case the forwarding agent/coordinators are unable to provide timely adequate space in Indian flag vessel or by vessels belonging to the conference lines, the supplier shall arrange shipment through any available vessel to adhere to the delivery schedule given in the contract. In case of airlifting of imported goods offered from abroad, the same will be done only through the National Carrier i.e. Air India wherever applicable. In case the National Carrier is not available, any other airlines available for early delivery may be arranged. Goods will be custom cleared by the supplier/ Indian agent and transported to the consignee’s site as per the contract terms.

Instructions for transportation of domestic goods including goods already imported by the supplier under its own arrangement:

In case no instruction is provided in this regard in the SCC, the supplier will arrange transportation of the ordered goods as per its own procedure.

The goods shall be custom cleared by the Supplier/ Indian Agent and transported to the

consignee’s site as per contract terms. The supplier shall be responsible for safe and timely delivery of ordered goods under his own arrangement.

11. Insurance:

Unless otherwise instructed in the SCC, the supplier shall make arrangements for insuring the goods against loss or damage incidental to manufacture or acquisition, transportation, storage and delivery in the following manner:

i) in case of supply of domestic goods on Consignee site basis, the supplier shall be responsible till the entire stores contracted for arrival in good condition at destination. The transit risk in this respect shall be covered by the Supplier by getting the stores duly insured. The insurance cover shall be obtained by the Supplier and should be valid till 3 months after the receipt of goods by the Consignee.

ii) in case of supply of the imported goods on DDP Basis, the supplier shall arrange and pay for marine/ air insurance making the consignee as beneficiary. The additional extended Insurance (local transportation and storage) would also be borne by the Supplier from the port of entry to the consignee site for a period including 3 months beyond date of delivery.

12. Spare parts

12.1 If specified in the List of Requirements and in the resultant contract, the supplier shall supply/provide any or all of the following materials, information etc. pertaining to spare parts manufactured and/or supplied by the supplier:

a) The spare parts as selected by the Purchaser/Consignee to be purchased from the supplier, subject to the condition that such purchase of the spare parts shall not relieve the supplier of any contractual obligation including warranty obligations; and



b) In case the production of the spare parts is discontinued:

i) Sufficient advance notice to the Purchaser/Consignee before such discontinuation to provide adequate time to the purchaser to purchase the required spare parts etc., and

ii) Immediately following such discontinuation, providing the Purchaser/Consignee,

free of cost, the designs, drawings, layouts and specifications of the spare parts, as and if requested by the Purchaser/Consignee.

12.2 Supplier shall carry sufficient inventories to assure ex-stock supply of consumable spares for the goods so that the same are supplied to the Purchaser/Consignee promptly on receipt of order from the Purchaser/Consignee.

13. Incidental services

Subject to the stipulation, if any, in the SCC (Section – V), List of Requirements (Section – VI) and the Technical Specification (Section – VII), the supplier shall be required to perform the following services.

i) Installation & commissioning, Supervision and Demonstration of the goods ii) Providing required jigs and tools for assembly, minor civil works required for the

completion of the installation. iii) Training of Consignee’s Doctors, Staff, operators etc. for operating and

maintaining the goods iv) Supplying required number of operation & maintenance manual for the goods

14. Distribution of Dispatch Documents for Clearance/Receipt of Goods

The supplier shall send all the relevant despatch documents well in time to the Purchaser/Consignee Unless otherwise specified in the SCC, the usual documents involved and the drill to be followed in general for this purpose are as follows. A) For Domestic Goods, including goods already imported by the supplier under its own

arrangement

Within 24 hours of despatch, the supplier shall notify the purchaser, consignee, and others concerned if mentioned in the contract, the complete details of despatch and also supply the following documents to them by registered post / speed post (or as instructed in the contract):

(i) Four copies of supplier’s invoice showing contract number, goods description, quantity, unit price and total amount;

(ii) Two copies of packing list identifying contents of each package; (iii) Inspection certificate issued by the nominated Inspection agency, if any. (iv) Certificate of origin; (v) Insurance Certificate as per GCC Clause 11. (vi) Manufacturers/Supplier’s warranty certificate & In-house inspection certificate.

B) For goods imported from abroad

Within 24 hours of despatch, the supplier shall notify the purchaser, consignee, and others concerned if mentioned in the contract, the complete details of despatch and also supply the



following documents to them by airmail/ registered post / speed post (or as instructed in the contract).


(ii) Original and four copies of the negotiable clean, on-board Bill of Lading/Airway bill, marked freight pre paid and four copies of non-negotiable Bill of Lading/Airway bill;

(iii) Four Copies of packing list identifying contents of each package; (iv) Insurance Certificate as per GCC Clause 11. (v) Manufacturer’s/Supplier’s warranty certificate; (vi) Inspection Certificate for the despatched equipments issued by recognized/ reputed

agency like SGS, Lloyd or equivalent (acceptable to the purchaser) prior to despatch (vii) Manufacturer’s own factory inspection report; (viii) Certificate of origin (ix) Port of Loading; (x) Port of Discharge and (xi) Expected date of arrival.

15. Warranty

15.1 The supplier warrants comprehensively that the goods supplied under the contract is new, unused and incorporate all recent improvements in design and materials unless prescribed otherwise by the purchaser in the contract. The supplier further warrants that the goods supplied under the contract shall have no defect arising from design, materials or workmanship or from any act or omission of the supplier that may develop under normal use of the supplied goods under the conditions prevailing in India.

15.2 This warranty shall remain valid for 2 (Two) years in general, after the goods or any portion thereof as the case may be, have been delivered to the final destination and installed and commissioned at the final destination and accepted by the Purchaser/Consignee in terms of the contract, unless specified otherwise in the SCC.

a. No conditional warranty like mishandling, manufacturing defects etc. will be acceptable. b. Warranty as well as Comprehensive Maintenance contract will be inclusive of all

accessories and Turnkey work and it will also cover the following items:- i. X-ray and CT tubes and high-tension cables. ii. Helium replacement iii. Any kind of motor iv. Plastic & Glass parts v. All kinds of sensors including oxygen sensors vi. All kinds of coils, probes and transducers including ECG cable, BP transducers,

SpO2 Probes, Ultrasound and Color Doppler Transducers/probes, BP Cuffs, Defribrillator internal paddles, chart recorders, ventilator reusable patient circuits, servo humidifier with chamber, electrodes and probes for blood gas analyser, MRI coils.

vii. All kinds of flat panel sensors and cassettes for Digital Radiography & Computer Radiography systems and patients handling trolleys, etc.

viii. Printers and imagers including laser and thermal printers with all parts. ix. UPS including the replacement of Batteries. x. Air-conditioners

c. Replacement and repair will be under taken for the defective goods. d. Proper marking has to be made for all spares for identification like printing of installation

and repair dates.



15.3 In case of any claim arising out of this warranty, the Purchaser/Consignee shall promptly notify the same in writing to the supplier. The period of the warranty will be as per G.C.C clause number 15.2 above irrespective of any other period mentioned elsewhere in the bidding documents.

15.4 Upon receipt of such notice, the supplier shall, within 8 hours on a 24(hrs) X 7 (days) X 365 (days) basis respond to take action to repair or replace the defective goods or parts thereof, free of cost, at the ultimate destination. The supplier shall take over the replaced parts/goods after providing their replacements and no claim, whatsoever shall lie on the purchaser for such replaced parts/goods thereafter. The penalty clause for non-rectification will be applicable as per tender conditions

15.5 In the event of any rectification of a defect or replacement of any defective goods during the warranty period, the warranty for the rectified/replaced goods shall be extended to a further period as mentioned under clause 15.2 from the date such rectified / replaced goods starts functioning to the satisfaction of the purchaser.

15.6 If the supplier, having been notified, fails to respond to take action to repair or replace the defect(s) within 8 hours on a 24(hrs) X 7 (days) X 365 (days) basis, the purchaser may proceed to take such remedial action(s) as deemed fit by the purchaser, at the risk and expense of the supplier and without prejudice to other contractual rights and remedies, which the purchaser may have against the supplier.

15.7 During Warranty period, the supplier is required to visit at each consignee’s site at least once in 6 months commencing from the date of the installation for preventive maintenance of the goods

15.8 The Purchaser/Consignee reserve the rights to enter into Annual Comprehensive Maintenance Contract between Consignee and the Supplier for the period as mentioned in General Points for Technical Specifications, Section VII (para-4), after the completion of warranty period.

15.9 The supplier along with its Indian Agent and the CMC provider shall ensure continued supply of the spare parts for the machines and equipments supplied by them to the purchaser for 10 years from the date of installation and handing over.

15.10 The Supplier along with its Indian Agent and the CMC Provider shall always accord most favoured client status to the Purchaser vis-à-vis its other Clients/Purchasers of its equipments/machines/goods etc. and shall always give the most competitive price for its machines/equipments supplied to the Purchaser/Consignee.

16. Assignment

16.1 The Supplier shall not assign, either in whole or in part, its contractual duties, responsibilities and obligations to perform the contract, except with the Purchaser’s prior written permission.

17. Sub Contracts

17.1 The Supplier shall notify the Purchaser in writing of all sub contracts awarded under the contract if not already specified in its tender. Such notification, in its original tender or later, shall not relieve the Supplier from any of its liability or obligation under the terms and conditions of the contract.

17.2 Sub contract shall be only for bought out items and sub-assemblies. 17.3 Sub contracts shall also comply with the provisions of GCC Clause 4 (“Country of Origin”).

18. Modification of contract

18.1 If necessary, the purchaser may, by a written order given to the supplier at any time during the currency of the contract, amend the contract by making alterations and modifications within the general scope of contract in any one or more of the following:

a) Specifications, drawings, designs etc. where goods to be supplied under the contract are to be specially manufactured for the purchaser,

b) Mode of packing, c) Incidental services to be provided by the supplier



d) Mode of despatch, e) Place of delivery, and f) Any other area(s) of the contract, as felt necessary by the purchaser depending on the

merits of the case.

18.2 In the event of any such modification/alteration causing increase or decrease in the cost of goods and services to be supplied and provided, or in the time required by the supplier to perform any obligation under the contract, an equitable adjustment shall be made in the contract price and/or contract delivery schedule, as the case may be, and the contract amended accordingly. If the supplier doesn’t agree to the adjustment made by the Purchaser/Consignee, the supplier shall convey its views to the Purchaser/Consignee within twenty-one days from the date of the supplier’s receipt of the Purchaser’s/Consignee’s amendment / modification of the contract.

19. Prices

19.1 Prices to be charged by the supplier for supply of goods and provision of services in terms of the contract shall not vary from the corresponding prices quoted by the supplier in its tender and incorporated in the contract except for any price adjustment authorised in the SCC.

20. Taxes and Duties

20.1 Supplier shall be entirely responsible for all taxes, duties, fees, levies etc. incurred until delivery of the contracted goods to the purchaser.

20.2 Further instruction, if any, shall be as provided in the SCC. 21. Terms and Mode of Payment

21.1 Payment Terms

Payment shall be made subject to recoveries, if any, by way of liquidated damages or any other charges as per terms & conditions of contract in the following manner.

A) Payment for Domestic Goods Or Foreign Origin Located Within India.

Payment shall be made in Indian Rupees as specified in the contract in the following manner:

a) On delivery:

90 % payment of the contract price shall be paid on receipt of goods in good condition and upon the submission of the following documents: (i) Four copies of supplier’s invoice showing contract number, goods description, quantity,

unit price and total amount; (ii) Consignee Receipt Certificate as per Section XVII in original issued by the authorized

representative of the consignee; (iii) Two copies of packing list identifying contents of each package; (iv) Inspection certificate issued by the nominated Inspection agency, if any; (v) Insurance Certificate as per GCC Clause 11; (vi) Certificate of origin.

b) On Acceptance:

Balance 10 % payment would be made against ‘Final Acceptance Certificate’ as per Section XVIII of goods to be issued by the consignees subject to recoveries, if any, either on account of non-rectification of defects/deficiencies not attended by the Supplier or otherwise.

B) Payment for Imported Goods:



Payment for foreign currency portion shall be made in the currency as specified in the contract in the following manner:

a) On delivery:

Ninety (90) % of the net CIP price (CIP price less Indian Agency commission) of the goods shipped shall be paid through irrevocable, non-transferable Letter of Credit (LC) opened in favour of the supplier in a bank in his country and upon submission of documents specified hereunder:


(ii) Original and four copies of the negotiable clean, on-board Bill of Lading/ Airway bill , marked freight pre paid and four copies of non-negotiable Bill of Lading/Airway bill;

(iii) Four Copies of packing list identifying contents of each package; (iv) Insurance Certificate as per GCC Clause 11 and documents also to be submitted for

payment of LC confirming that dispatch documents has already been sent within 24 hours to all concerned as per the contract;

(v) Manufacturer’s/Supplier’s warranty certificate; (vi) Manufacturer’s own factory inspection report and (vii) Certificate of origin by the chamber of commerce of the concerned country; (viii) Inspection Certificate for the despatched equipments issued by recognized/ reputed

agency like SGS, Lloyd or equivalent (acceptable to the purchaser) prior to despatch. (ix) Consignee Receipt Certificate as per Section XVII in original issued by the authorized

representative of the consignee

b) On Acceptance:

Balance payment of 10 % of net CIP price of goods would be made against ‘Final Acceptance Certificate’ as per Section XVIII to be issued by the consignees through irrevocable, non-transferable Letter of Credit (LC) opened in favour of the Foreign Principal in a bank in his country, subject to recoveries, if any.

c) Payment of custom duty amount with Custom Duty Exemption Certificate (CDEC), if applicable, customs clearance and handling charges, loading/ unloading, inland transportation, incidental costs till consignee site & incidental services (including installation & commissioning, supervision, demonstration and training) will be paid in Indian Rupees to the Indian agent at actual not exceeding the quoted rates after 100 % payment to the foreign principal.

d) Payment of Indian Agency Commission:

Indian Agency commission will be paid to the manufacturer’s agent in the local currency for an amount in Indian rupees indicated in the relevant Price Schedule (as per prevailing rate of exchange ruling on the date of Contract) and shall not be subject to further escalation / exchange variation. Payment shall be made after 100% payment to the Foreign Principal.

C) Payment of Turnkey, if any:

Turnkey payment will be made to the manufacturer’s agent in Indian rupees indicated in the relevant Price Schedule (as per prevailing rate of exchange ruling on the date of Contract) and shall not be subject to further escalation / exchange variation. Payment shall be made to the Indian Agent after 100 % payment to the Foreign Principal.



D) Payment for Annual Comprehensive Maintenance Contract (CMC) Charges:

The consignee will enter into CMC with the supplier at the rates as stipulated in the contract. The payment of CMC will be made on six monthly basis after satisfactory completion of said period, duly certified by the consignee on receipt of bank guarantee for an amount equivalent to 2.5 % of the cost of the equipment as per contract in the prescribed format given in Section XV valid till 2 months after expiry of entire CMC period.

21.2 The supplier shall not claim any interest on payments under the contract. 21.3 Where there is a statutory requirement for tax deduction at source, such deduction towards income

tax and other tax as applicable will be made from the bills payable to the Supplier at rates as notified from time to time.

21.4 Irrevocable & non-transferable LC shall be opened by ESIC/ Purchaser. However, if the supplier requests specifically to open confirmed LC, the extra charges would be borne by the supplier. If LC is required to be extended and/or amended for reasons not attributable to the purchaser/ consignee, the charges thereof shall be borne by the supplier.

21.5 The payment shall be made in the currency / currencies authorised in the contract. 21.6 The supplier shall send its claim for payment in writing, when contractually due, along with

relevant documents etc., duly signed with date, to the purchaser. 21.7 While claiming payment, the supplier is also to certify in the bill that the payment being claimed

is strictly in terms of the contract and all the obligations on the part of the supplier for claiming that payment has been fulfilled as required under the contract.

21.8 While claiming reimbursement of duties, taxes etc. (like sales tax, excise duty, custom duty) from the Purchaser/Consignee, as and if permitted under the contract, the supplier shall also certify that, in case it gets any refund out of such taxes and duties from the concerned authorities at a later date, it (the supplier) shall refund to the Purchaser/Consignee forthwith.

21.9 In case where the supplier is not in a position to submit its bill for the balance payment for want of receipted copies of Inspection Note from the consignee and the consignee has not complained about the non-receipt, shortage, or defects in the supplies made, balance amount will be paid by the paying authority without consignee’s receipt certificate after three months from the date of the preceding part payment for the goods in question, subject to the following conditions:

(a) The supplier will make good any defect or deficiency that the consignee (s) may report within six months from the date of despatch of goods.

(b) Delay in supplies, if any, has been regularized. (c) The contract price where it is subject to variation has been finalized. (d) The supplier furnishes the following undertakings:

“I/We, __________ certify that I/We have not received back the Inspection Note duly receipted by the consignee or any communication from the purchaser or the consignee about non-receipt, shortage or defects in the goods supplied. I/We ______ agree to make good any defect or deficiency that the consignee may report within three months from the date of receipt of this balance payment.

22. Delay in the supplier’s performance 22.1 The supplier shall deliver the goods and perform the services under the contract within the time

schedule specified by the Purchaser/Consignee in the List of Requirements and as incorporated in the contract.

22.2 Subject to the provision under GCC clause 26, any unexcused delay by the supplier in maintaining its contractual obligations towards delivery of goods and performance of services shall render the supplier liable to any or all of the following sanctions:

(i) imposition of liquidated damages,



(ii) forfeiture of its performance security and (iii) termination of the contract for default.

22.3 If at any time during the currency of the contract, the supplier encounters conditions hindering timely delivery of the goods and performance of services, the supplier shall promptly inform the Purchaser/Consignee in writing about the same and its likely duration and make a request to the Purchaser/Consignee for extension of the delivery schedule accordingly. On receiving the supplier’s communication, the Purchaser/Consignee shall examine the situation as soon as possible and, at its discretion, may agree to extend the delivery schedule, with or without liquidated damages for completion of supplier’s contractual obligations by issuing an amendment to the contract.

22.4 When the period of delivery is extended due to unexcused delay by the supplier, the amendment letter extending the delivery period shall, interalia contain the following conditions:

(a) The Purchaser/Consignee shall recover from the supplier, under the provisions of the clause 23 of the General Conditions of Contract, liquidated damages on the goods and services, which the Supplier has failed to deliver within the delivery period stipulated in the contract.

(b) That no increase in price on account of any ground, whatsoever, including any stipulation in the contract for increase in price on any other ground and, also including statutory increase in or fresh imposition of customs duty, excise duty, sales tax/ VAT, Service Tax and Works Contract Tax or on account of any other tax or duty which may be levied in respect of the goods and services specified in the contract, which takes place after the date of delivery stipulated in the contract shall be admissible on such of the said goods and services as are delivered and performed after the date of the delivery stipulated in the contract.

(c) But nevertheless, the Purchaser/Consignee shall be entitled to the benefit of any decrease in price on account of reduction in or remission of customs duty, excise duty, sales tax/ VAT, Service Tax and Works Contract Tax or any other duty or tax or levy or on account of any other grounds, which takes place after the expiry of the date of delivery stipulated in the contract.

22.5 The supplier shall not dispatch the goods after expiry of the delivery period. The supplier is required to apply to the Purchaser/Consignee for extension of delivery period and obtain the same before despatch. In case the supplier dispatches the goods without obtaining an extension, it would be doing so at its own risk and no claim for payment for such supply and / or any other expense related to such supply shall lie against the purchaser.

23. Liquidated damages

23.1 Subject to GCC clause 26, if the supplier fails to deliver any or all of the goods or fails to perform the services within the time frame(s) incorporated in the contract, the Purchaser/Consignee shall, without prejudice to other rights and remedies available to the Purchaser/Consignee under the contract, deduct from the contract price, as liquidated damages, a sum equivalent to 0.5% per week of delay or part thereof on delayed supply of goods and/or services until actual delivery or performance subject to a maximum of 10% of the contract price. Once the maximum is reached Purchaser/ Consignee may consider termination of the contract as per GCC 24.

During the above-mentioned delayed period of supply and / or performance, the conditions incorporated under GCC sub-clause 22.4 above shall also apply.

24. Termination for default

24.1 The Purchaser/Consignee, without prejudice to any other contractual rights and remedies available to it (the Purchaser/Consignee), may, by written notice of default sent to the supplier, terminate the contract in whole or in part, if the supplier fails to deliver any or all of the goods or fails to



perform any other contractual obligation(s) within the time period specified in the contract, or within any extension thereof granted by the Purchaser/Consignee pursuant to GCC sub-clauses 22.3 and 22.4.

24.2 In the event of the Purchaser/Consignee terminates the contract in whole or in part, pursuant to GCC sub-clause 24.1 above, the Purchaser/Consignee may procure goods and/or services similar to those cancelled, with such terms and conditions and in such manner as it deems fit and the supplier shall be liable to the Purchaser/Consignee for the extra expenditure, if any, incurred by the Purchaser/Consignee for arranging such procurement.

24.3 Unless otherwise instructed by the Purchaser/Consignee, the supplier shall continue to perform the contract to the extent not terminated.

25. Termination for insolvency

25.1 If the supplier becomes bankrupt or otherwise insolvent, the purchaser reserves the right to terminate the contract at any time, by serving written notice to the supplier without any compensation, whatsoever, to the supplier, subject to further condition that such termination will not prejudice or affect the rights and remedies which have accrued and / or will accrue thereafter to the Purchaser/Consignee.

26. Force Majeure

26.1 Notwithstanding the provisions contained in GCC clauses 22, 23 and 24, the supplier shall not be liable for imposition of any such sanction so long the delay and/or failure of the supplier in fulfilling its obligations under the contract is the result of an event of Force Majeure.

26.2 For purposes of this clause, Force Majeure means an event beyond the control of the supplier and not involving the supplier’s fault or negligence and which is not foreseeable and not brought about at the instance of, the party claiming to be affected by such event and which has caused the non – performance or delay in performance. Such events may include, but are not restricted to, acts of the Purchaser/Consignee either in its sovereign or contractual capacity, wars or revolutions, hostility, acts of public enemy, civil commotion, sabotage, fires, floods, explosions, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes excluding by its employees, lockouts excluding by its management, and freight embargoes.

26.3 If a Force Majeure situation arises, the supplier shall promptly notify the Purchaser/Consignee in writing of such conditions and the cause thereof within twenty-one days of occurrence of such event. Unless otherwise directed by the Purchaser/Consignee in writing, the supplier shall continue to perform its obligations under the contract as far as reasonably practical, and shall seek all reasonable alternative means for performance not prevented by the Force Majeure event.

26.4 If the performance in whole or in part or any obligation under this contract is prevented or delayed by any reason of Force Majeure for a period exceeding sixty days, either party may at its option terminate the contract without any financial repercussion on either side.

26.5 In case due to a Force Majeure event the Purchaser/Consignee is unable to fulfil its contractual commitment and responsibility, the Purchaser/Consignee will notify the supplier accordingly and subsequent actions taken on similar lines described in above sub-paragraphs.

27. Termination for convenience

27.1 The Purchaser/Consignee reserves the right to terminate the contract, in whole or in part for its (Purchaser’s/Consignee ’s) convenience, by serving written notice on the supplier at any time during the currency of the contract. The notice shall specify that the termination is for the convenience of the Purchaser/Consignee. The notice shall also indicate interalia, the extent to which the supplier’s performance under the contract is terminated, and the date with effect from which such termination will become effective.

27.2 The goods and services that are complete and ready in terms of the contract for delivery and performance within thirty days after the supplier’s receipt of the notice of termination shall be



accepted by the Purchaser/Consignee following the contract terms, conditions and prices. For the remaining goods and services, the Purchaser/Consignee may decide:

a) To get any portion of the balance completed and delivered at the contract terms, conditions and prices; and / or

b) To cancel the remaining portion of the goods and services and compensate the supplier by paying an agreed amount for the cost incurred by the supplier towards the remaining portion of the goods and services.

28. Governing language

28.1 The contract shall be written in English language following the provision as contained in GIT clause 4. All correspondence and other documents pertaining to the contract, which the parties exchange, shall also be written accordingly in that language.

29. Notices

29.1 Notice, if any, relating to the contract given by one party to the other, shall be sent in writing or by cable or telex or facsimile and confirmed in writing. The procedure will also provide the sender of the notice, the proof of receipt of the notice by the receiver. The addresses of the parties for exchanging such notices will be the addresses as incorporated in the contract.

29.2 The effective date of a notice shall be either the date when delivered to the recipient or the effective date specifically mentioned in the notice, whichever is later.

30. Resolution of disputes

30.1 If dispute or difference of any kind shall arise between the Purchaser/Consignee and the supplier in connection with or relating to the contract, the parties shall make every effort to resolve the same amicably by mutual consultations. The jurisdiction for the settlement of disputes will be at New Delhi, India.

30.2 If the parties fail to resolve their dispute or difference by such mutual consultation within twenty-one days of its occurrence, then, unless otherwise provided in the SCC, either the Purchaser/Consignee or the supplier may give notice to the other party of its intention to commence arbitration, as hereinafter provided the applicable arbitration procedure will be as per the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 of India. In the case of a dispute or difference arising between the Purchaser/Consignee and a domestic Supplier relating to any matter arising out of or connected with the contract, such dispute or difference shall be referred to the sole arbitration of an officer, appointed to be the arbitrator by the Director General of ESIC. The award of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on the parties to the contract subject to the provision that the Arbitrator shall give reasoned award in case the value of claim in reference exceeds Rupees One Lac (Rs. 1,00,000/-)

30.3 Venue of Arbitration: The venue of arbitration shall be New Delhi, India.

31. Applicable Law

The contract shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of India for the time being in force.

32. General/ Miscellaneous Clauses

32.1 Nothing contained in this Contract shall be constructed as establishing or creating between the parties, i.e. the Supplier/its Indian Agent/CMC Provider on the one side and the Purchaser on the other side, a relationship of master and servant or principal and agent.

32.2 Any failure on the part of any Party to exercise right or power under this Contract shall not operate as waiver thereof.

32.3 The Supplier shall notify the Purchaser/Consignee of any material change would impact on performance of its obligations under this Contract.



32.4 Each member/constituent of the Supplier/its Indian Agent/CMC Provider, in case of consortium shall be jointly and severally liable to and responsible for all obligations towards the Purchaser/Consignee for performance of contract/services including that of its Associates/Sub Contractors under the Contract.

32.5 The Supplier/its Indian Agent/CMC Provider shall at all times, indemnify and keep indemnified the Purchaser against all claims/damages etc. for any infringement of any Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) while providing its services under CMC or the Contract.

32.6 The Supplier/its Agent/CMC Provider shall, at all times, indemnify and keep indemnified the Purchaser/Consignee against any claims in respect of any damages or compensation payable in consequences of any accident or injury sustained or suffered by its employees or agents or by any other third party resulting from or by any action, omission or operation conducted by or on behalf of the supplier/its associate/affiliate etc.

32.7 All claims regarding indemnity shall survive the termination or expiry of the contract

HLL Lifecare Limited SCC


SECTION – V

SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (SCC)

The following Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) will apply for this purchase. The corresponding clauses of General Conditions of Contract (GCC) relating to the SCC stipulations have also been incorporated below. These Special Conditions will modify/substitute/supplement the corresponding (GCC) clauses. Whenever there is any conflict between the provision in the GCC and that in the SCC, the provision contained in the SCC shall prevail.

HLL Lifecare Limited List of Requirement


SECTION - VI

LIST OF REQUIREMENTS

Part I:

Consignee wise Qty. Sl No Short Description of Items

Manicktala

Sanath Nagar

Baddi

Manesar

Bhiwadi

Bangalore

Ludhiana

Total Qty.

1 Basic instrumentation set for fracture

2

2

2 Small Fragment and large fragment

2

2

3 Portable X-ray Machine 3 1

4

4 Plaster room equipment 1

1

5 C-Arm (Image Intensifier) 2

2

6 Arthroscopic instrument 1

1

7 C-Arm compatible ot table for orthopaedics

2

2

8 Slit lamp 1

1

9 Applanation tonometer 1

1

10 Phacoemulsification 1

1

11 Operating Zoom Microscope for Ophtalmology

1

1

12 Surgical Instruments for ophthalmology

2

2

13 Diagnostic Cystoscope for endoscopy unit with accessories

1

1

14 Ultrasound machine 2 1

3

15 Hramonic Scalpel 1

1

16 UPPER GI VEDIO ENDOSCOPE AND RELATED ACCESSORIES, VIDEO BRONCHOSCOPE (ADULT) , VIDEO COLONOSCOPE & VIDEO DUODENOSCOPE

1

1

17 Electrosurgical unit 11 5

16

18 Boyle's Appartus 1 2

3




Manicktala

Sanath Nagar

Baddi

Manesar

Bhiwadi

Bangalore

Ludhiana

Total Qty.

19 Emergency Resuscitation Kit 1 8

9

20 Surgical instrument for minor operation sets

12

12

21 OT Table for Gynaecology & Gen surgery

10

10

22 General surgical instrument sets 16

16

23 Burr hole set 2

2

24 Vascular Surgical Instruments 2

2

25 Cystoscope and TURP set 1

1

26 ARGON BEAM COAGULATOR

1

1

27 Multipara monitor with central station

12(2) 6(1)

18(3)

28 3-D Echo Machine 1

1

29 Fiber-optic bronchoscope 2

2

30 Biphasic Defibrillator 6 6

12

31 Pulse Oximeter 27 30

57

32 12 Channel ECG Machine 2 6

8

33 Tread Mill test machine 1

1

34 External Fixator Set 2

2

35 Deep Freezer -40 Deg 1

1

36 Deep Freezer -70 Deg 1

1

37 Arterial Blood Gas analyser machine

1

1

38 Multipara monitor 25 16

41

39 Anaesthesia work station 9 4

13

40 Volumetric Infusion Pump 19 35

54

41 Syringe Infusion Pump 16 35

51

42 Ventilator Critical care 7 8

15

43 Portable Ventilator 2

2




Manicktala

Sanath Nagar

Baddi

Manesar

Bhiwadi

Bangalore

Ludhiana

Total Qty.

44 Refregirated Centrifuge Table Top

1

1

45 Automatic Tissue Processor STP 120i

10 1

11

46 Binocular Microscope 4 2

6

47 PHASE CONTRAST MICROSCOPE

4

4

48 Co2 Incubator 1

1

49 Bio-safety Cabinet 1 2

3

50 LAMINAR FLOW- VERTICAL

1 1

2

51 Fully automated 5 part differential haematology analyser.

1

1

52 Electrophoresis Workstation 1 1

2

53 Multiview Microscope 1

1

54 Baby Warmer 8

8

55 NEONATAL PHOTOTHERAPY UNIT - CFL

4 1

5

56 Bronchoscope -Paediatric & Neonatal

2 2

4

57 ECG Single Channel 2

2

58 Optical urethrotome 1

1

59 Diagnostic & Operative Laparoscope

2

2

60 TMT 1 1

61 Holter Recorders & Analisers 1 1

62 Blood Bank Refrigerator 1 1

63 Blood Collection Monitor 1 1

64 Tube Sealer 1 1

65 -40 Degree Freezer 1 1

66 Deep Freezer - 86 Deg 1 1

67 Platelet Incubator & Agitator 1 1




Manicktala

Sanath Nagar

Baddi

Manesar

Bhiwadi

Bangalore

Ludhiana

Total Qty.

68 Automated Plasma Thawing Equipment 1 1

69 Automated Component Preparation Machine. 1 1

70 Plasma Expressor 1 1

71 Cell Seperator 1 1

72 Quality Mixer 1 1

73 Mobile Blood Transportation Box 1 1

74 O T Table C Arm Compatible 2 2

75 Urology O T Table 1 1

76 Paediatric O T Table 1 1

77 O T Table for Minor OT

1 1

78 C-Arm with Image Intensifier

2 2

79 Laparoscope Complete Operating Set (Paediatric)

1 1

80 Electrical Suction Machine

10 10

81 Automated Ext Defibrillator

10 10

82 Blood Gas Analyzers

3 3

83 Three Channel ECG Machine

6 6

84 Urology Equipments for Cystoscopy, Resectoscopy, Urethrotomy, PCNL & Ureteroscopy.

1

1

85 Operating Laparoscope set for Urology

1 1

86 Flexible Cystoscope

1 1

87 X Ray Machine 500mA Digital

1 1

88 Cytospin

1 1

89 Auto Stainer

1 1

90 Trinacular Research Microscope

1 1

91 Mocro Pipettes

5 5




Manicktala

Sanath Nagar

Baddi

Manesar

Bhiwadi

Bangalore

Ludhiana

Total Qty.

92 Cryostat

1 1

93 Cell Counter(Fully automated 5 part differential analyser)

1 1

94 Rotary Microtome

2 2

95 Autoanalyzer with 16 Channel

1 1

96 Semi Auto Analyzer

2 2

97 Incubator

3 3

98 Elisa Reader with Washer

2 2

99 Fully Automated Immuno Analyzer

1 1

100 Urine Analyzer

1 1

101 Coagulation Analyzer

1 1

102 Electrolyte Analyzer

1 1

103 Centrifuge 24-36 Tubes

3 3

104 BACTEC System

1 1

105 QBC Blood parasite detection system

1 1

106 Automatic Tissue Embedding Centre

1 1

107 Refrigerated Centrifuge

1

1

108 pH Meter 1 1 1 3

109 Infant Resuscitator 1 1 1 3

110 Phototherapy Unit 1 1 1 3

111 Transport Incubators 1 1 1 3

112 Combination Therapy Unit 1 1 1 1 4

113 Hot Pack Unit 1 1 1 1 4

114 Cold Pack Unit 1 1 1 1 4

115 Traction Unit 1 1 1 1 4

116 Colpo-Micro Hysteroscope 1 1 2




Manicktala

Sanath Nagar

Baddi

Manesar

Bhiwadi

Bangalore

Ludhiana

Total Qty.

117 Streak Retinoscope 1 1 1 3

118 Jet Ventilator 1 1

119 Central Monitoring Station 1 1

120 Electrophorosis Workstation 1 1

121 ELISA System 1 1

122 Orthopaedic Drill & Saw system Small Bone

1 1

123 Iontophoresis Unit 1 1

124 Iso-Kinetic Rehabilitation Unit 1 1

125 Shoulder Press & Lat Pull Iso-Kinetic Unit

1 1

126 Abdominal Iso-Kinetic Unit 1 1

127 Dental Automatic Film Processor 1 1

128 Dark Room Equipments 1 1

129 Flow Cytometer for CD4 & CD8 Counter

1 1

Part II: Required Delivery Schedule: a) For Indigenous goods or for imported goods if supplied from India:

Within 60 days from date of Notification of Award to delivery at consignee site. The date of delivery will be the date of delivery at consignee site (Tenderers may quote earliest delivery period).

b) For Imported goods directly from abroad:

Within 90 days from date of opening of L/C. The date of delivery will be the date of delivery at consignee site (Tenderers may quote earliest delivery period).

Part III: Scope of Incidental Services:

Installation & Commissioning, Supervision, Demonstration, Trial run and Training etc. as specified in GCC Clause 13. Installation & Commissioning shall be completed within 15 days of handing over the site of installation, complete in all respect by the consignee. The date of handing over of the site has to be intimated by the supplier to the purchaser. The delay on the part of the supplier to install and commission the equipment will attract the provisions as contained in the liquidated damage clause.

Part IV:



Turnkey (if any) as per details in Technical Specification. The tenderer shall also specify the time schedule for completion of Turnkey work.

Part V:

Annual Comprehensive Maintenance Contract (CMC) as per details in General Technical Specifications para 4.

Part VI:

Required Terms of Delivery and Destination.

a) For Indigenous goods or for imported goods if supplied from India: Delivery required at Consignee Site. Insurance (local transportation and storage) would be borne by the Supplier from warehouse to the consignee site for a period including 3 months beyond date of delivery


The foreign tenderers are required to quote their rates on DDP at consignee’s site basis giving break up of the price as per the Proforma prescribed in the Price Schedule.

Custom clearance, handling, unloading & loading and transportation to the consignee’s site shall be the responsibility of the supplier/ Indian agent.

Insurance (local transportation and storage) would be extended and borne by the Supplier from ware house to the consignee site for a period including 3 months beyond date of delivery.

c) Destination/Consignee details are given in Section XXI

Part VII:

Inspection:

a) For Indigenous goods or for imported goods if supplied from India: At consignee site by the respective In-charge of the Hospital or his authorised representative.


Pre-despatch inspection at manufacturer’s premises as per GCC clause 8.8 and inspection after arrival in India at consignee site by the respective In-charge of the Hospital or his authorised representative.

HLL Lifecare Limited Technical Specifications


Section – VII Technical Specifications

Item No. 1 Basic instrumentation set for fracture

Drill Bit 3,2 mm/ 145 mm 3 Drill Bit 4,5 mm/ 145 mm 2 Countersink 4,5 mm/ 6,0 mm T-Handle 1 Tap 6,5 mm Calibrated, 3.5 mm & 4.5mm 1 Each Reduction Forcep Asymetric 1 Reduction Forcep 3 pointed balls 400mm 1 Stille-Luer Bone rounger 230mm 1 Boheler Bone Rounger Striaght- 150mm 1 Mallet 500gm 1 T-Handle with Jacob Chuck 1 Tap 4,5 mm Calibrated 2 Insert Drill Sleeve 4,5 mm/ 3,2 mm 1 Double Drill Sleeve 4,5 mm / 3,2 mm 1 Double Drill Sleeve 6,5 mm/ 3,2 mm 1 Universal Drill Guide 4,5 mm 1 Drill Guide Neutral & Load 4,5 mm 1 T-Handle, small 1 Screwdriver Shaft 3.5 mm Hex & 4.5mm 1 Each Screwdriver 3,5 mm Hex 1 Holding Sleeve 4,5/6,5 mm, large 1 110 mm Depth Gauge 1 Bending Template 4,5 mm 7 holes 1 Bending Template 4,5 mm 9 holes 1 Bending Template 4,5 mm 12 holes 1 Sharp Hook, 150 mm 1 Tension Device 1 Wrench 11 mm 1 Aluminum Case, Red 1 Tray (Lower) Instruments 1 Tray (Upper) Instruments 1 LISTON amputation knife, approx. 170 mm 1 BECKMANN rectractor, sharp, approx. 310 mm 1 Hammer, steelm 510 gr., approx. 260 mm 1 LANGENBECK bone holding forceps, approx. 210 mm 1 HIBBS osteotome, straight, 6 mm, approx. 240 mm 1 HIBBS osteotome, straight, 13 mm, approx. 240 mm 1 HIBBS osteotome, straight, 19 mm, approx. 240 mm 1 HIBBS osteotome, straight, 24 mm, approx. 240 mm 1 HIBBS osteotome, straight, 32 mm, approx. 240 mm 1 HIBBS bone chisel, straight, 6 mm, approx. 240 mm 1 HIBBS bone chisel, straight, 13 mm, approx. 240 mm 1 HIBBS bone chisel, straight, 19 mm, approx. 240 mm 1 HIBBS bone chisel, straight, 25 mm, approx. 240 mm 1 HIBBS bone chisel, straight, 32 mm, approx. 240 mm 1 HIBBS gouge, straight, 6 mm, approx. 240 mm 1 HIBBS gouge, straight, 13 mm, approx. 240 mm 1



HIBBS gouge, straight, 19 mm, approx. 240 mm 1 HIBBS gouge, straight, 25 mm, approx. 240 mm 1 HIBBS gouge, straight, 32 mm, approx. 240 mm 1 FARABEUF periosteal elevator, straight, approx. 150 mm 1 LANGENBECK elevatotr, 8 mm, approx. 200 mm 1 LANGENBECK Raspatories with hollow handle, approx. 195 mm 1 BENNETT bone lever, approx. 45 x 260 mm 1 PUTTI bone rasp, double ended, approx. 270 mm 1 PERCY retractor for amputation 1 SATTERLEE amputation saw, approx. 310 mm 1 RALK bone hand drill 1 Forceps tissue, 1x2 teeth, approx. 145 mm 2 ADSON forceps, serrated, aaprox. 120 mm 1 SENN retractor, double, sharp, approx. 170 mm 2 SENN retractor, double, blunt, approx. 170 mm 1 ALM retractor, sharp, approx. 70 mm 1 WEITLANER retractor, sharp, approx. 115 mm 2 WEITLANER retractor, blunt, approx. 115 mm 1 Probe, buttoned with eye, 2 mm, approx. 145 mm 1 Grooved director, approx. 145 mm 1 HALSEY needle holder, smooth, spprox. 130 mm 2 RUSKIN rongeur, curved, approx. 180 mm 1 LISTON bone cutting forceps. approx. 140 mm 1 MARTIN cartilage holding forceps, approx. 190 mm 1 LOWMAN bone holding clamp, approx. 185 mm 1 VOLKMANN bone curette, fig 0000 1 VOLKMANN bone curette, fig 000 1 VOLKMANN bone curette, fig 3 1 Osteotome, 12 mm, approx. 135 mm 1 Bone Chisel, 12 mm, approx. 135 mm 1 Gouge, 12 mm, approx. 135 mm 1 KIRK hammer, 750 g, approx. 190 mm 1 LANGENBECK Raspatories, with hollow handle, approx. 195 mm 1 Bone rasp, approx. 245 mm 1 CHARRIERE amputation saw, length of blade 200 mm, approx. 300 mm 1 STILLE Hand drill, with 9 twist drills, approx. 205 mm 1 Frazier aspiration cannula, 30°, 8 Fr., approx. 190 mm 1 Frazier aspiration cannula, 30°, 10 Fr., approx. 19 0 mm 1

Item No. 2 Small Fragment and Large fragment

Drill Bit 2,5 mm/ 110 mm 2 Drill Bit 3,5 mm/ 110 mm 2 Countersink 2,7 mm/ 4,0 mm 1 Tap 3,5 mm Cortex 2 Tap 4,0 mm Cancellous 2 Insert Drill Sleeve 2,5 mm/ 3,5 mm 1 Double Drill Sleeve 2,5mm / 3,5mm 1 Drill Guide Neutral & Load 3,5 mm 1



T-Handle, small 1 Screwdriver Shaft 2,5 mm Hex 1 Screwdriver 2,5 mm Hex 1 Holding Sleeve 3,5 mm/ 4,0 mm 1 Verbrugge Forceps 190 mm 1 Reduction Forceps, narrow, 130 mm 1 Reduction Forceps w. point, 130 mm 1 Reduction Forceps, serrated, 140 mm 1 50 mm Depth Gauge 1 Bending Iron 2,7 mm/ 3,5 mm right 1 Bending Iron 2,7 mm/ 3,5 mm left 1 Bending Iron for Kirschner Wires 1 Bending Pliers for 1,5mm/ 2,0mm Plates 1 Bending Template 3,5 mm 7 holes 1 Bending Template 3,5 mm 9 holes 1 Hohmann Retractor 8 mm 2 Hohmann Retractor 15 mm 2 Sharp Hook, 150 mm 1 Perisoteal Elevator 6mm 1 Pick Up Forceps 3,5 – 6,5 mm Screws 1 Kirschner Wire 1,2 x 150 mm 10 Kirschner Wire 1,6 x 150 mm 10 Kirschner Wire 2,0 x 150 mm 10 Holding Clamp for Washers 2 Aluminum Case, Red 1 Tray Small Plates 1 Tray (Upper Instrument s 1 Drill Bit 3,2 mm/ 145 mm 2 Drill Bit 4,5 mm/ 145 mm 1 Countersink 4,5 mm/ 6,0 mm T-Handle 1 Tap 6,5 mm Calibrated 1 Tap 4,5 mm Calibrated 1 Double Drill Sleeve 4,5 mm / 3,2 mm 1 Drill Guide Neutral & Load 4,5 mm 1 T-Handle, small 1 Screwdriver 3,5 mm Hex 1 Holding Sleeve 4,5/6,5 mm, large 1 Verbrugge Forceps 240 mm 2 Reduction Forceps w. point, 205 mm 1 Reduction Forceps, serrated, 240 mm 2 110 mm Depth Gauge 1 Twisting Iron for 4,5 mm Plates 2 Bending Template 4,5 mm 7 holes 1 Bending Template 4,5 mm 9 holes 1 Bending Template 4,5 mm 12 holes 1 Pick Up Forceps 3,5 - 6,5 mm Screws 1 Container for Large Fragment Set (Steel) 1 Sterilization container of stainless steel size approx. 590 x 280 x 135mm, lid perforated 1 Perforated instrument basket with handle approx.540 x 255 x 100 mm. 1 Identification labels 2 Fixation clamps for securing sterile (100 pcs.) 4 Kidney tray, approx. 250mm 1 BACKHAUS towel clamps, box joint, approx. 110mm 12 FOERSTER sponge holding forceps, serrated jaws, approx. 240mm". 6



Tissue forceps, 1 x 2 teeth approx. 145mm 2 Anatomical forceps. serrated jaws approx. 145mm 2 Anatomical forceps, serrated jaws approx. 200mm 1 Tissue forceps, 1 x 2 teeth, approx. 200mm 1 Scalpel blade handle, size 4. 2 Scalpel blade handle, size 3. 2 MAYO dissecting scissors, curved, approx. 170mm 1 MAYO surgical scissors, straight, approx. 145mm 1 METZENBAUM dissecting scissors, curved, approx. 180mm 1 MAYO dissecting scissors, curved, approx. 190mm 1 Op. scissors, straight, bl/sh, approx. 145mm 1 CRILE artery forceps, curved, serrated jaws, approx. 140mm 8 ROCHESTER-PEAN artery forceps, curved, serrated jaws, approx. 180mm 10 SPENCER-WELLS artery forceps, straight, serrated jaws, approx. 180mm 6 HALSTED MOSQUITO forceps, straight, serrated jaws, approx. 120mm 12 HALSTED MOSQUITO forceps, curved, serrated jaws, approx. 120mm 12 ALLIS intestinal forceps, 5 x 6 teeth, approx. 150mm 6 DUVAL-COLLIN intestinal grasping forceps, approx. 200mm 2 THOMS-ALLIS tissue grasping forceps, 6 x 7 teeth, approx. 200mm 2 BAINBRIDGE intestinal forceps, straight, approx. 150mm 2 PAYS intestinal clamp, small pat, approx. 210mm 1 MAYO-HEGAR needle holder, approx. 160mm 1 MAYO-HEGAR needle holder, approx. 180mm 2 MAYO-HEGAR needle holder, approx. 200mm 2 DENNIS-BROWNE forceps, approx. 200mm 1 BABCOCK intestinal forceps, tissue grasping forceps, approx. 160mm 2 LISTER dressing forceps, approx. 180mm 1 LAHEY gall duct forceps, serrated jaws curved, approx. 190mm 2 MCDONALD dissector, approx. 190mm 1 Probe with eye, approx. 145mm 1 RIBBON Abdominal malleable spatula, width of 50mm, approx. 330mm 1 RICHARDSON retractor, blade of 19x51mm, approx. 240mm 2 KOCHER-LANGENBECK retractor blade of 40 x 11mm, approx. 215mm 2 FARABEUF retractor, doubled, set of 2 1 VOLKMANN retractor, 6 blunt prongs 8 x 29mm, approx. 215mm long 2 BALFOUR abdominal retractor, automatic open, 03 blade 1 PEAN Kidney clamps, curved, approx. 200mm 1 RANDALL kidney stone forceps, size 2, approx. 225mm 1 YANKAUER suction tube, with centralbore, approx. 285mm 1 Flat nose pliers, marburg patt, serr.jaw, approx. 140 mm 1 Universal pin pliers, standard patt, approx. 140 mm 1 LUER bone rongeur, curved, approx. 150mm 1 VOLKMANN curette, sharp doub.end, approx. 170mm 1 SMITH-PATTERSON chisel, straight, approx. (15 x 250)mm. 1 BERGMANN mallet of metal, approx. 235 mm, 300g, 30mm diam 1 LISTON bone cutting forceps, str, approx. 140mm 1 TURNER WARWICK gall stone forceps, approx. 180 mm 1 CHARRIERE Bone saw, approx. 300 mm 1 STILLE Hand drill, approx. 200 mm, compl. with 9 drills 1 LEXER flat chisel, curved, 15mm wide, approx. 250mm 1 MAYO safety pins for holding ring handle instruments approx. 140mm 3 Suction hose, silicon, inside diam 6.0mm, 2,5m long 3



Item No. 3

Portable X-ray Machine 2.5 kw HF General purpose,single tank diagnostic mobile X-ray Equipment,suitable for radiography of standing, sitting or recumbend patients as well as for patients in bed or operation table & as stand by unit. Comparising of High Frequency X-ray generator Multiphos 2.5 with the following out put- Output: 2.5 kw as per Is 7620 Kv Range : 40 kv-100kv in 24 steps mA Range :16mA-60mA, mAs Range : 0.32mA's-200mAs Exposure Time : Min 20 m sec The unit will be calibrated within the permissible limit of x-ray tube X -RAY TUBE stationary anode x-ray tube having 1.4*1.4mm focal spot Collimato:- Brightfield light beam collimator with 100w halogen lamp and auto shut-off facility Power Supply:- Single phase 195v-265v, 50Hz power supply with line resitance<0.8 ohms Mobile Stand Light weight,low height mobile stand with easy manoeuvarbility Total Weight = 130kg(approx) Height in the parking position=140cm(approx)

Item No. 4

Plaster Room Equipment 1.The plaster cutter hand piece should be light weight and ergonomic design. 2. The cutter should have two speed control and with less noise 3.the cutter should have impact resistant housing and it should be versatile i.e can be used with vacuum or directly plugged into the wall/point. 4.the vacuum should have mobile on 5 castors for stability and easy transportation. 5.the vacuum should have easy facility to connect the hose with the cast cutter. 6.locking mechanism should be there in the system to lock the hose with the cutter. 7.the length of the hose should be 8 feet. 8.one complete system should be supplied with following items/accessories- I. Cast cutter hand piece-1 no. II. Cast cutter blades-20 nos(different sizes) III. Cast vacuum with hose and mobile stand-1 no. IV. Blade mounting toll-2 nos V. Small cast spreader-1 no VI. Large cast spreader-1 no.

Item No. 5



C-Arm (Image Intensifier) Features - Generator

Microprocessor controlled High Frequency generator with 2.5kW or More with integrated beam filters to reduce patient skin radiation dose. Collimator: IRIS or multi leaf X Ray mode (kV & mA range): kV- range : 40 - 110 kV Fluoroscopya) Fluoroscopy should not exceed 5 mA . b) Pulsed Fluoroscopy with last Image Hold Radiography – Radiographic mode for cassette exposures: minimum of 20mA Image Intensifier: 9”or More Triple Mode Image Intensifier with Hi – resolution CCD Camera Image Processing:

a) Minimum 12 bit Digital Fluoroscopy Imaging Unit with dedicated video pipe-line processor b) Archival memory CD/DVD mode. c) Detachable Cassette holder for film recording.

d) Complete Hi end and latest computer system with required licensed software for image capture, storage, post process, retrieval, print, transfer and patient data storage. Image Display:

Two 18” TFT/ LCD High resolution, high contrast and flicker free Monochrome Monitors of at least 1024 X 1024 matrix . Soft Tissue filters to be provided for better visualisation of soft tissues. System Functionality: Vertical ,Horizontal and Orbital Travel should be available C arm rotation +/- 130 degree or more The System should be DICOM ready Accessories:

a)Wrap around light weight vinyl Lead Aprons with 0.5 mm lead equivalence certified by BARC or AERB or ISO : 6 (Six Nos.) with Neck guard

The system should perform DSA with acquisition of 6 frames per second or more, real time and peak hold , road mapping, annotation, re-masking and multi image display. Warranty (as specified in the tender document) Lead Appron-10 Nos Throid Guard-10 Nos.

Item No. 6 Arthroscope Set Camera system 1. Camera console 220 v three chip with universal coupler & autoclavable camera head 2. Pure digital signal with high definition video(1280x1024 native resolution)



3. Resolution-2000 horizontal lines 4. 8 specialty settings 5. Integrated flexible scope filter 6. Signal to noise ratio-70 db 7. Progressive scan technology both on camera head & console 8. Brightness control on console & camera head 9. Aperture control on console 10. Inbuilt 16 step digital image enhancer on console 11. Digital zoom & white balance on camera head 12. Integrated gain/shutter/enhancement with brightness control 13. Two peripheral control on camera head Xenon light source 300 watts

Light source xenon, 300 watts lamp,color temperature 6000 k, universal jaw for accepting any make fiber optic cable adjustable light intensity from 0 to 100 percent, Standby mode; Fiber optic cable High definition monitor 21" High definition monitor, screen 21”, resolution 1280 x 1024 dvi input. Option for wall mounting and desktop in same unit. Arthroscope set Telescope 4mm, 30 deg quick latch / speed lock dual connect arthroscope sheath 5.9mm. Obturator for sheath hook probe straight punch, 3.4mm 15 deg upbiter 3.4mm 3.4mm 30 deg right cutting punch 3.4mm 90 deg left cutting punch 3.4mm 90 deg right cutting punch 3.4mm foreign body grasper with lock Shaver system Electronic control unit Foot switch Connecting cable for large bone handpiece Shaver Handpiece autoclavable rpm 12000 Microdriver with drilling, wiring, micro saw and reciprocating saw attachment Heavy Duty (Drill & Reamer) and Sagittal Saw handpieces for large bone (Arthroplasty) Jacob's chuck,reamer (for IM & Acetabular reaming) and pin driver attachment Aggressive cutter (6 nos.) Full radious resector ( 6 nos.) Oval bur ( 6 nos.) ACL Instrument Set

Item No. 7 C-Arm compatible ot table for orthopaedics Electro-hydraulic operation table radiolucent c-arm compatible five sections table top with provision for X-ray cassette with anti bacterial, anti static and fluid proof mattress to avoid bed sores. patient carrying capacity should be 300 kgs. Following functions of the table should be operated via corded hand control



hight up/down trendelenburg/reverse trendelenburg lateral tilt longitudinal sliding flex/reflex lock/unlock back up/down return to normal/zero position

In addition to and in case of failure of the electronic hand control, the table should be provided with

override control panel with battery indicator on the column of the table to operate the required positions in care of emergency.

The table should be provided with additional manual foot control device for the adjustment of height, lateral tilt and trendelenburg fuctions.

the table top should be completely free of disturbing cross bar offering generous latitude for using carm

image intensifier as well as to provide enough leg room for the surgeons and to cover the patient’s body from head to pelvic region with patient orientation on either side.

Four double swivel castors for easy manoeuvrability with fifth castor for effortless straight forward movement. Central breaking system 3 technical specification Height - 750mm to 1100mm trendelenburg - -30deg. To +30deg. Lateral tilt upto 20deg. Longitudinal sliding up to 300 mm Backrest adjustment - -40deg. To +70deg. Flex/Reflex position by hand control Return to O position by hand control Standard Accessories Arm board with cushion and clamp - 2 nos. Anaesthesia screen l shaped with clamp - 1 no. Body strap - 1 no. Gopel knee crutches - 1 pair Radial setting clamp - 2 nos. Side Support Infusion holder with clamp Foot rest -1 no. Cassette insert for X Ray. Shoulder Support Meniscotomy roll height adjustable Head Ring Fixation for Femur Pair Fixation for lower leg Pair Cushion for operation at interverbral disc orthopaedic extension device to be attached to the table Orthopaedic extension device including pelvis part, counter action post, extension

joint bars( 2 Nos), counter action units (2 Nos), Extension Shoes( 2 Nos), Trolley with storage basket. Pelvis cast unit Counter action post unit for tibia & fibula with radiolucent padded roll. Leg rest/support for attachment at extension device.



Sacro Post Extension shoe holder for children supporting bars for extension device. Arthroscopy leg holder TUV and DIN EN ISO certified.

Item No. 8

Slit lamp Magnifications : 8x, 12x, 20x Field of view : 45 mm – 10 mm(or better) Eyepiece magnification : 10x high-eyepoint eyepieces, + 8D compensation of ametropia Width of slit image : 0 – 14 mm, continuously adjustable(or better) Length of slit image : in steps: 0.5 / 3.5 / 8 / 14 1 – 14 mm, continuously adjustable Angle of slit image : 90°, continuous Decentration of slit image : variable, click stop at 0° Swivel range of slit prism : 180°, scale for angula r difference, Click stop at 0° Angle of incidence : 0°, horizontal Filters : blue, green (red-free), and diffusing screen, Swing-in-type; UV protection filter, Heat-absorbing filter. Free working distance : 73mm Travel of instrument base : vertical: 30mm, X-axis: 110 mm, Y-axis: 90mm Vertical travel of chin rest : 58 mm Light Source : 6V, 10W Halogen Lamp, continuously adjustable brightness

Optional Accessories

1. Applination Tonometer 2. Motorised Table



Item No. 9 Tonometer 1. Dynamic Contour Tonometer (DCT) Contact type

2. Unit to give digital display of Intra Ocular Pressure (IOP), Ocular Pulse Amplitude (OPA) and quality of signal 3. Unit to give accurate IOP reading 4. Slit lamp Mounted Tonometer 5. Audio feedback during measurement 6. No need for Fluroscein 7. All functions to be accessed by one knob. 8. Self calibrating unit

9. Tonometer readings should not be influenced by Corneal thickness and other characteristics of Cornea. 10. Measurement range IOP : 5 – 80 mmHg 11. Disposable tip cover – 250 nos. to be supplied 12. Blue tooth technology for data transfer to the PC-Laptop 13. PC-Laptop of current generation to be supplied 14. Wireless printer – 1no. 15. Unit to run on disposable or reusable battery 16. 2 nos. Disposable battery 17. 2 nos. of Reusable battery with battery charger 18. CE and FDA approved

Item No. 10

PHACOEMULSIFICATION

Graphic User Interface based on 8,4" color LCD and touch screen Voice feedback for function selections-English. Dual Linear footswitch, selection among 6 pre-programmed modes surgeon can store up to 10 user programs I / A : Vacuum level range progrmmable from 5 to 500mmHg (step 5mmHg)Closed system vacuum reading,(reading through a sterile silicone membrane), Reusable tubing, Reusable tubings are steam autoclavable up to 50 times or more Irrigating pressure regulated by height of I V pole,Continuous irrigation-controlled by footpedal and key on touch screen. Flow rate range 25 levels, programmable from 2 to 50cc/min (step 2cc/min) Rise time programmable on the following 25 levels: 0.5, 0.52, 0.55, 0.57, 0.6, 0.63, 0.65, 0.70, 0.75, 0.77, 0.85, 0.90, 0.95, 1.05, 1.15, 1.25, 1.4, 1.5, 1.8, 2.1, 2.5, 3.0, 4, 6, 12 sec.

Panel or linear Vacuum control by the foot pedal



Ultrasound: Operating frequency approx 40 Khz Stroke range 5 to 100 micron, step of 5 micron controlled by "Adaptive Power Control", panel or Linear stroke control by the foot pedal Operating modes : Continuous, Pulsed from 1 to 40 Hz, Single Burst, Multiple Burst, Continuous Burst- Available Pulse rates : 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10,13,16,20,25,32,40Hz Handpieces : 4 piezoelectric hand piece with 4 / 40 UNC thread for the U/S tip and 1/4-32 UNEF for the sleeve. (four crystals, titanium, ultra light) Handpiece natural titanium color, steam autoclavable up to 600 times or more, dishwasher-safe U/S Tips: Coaxial Phaco with 4/40 UNC thread Incision size range from 2.2 mm upto 3.2 mm, Coaxila Phaco, Co-MICS, MMICS 19 GA, Color : gray (natural titanium),20 GA, Color : Blue, Co-MICS with 4/40 UNC thread

SLEEVES RANGE : Silicone sleeve for 19 GA tips, Color : gray, thread 1/4-32 UNEF,Silicone sleeve for 20 GA tips, Color: blue, thread 1/4-32 UNEF Vitrectomy: Cutters reusable guillotine- Steam autoclavable. Adjustable port from 0.2mm up to 0.7mm, Pneumatic cutter Cutting range from 60 to 700 cut / min. Available cut rates : 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 130, 150, 170, 190, 220, 250, 280, 320, 370, 420, 480, 540, 620, 700 cut/min

Compressed air from integrated air compressor, Operating pressure 2.0 +0/-0.1 bars (28 +0/-1.5 PSI) Panel or Linear cut rate control by footpedal Diathermy: Type : Bipolar Max power 7W @ 450hm, Power adjustment 5 to 100 % step 5,Operating frequency 2Mhz,Panel or Linear power control by foot pedal Reusable diathermy forceps / Reusable diathermy pencil / Diathermy Bipolar Cable- steam autoclavable up to 50 times Input voltge: 100/120/220/230-240 V(A.C.) selected, Mains frequency 50/60 Hz

Item No. 11 Operating zoom microscope for ophthalmology MICROSCOPE: • Compact microscope body with high quality & complete apochromatic Optics with 1:6 zoom ratio. Magnification factor 0.4X to 2.4X. • Focusing range 50mm, Objective lens f= 200mm, 65mm diameter.

• Binocular tube: Tiltable tube with integrated image inverter without any external attachment. • Eyepices: 10X with +8D to-5 D compensator. • Deepview: Depth of field management system for optimal depth perception & maximum light transmission. ILLUMINATION : • Stereo Coaxial Illumination system for unique detail recognition, high contrast & stability of Red reflex even with strongly pigmented decentered and ametropic eye. • Retina Protection Device and contrast enhancement aperture. • Integrated 408nm UV barrier filter/ Blue blocking filter/ fluorescence filter. X Y COUPLING: • Motorized foot controlled X-Y coupling with automatic re-centering and X-Y inversion facility. X-Y Range should be at least 60mm x 60mm adjustable range. • Stereo co observation attachment with 360 Rotation -2 joints .



SUSPENSION SYSTEM:

• 14 function wireless foot control, Motorized foot controlled Zoom and focus with re-centering of focussing position through foot control. Image inversion facility on foot control.

• High quality floor stands with long spring balance suspension arm with effective length of 1Metre or more having load bearing capacity of atleast 14Kg or More. • Stand should have touch screen LCD display with programming facility for setting the speed of XY, Zoom and focus, Foot Pedal.

• Stand should have cold light fiber Optic illumination 12v 100w Halogen lamp with in built lamp housing with two lamps, with automatic Lamp changeover facility. CCTV ATTACHMENT:

• 1CCD Light weight Camera with camera control unit, control unit should be integrated in the in the floor stand. Video o/p S video & analog through the stand & programming through LCD display in the floor stand. NETWORKING: • Ethernet interface for microscope i incl. 10 m cable WIDE ANGLED VIEWING SYSTEM: • Wide angled Non Contact observation/ viewing system (autoclave able) with field of viewing 120deg.(minimum). With independent foccusing

Item No. 12

SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS FOR OPTHALMOLOGY CATARACT SET (E.C.C.E) 1 DASTOOR SUP. RECTUS FORCEPS 1 2 DRESSING FORCEPS 1 3 TOWEL CLIP 2 4 TAG FORCEPS 1 5 KELMAN McPHERSON FORCEPS 1 6 McPHERSON TYING FORCEPS 1 7 McPHERSON TYING FORCEPS ANGLED 1 8 BARRAQUER COLIBRI FORCEPS 1 9 LIMS FORCEPS 1 10 ST. MARTIN FORCEPS 1 11 CASTROVIEJO FORCEPS 1 12 BLAYDES IOL FORCEPS 1 13 ARTERY FORCEPS 1 14 SINSKEY HOOK 1 15 KUGLEN HOOK 1 16 THORNTON MARKER 1 17 SCALPEL BLADES NO.15 1 18 B.P. BLADE HANDLE 1 19 CASTROVIEJO MICRO SCISSORS RIGHT 1 20 CASTROVIEJO MICRO SCISSORS LEFT 1 21 CORNEAL SCISSORS UNIVERSAL 1 22 McPHERSON WESTCOTT SCISSORS 1 23 GILLS VANNAS SCISSORS 1 24 WESTCOTT SCISSORS 1 25 BARRAQUER IRIS SCISSORS 1 26 CALIPER 1 27 IRRIGATING HANDLE 1



28 SCISSORS CURVED 1 31 BARRAQUER NEEDLE HOLDER 1 32 KALT NEEDLE HOLDER 1 33 TROUTMAN NEEDLE HOLDER 1 34 JAFFE SPATULA 1 35 CYCLODIALYSIS SPATULA 1 36 NIGHTINGALE POLISHER 1 37 IRRIGATING VECTIS 1 38 HYDRO DISSECTION CANNULA 1 39 JENSON POLISHER 1 40 SIMCOE CANNULA 1 41 SILICONE BULB 1 42 AIR INJECTION CANNULA 1 43 A.C. WASH CANNULA 1 44 HYDRO DISSECTION CANNULA 1 45 INDO-GEM SPECULUM RIGHT 1 46 INDO-GEM SPECULUM LEFT 1 47 SPECULUM-Liberman 1 48 STERILIZING CASE WITH TWO MATS 1 LID SURGERY SET 1 ENTROPION CLAMP RIGHT 1 2 ENTROPION CLAMP LEFT 1 3 PTOSIS CLAMP 1 4 BEER CILIA FORCEPS 1 5 HUNT CHALAZION CLAMP 1 6 DESMARRES CHALAZION CLAMP 1 7 AYER CHALAZION CLAMP 1 8 CASTROVIEJO FORCEPS 1x2 TEETH 1 9 JEWELLERS FORCEPS 1 10 HARMS TYING FORCEPS STRAIGHT 1 11 HARMS TYING FORCEPS CURVED 1 12 FIXATION FORCEPS 1 13 DRESSING FORCEPS 1 14 PATON TYING FORCEPS 1 15 TOWEL CLIP 2 16 BARRAQUER NEEDLE HOLDER 1 17 WESTCOTT TENOTOMY SCISSORS 1 18 WESTCOTT TENOTOMY SCISSORS SHARP TIP 1 19 STEVEN TENOTOMY SCISSORS 1 20 CONJUNCTIVAL SCISSORS 1 21 STRABISMUS SCISSORS CURVED 1 22 ARTERY FORCEPS CURVED 2 23 ARTERY FORCEPS STRAIGHT 2 24 CASTROVIEJO NEEDLE HOLDER 1 25 WILLIAMS EYE SPECULUM 1 26 CASTROVIEJO CALIPER 1 27 KALT NEEDLE HOLDER 1 28 JAEGER LID SPATULA 1 29 BISHOP HARMON FORCEP 2 30 IRRIGATING SILICONE BULB 1 31 LID RETRACTOR 1 32 DOUBLE FIXATION HOOK 1 33 CHALAZION CURETTE 1



34 BARD PARKER BLADE NO.15 1 35 BARD PARKER HANDLE NO.9 1 36 GRAEFE HOOK 1 37 JAMESON HOOK 1 38 BLADE HOLDER 1 39 STERILIZING CASE 1 ENUCLEATION SET 1 Fixation forceps 1x2 teeth 2 2 Enucleation scissors half curved 1 3 Stevens tenotomy scissors st. 1 4 Mule evisceration spoon 1 5 Bunge evisceration spoon 1 6 Wells enucleation spoon 1 7 Desmarres lid retractor 1 8 Graefe muscle hook 1 9 Lester Burch eye speculum 1 10 Artery forcep 2 11 Eye collection bottle 1 12 Sterilizing case single mat. 1 D.C.R. SET 1 FORCEPS-Utility Serrated 1 2 FORCEPS-Castroviejo 0.3mm Toothed 1 3 FORCEPS-Fixation 1X2 Teeth 1 4 FORCEPS –Tag 1 5 FORCEPS – Pierse Hoskin 1 6 SCISSORS-Westcott Tenetomy-Sharp Tip 1 7 SCISSORS-Steven Tenetomy 1 8 SCISSORS-Conjunctival Curved 1 9 FORCEPS- Artery –Straight 1 10 FORCEPS – Artery - Curved 1 11 NEEDLE HOLDER-Without Lock-Straight 1 12 NEEDLE HOLDER-Without Lock-Curved 1 13 TOWEL CALMPS 2 14 RETRACTOR-Stevens 1 15 RETRACTOR- Catspaw 1 16 CANNULA-Lacrymal Straight 1 17 CANNULA-Lacrymal Curved 1 18 CANNULA-Air Injection 1 19 CANNULA-AC Wash 1 20 NIBBLER-Bone 1 21 PUNCH-Kerrison No.2 4 22 SPECULUM-Clark Adult 1 23 TREPHINE-Bone 1 24 MALLET 1 25 PROBE-Bowman 1 26 DILATOR-Punctum DE 1 27 DILATOR-Punctum 1 28 PROBE-Lestor Style 1 29 PROBE-Sinskey Hook 1 30 PROBE-Kuglon Hook 1 31 BLADE HOLDER 1 32 RETRACTOR-Stevens 1 33 RETRACTOR-Catspaw 2



34 BONE GOUGE 1 35 OSTEOTOME 1 36 ELEVATOR-Twin 1 37 ELEVATOR-Traquire 1 38 CHISEL 1 39 AUTOCLAVE BOX with 3 Mats 1 40 SUCTION CANNULA 4 SMALL INCISION NON-PHACO SET MINI NUCLEUS TECHNIQUES 1 FORCEPS-Nucleas Removal 1 2 FORCEPS-Fixation 1x2 Teeth 1 3 BLADE HOLDER- 1 4 HOOK-Lestor Style 1 5 HOOK-Sinskey 1 6 MVR BLADE-30 Gauge 1 7 KERATOME-2.8mm 1 8 TUNNEL BLADE-Crescent 1 9 CALIPER 1 10 GLIDE-Sheet 5 11 ACM CANNULA-AC Maintainer 1 12 CANNULA- Air Injection 1 13 SPECULUM 1 14 SPECULUM 1 15 CANNULA-Simcoe -23 Gauge 1 16 CANNULA-AC Wash 1 17 CANNULA-Hydro Dissection J Shape Curved 1 18 CANNULA-Hydro Dissection J Shape Straight 1 19 CANNULA-AC Maintainer 1 20 TRAY-Sterlization 1 SNARE NUCLEUS DIVIDING 1 FORCEPS-Kansas Nucleas Removal 1 2 FORCEPS-Vectis Serrated Fine 1 3 KEENER SNARE 1 4 SPARE SNARE 10 5 VECTIS Irrigating 1 6 CANNULA-Hydro Dissection J Shape Staright 1 7 CANNULA-Hydro Dissection J Shape Curved 1 8 TRAY-Strelization 1 KANSAS NUCLEUS DIVIDING 1 CUTTING BOARD-Platform 1 2 KANSAS CUTTING BOARD 1 3 TRISECTOR 1 4 BISSECTOR-Kansas Nucleas 1 5 CANNULA-Hydro Dissection J Shape Straight 1 6 CANNULA-Hydro Dissection J Shape Curved 1 7 TRAY-Strelization 1 GLAUCOMA SET 1 FORCEPS-Heis Iris 1 2 FORCEPS-Fixation 1x2 Teeth 1 3 FORCEPS-Pierse Hoskin Curved 1 4 FORCEPS-Toothed 0.2mm Curved 1 5 FORCEPS- Mcpherson Suture tying 1 6 FORCEPS- Lims 1 7 FORCEPS- Tag 1



8 SCISSORS-Corneal Universal Full Curved 1 9 SCISSORS-Vannas Angled 1 10 SCISSORS-Vannas Straight 1 11 NEEDLE HOLDER-Barraquer Without Lock Crv. 1 12 NEEDLE HOLDER-Barraquer Without Lock Str. 1 13 SCISSORS-Corneal Curved 1 14 PUNCH-GASS 1 15 FORCEPS-Plain Tying Curved 1 16 SCISSORS-Iris Staright 1 17 Blade holder 1 18 PROBE-Sinskey Dialer 1 19 PROBE-Kuglon Hook 1 20 CALIPER CASTROVIEJO STRAIGHT 1 21 KNIFE-2.8MM 1 22 HOOK-Iris Repositor 1 23 KNIFE-5.2MM 1 24 KNIFE-Crescent 1 25 SPATULA-Y Rotator 1 26 KELLY PUNCH 1 27 SPATULA-Y Rotator –Spatula 1 28 SPECULUM-Barraquer Wire 1 29 SPECULUM- CLARK Adult 1 30 TOWEL CLIP 2 31 CANNULA-AC Wash 1 32 CANNULA-Air Injection 1 33 TONOMETER SCHIOTZ 1 34 TRAY Sterlization 1 35 PROBE-Iris Repositor 1 36 PROBE-Kuglok Hook 1 OTHER INSTRUMENTS SET 1 Arruga needle holder- straight 1

2 Atkinson Retrobulbar needle, bevelled sharp rounded point length 38 mm- 23G

1 3

Atkinson Retrobulbar needle, bevelled sharp rounded point length 38 mm- 25G

1 4

Bipolar Cautery complete with forceps- Tenzel Bipoler forceps Jeweler's type pointed tip, straight, plain

1 5 Chang Quick chop Combo 1 6 Cheatle's forceps 1 7 Dastoor iris retractor- 3.5mm wide- straight 1 8 De-wecker's iris scissors sharp-sharp 1

9 Ellis foreign body Spud- very thin, lightly curved & rounded tip

1 10

Faulkner lens inserting forceps for folding & inserting soft IOL's inserter and holder both



1 11 Girrard AC maintainer cannula 23 G x 5.00 mm 1 12 Graefe muscle hook- size 1 1 13 Kirby Lens Expressor & vectis 1 14 Reverse Simcoe 21 G 1 15 Reverse Simcoe 22 G 1 16 Reverse Simcoe 23 G 1 17 Schiotz Tonometer 1 18 Slit Blade 3 mm angled 45° 1 19 Slit Enlarging blade blunt, 5 mm angled 45° 1 20 Traquair periosteal elevator 1 21 Tunnel Blade 3 mm angled 60° 1

Item No. 13

Diagnostic Cystoscope for endoscopy unit with acces sories

1. Cystoscope sheath with obturator, 17 fr, with oblique beak, with continuous irrigation 1

2. Cystoscope sheath with obturator, 20 fr, with oblique beak, with continuous irrigation 1 3. Bridge, two channels, 4. Telescope 0º, High Magnification, sapphire cover glass for scratch resistance, - 1 5. Telescope 30º, High Magnification, sapphire cover glass for scratch resistance, - 1 6. Fiberoptic light cable -1 7. Light source, Xenon- 1. 300 W 8. Biopsy forceps -1

Item No. 14 Ultrasound machine Ultra sound scanner The following requirements must be met:

Scanner meant for radiology applications. This should be capable of performing state-of-the-art imaging

primarily for abdominal applicators, but for also OB GYN, thyroid, testicles, breast, carotid and othr peripheral vascular applications. - Image modes 2D (sector and linear array) Doppler colour flow maping.

- Transducers number of transducer elements (64-128) number of measurement channels (64-128) phased

and linear array transducers for 2D; 2D doppler. Following is the minimum requirement for transducers.

General purpose transducer 5 MHz general purpose sector transducer & 3.5 MHz linear array transducer.

One or two transducers (5-7.5 MHz) for small parts and vascular imaging- CW doppler probe.



Trans vaginal imaging probe Trans rectal probe - Imaging system;

Scan converter with 512 x 512 x 6 to 8 bit image memory. Pre and post processing capabilities. Controls for time gain compensation. (TGC) variable power , dynamic range and overall gain controls.

Adjustable transmit zone (specify transducers with this facility). Dynamic receive focus (specify transducers with this facility). Maximum display depth 24 cms. Alpha numeric keyboard.

Digital calipers for linear, circumference and area measurements. Annotation capabilities. Obstertric calculation package gestational age programs. Pan zoom Features for real time and frozen images. (specify magnification) Cardiac imaging option. Pw Doppler analysis for carotid and peripheral vascular application.

Variable sample volume and Variable or selectable wall filters for doppler. Velocity versus time display with angle correction as well as frequency versus time display- simultaneous 2d-doppler. - Imaging sector angle (45-90 degree) - Monitor (single-dual) 12” (mini) patient data mode selector display. - Image display (dual/quad). - Audio for doppler – with head set. General purpose biopsy guide with associated Software for visual guidance. Small parts biopsy guide. Fetal m mode studies. - Simultaneous m-mode 2d. Continuous cine loop. colour flow maping User programmable protocols.(specify)

- Archiving facility for 1000 frames programme leading through floppy computer with keyboard. Hard copy facility. - B&w printer with roll dvd. Record with 100 dvd’s. Replay frame grabber and analysis. - Service documentation 2 sets. Essential set of consumables and accessories. DICOM ready.

Item No. 15

Harmonic Scalpel

Harmonic Scalpel with following items-

Generator 300

Footswitch & Cable

Accessories:



Handpiece

Adaptor for 10mm Shears

5 mm Adaptor

Probes for Laparoscopic Surgery:

Laparoscopic Coagulating Shears 10mm

Laparoscopic Coagulating Shears 5mm-Curved

‘ACE’ Laparoscopic Coagulating Shears 5mm

Probes for Open Surgery:

Coagulating Shears 10mm

Item No. 16 UPPER GI VEDIO ENDOSCOPE AND RELATED ACCESSORIES, V IDEO BRONCHOSCOPE (ADULT) , VIDEO COLONOSCOPE & VIDEO DUODENOSCOPE A) UPPER GI VEDIO ENDOSCOPE AND RELATED ACCESSORIES Video Gastroscope Slim, light weight, fully immersible in disinfectant solution Field of view: 120º to 150º Depth of field: 3 - 100 mm Tip Deflection: Up/Down 210 º/90º Left/Right 100º/100º Rigid distal diameter: Less than 9.8 mm Insertion tube diameter: Not more than 9.8 mm Instrument channel: 2.8 to 3.2 mm Working length: 1050 to 1100 mm Total length: 1350 to 1400 mm Xenon light source cum video processor Integrated or separate units with Xenon lamp Color System : Single CCD Color Lamp: 300 W Xenon Appropriate connectors Image display size: Full and small screen display on monitor Video outputs: RGB, Y/C & composite output Light control system: Automatic and manual control Cooling system: Forced air cooling Voltage: 220V to 240V (PAL) Frequency: 50Hz Video Processing System: (common for all videoscope)

The Video Processor Should have facility of compact flash memory card. Processor should have facility to connect balloon enteroscope and endoscopy ultra sound. LCD Digital Monitor 21”, ( Colour medical grade) Endoscopy trolley (should from OEM): 1

Software for image capturing. DVD recorder, color printer, Archiving memory, report generator. PC – Pentium IV or higher with HDD 250 GB, RAM 2GB, TFT 21 inch, DVD R/W Drive Other Accessories: Biopsy forceps Bite block Leakage tester



Cleaning brush Aspiration needle EB Forceps (B) VIDEO BRONCHOSCOPE (ADULT) a. Light weight, fully immersible in disinfectant solution. Compatible with LASER. Compatible with electrosurgical accessories. Latest color CCD chip technology.

b. This system should be compatible with the video processing system for Gastroscopy included in the tender. Field of View: 120º Depth of Field: 3 ---- 100 mm or better Direction of View: Forward Viewing Distal end diameter: less than 6mm Working Length: 580 mm to 600 mm Minimum Visible distance: 3 mm from distal end Bending Range: Up – 180 º Down – 130º Instrument Channel: Minimum 2.8mm Accessories: Biopsy forceps: 2 (Fenestrated 1, Alligator type 1) Grasping forceps, sharp tooth type: 1 Cytology brush set: 12 Cannula: 1 Coagulation electrode with cord: 1 Cleaning and maintenance kit: 1

This system should be compatible with the video processing system for Gastroscopy included in the tender. (C) VIDEO COLONOSCOPE Slim, light weight, fully immersible Single action light guide/processor connector Graduated stiffness for better operational control Field of View: 120º to 140º Depth of field: 3 mm - 100 mm or better Rigid distal diameter: Not more than 13 mm Insertion tube diameter: 13 mm or less Tip Deflection: Up – 180 º/180º Down – 160º/160º Diameter of instrument channel: 3.7 mm or more Working length: Not less than 1700 mm Total length: 2000 mm or more

Accessories like snare, biopsy forceps,

This system should be compatible with the video processing system for Gastroscopy included in the tender (D) VIDEO DUODENOSCOPE Slim, light weight, fully immersible in disinfectant solution Field of View: 100º (retro 8º) Depth of field: 4 --- 50 mm Tip Deflection: Up – 120 º/90º Down – 90º/110º Rigid distal diameter: Less than 13.5 mm



Insertion tube diameter: 11 mm to 12 mm Instrument channel: 3 mm to 4.5 mm Working length: 1250 mm or more Total length: 1500 mm to 1600 mm Endoscopy trolley(should from OEM): 1 Software for image capturing

Standard set of accessories, including instruments for cannulation of papilla, papillotomy, stent insertion, biopsy forceps, cleaning brush.

Item No. 17 Electrosurgical unit Should be suitable for all types of surgeries. Digital system with automatic patient plate monitoring. Display: Digital Monopolar cut: 300 to 400 W Not less than two blend modes Provision for Spray, Dessication Bipolar Coagulation Facility for underwater cutting Facility for simultaneous coagulation Audio visual alarm for breakage of contact between patient and plate Accessories: Double pedal foot switch Single Pedal Foot switch Patient plate with cable x1 Autoclavable handles: 3 sets Electrodes: 3 sets Bipolar forceps with cord x 1 All accessories should be from same manufacturer to ensure compatibility.

All instruments should be autoclavable or Single Use. Single Use Disposables if offered should be sufficient for 20 surgeries. The equipment should be US FDA Approved Complete instruction and service manual should be supplied.

Item No. 18

Boyle's Appartus

Anaesthesia system should be high end three gas system with three gas Oxygen, Nitrous Oxide and Medical Air with double scale flowmeter for O2 & N2O. System should have at least two drawer.

Pipeline, cylinder and Airway pressures should all be displayed on colour coded gauges and be visible at all times during operation. Should have provision to attach 2 cylinders 1 each for O2 and N2O.



The unit should have a battery back up facility for the ventilator in the event of power loss and should operate for a minimum of one hour.

In the event of complete power loss and battery failure it shall still be possible to manually ventilate and deliver anaesthetic agent. Should have unlockable Oxygen flush to deliver oxygen flow of approximately 40l/min.

Should have built in safety features like O2 failure alarm, N2O cutoff, Low O2 pressure etc.,

The unit shall have a hypoxic guard system to control the ratio of Oxygen and Nitrous oxide to ensure a minimum of 25% of oxygen delivery at all times to avoid delivery of hypoxic mixture.

The unit should have an independent measurement and display of fresh gas flow offering safety for low and minimal flow anaesthesia.

The unit should accommodate two vaporizers for anesthetic agent delivery to allow easy selection of agent to be used.

Vaporiser should be selectatec type, tool free installation and vaporiser of our choice can be mounted at will with interlocking facility to allow operation of only one vaporiser at one time.

Vaporizers supplied with the unit shall be routine maintenance free for the life of the product. Should provide Isoflurane key filled vaporisers.

All parts of the breathing system that are in contact with patient gas should be latex free and canister and bellow should be autoclavable.

The ventilator bellows shall be clearly visible and should ascend on expiration to provide a quick visual indicator for system leaks. Breathing system should have C02 Absorber.

Should have bag / vent selecting valve integrated onto the absorber and should automatically turn on the ventilator when positioned to vent mode.

Ventilator should be pneumatically driven, electronically controlled and should be ascending bellows type. Ventilator should automatically change drive gas should there be a gas depletion. Ventilator shall have a large display with touch screen user interface.

Ventilator should have the following ventilation abilities, volume control, SIMV with pressure support.

Ventilator should be capable of ventilating diverse range of patient groups from neonates to patients

with restictive airways with tidal volume range between 20 ml to 1500 ml with single bellows system. Assisted modes of breathing should be flow triggered.

Ventilator shall have an active proportional exhalation valve to prevent the potential of over delivery during pressure modes of ventilation.

Ventilator shall compensate for fresh gas flow and compliance of the entire circuit dynamically.

Measurement at the patient end of the circuit ( sensor at the patient end) should be provided to

compensate for small leakages and compressible volume variability that occur during ventilation.



User should also have the option of setting a pre set compliance correction where similar circuits are used constantly.

Should provide constant fresh gas flow into the breathing circuit during the inspiratory phase as mandatory.

Apnea alarms must be user adjustable to allow for all operating conditions and phases during Anesthesia. Ventilator should also display waveforms for flow and airway pressure. Ventilator shall display measured fresh gas independent of the flow meters. Ventilator shall display a dynamic compliance measurement.

Item No. 19

Emergency Resuscitation Kit 1. To have Retromolar Intubation fiberscope for unexpected difficult airways. a. Tip Distal Bending 40°. b. To be movable eyepiece c. To have a light source connection d. With length 40-42cms and dia 5-6 cms. e. ET tube holder should be provided f. Should take min. 5.5 size of ET tube 2. Portable LED light source should be provided

i. with illumination not less than 50000 Lux ii. should run on two 3v photo batteries

iii. burning life should be more than 100 minutes

iv. ergonomically designed and can be connected to both the fibrescopes v. life of LED should be close to 50000 hrs

3. One Laryngoscope with rechargeable battery pack and blade with fibreoptic mechanism should be provided to be used on both adult and pediatric patients with charger. 4. Other accessories like, magill forceps should be provided. 5. Should have Emergency Cricothyroidotomy for pediatric and adult i. disposable blades ii. dialator 6. Should have Combitube size 37Fr. i. with complete kit 7. Should have Intubating Laryngeal Mask Airways with Following Components: a. ILMA Sizes 3 & 4. b. ILMA Tubes ID 7mm & 7.5mm. c. Tube Stabilizing rod d. Cuff deflator 8. Should have Laryngeal Mask Airways i. sizes 1,2 and 4 9. Handy and strong brief case/bag should be provided to keep all the instruments safe. 10. Set of disposable percutaneous tracheotomy kit for adult and pediatric. 11. Should have standard AMBU bag for pediatric and adult.



12. Mechanical suction pump with suction catheter and stomach tubes. 13. Should have Aluminum Oxygen reservoir 2 Liter with oxygen tube and cather. 14. Oxygen pressure reducer, regulable 0-15 liter with coupler for respirator. 15. Ventilating bag 16. Lubricant 17. Blood pressure meter, boso K-II 18. Stethoscope 19. Rescue blanket gold/silver 20. Infusion system.

Item No. 20 Surgical instrument for minor operation sets Minor Surgery Set B.p.handle no.3 - 4Nos B.p.handle no.4 - 2 Nos Dissecting forceps plain 7" - 2 nos Dissecting forceps toothed 7" - 2 Nos Adson Dissecting Forceps Plain - 2 Nos Adson Dissecting Forceps Toothed - 2 Nos Towel Clip 4” Iris Scissor st. - 2 Nos Iris Scissor cd. - 2 Nos Mosq. Artery forcep cd 6" - 12 Nos Artery Forceps Mosq. St 6" - 8 Nos Artery Forceps st. 7” - 8 Nos Artery forceps 7” Cd. - 8 Nos Allis forceps 7” - 8 Nos Babcock tissue forceps - 4 Needle holder 8" mayo hegar - 2 Nos Needle holder 8" fine- 2 Nos Mayo scissor 8" st.- 2 Nos Metz. Scissors cd 8" - 2 Nos Mayo Scissor cd. - 2 Nos Venesection scissors 4" curved - 2 Nos Sponge holder 10" - 8 Nos Suction tip no1,2,3,4 - 2 Nos Scoop Double Ended - 2 Nos Probe and director - 2 Nos Kilner retractor - 4 Nos Skin Hook - 4 Nos Lagenback retractor medium - 4 Nos Sinus forcep - 2 Nos Venesection cannula 16,18,20,22 - 2 Nos S.S.bowls 10 cm - 8 Nos S.S.kidney tray 10" - 4 Nos CATHETERISATION TRAY Sponge holder 8" - 10 Nos Artery forceps straight 7" - 5 Nos S.S. Bowl 10 cm - 10 Nos S.S.Kidney tray 10" - 5 Nos



S.S. Adoptor - 5 Nos SPINAL TRAY Sponge holder 8" - 10 Nos Artery forceps curved 6" - 5 Nos S.S. Bowl 10 cm - 10 Nos S.S.Kidney tray 10" - 5 Nos BASIC SET B.P. Handle No.3 - 10 Nos B.P. Handle No.4 - 10 Nos Dissecting Forceps Plain 7” - 10 Nos Dissecting Forceps Plain 8” - 5 Nos Dissecting forceps Toothed 7" - 5 Nos Dissecting Forceps Toothed 8” - 5 Nos Adson Dissecting Forceps Plain - 5 Nos Adson Dissecting Forceps Toothed - 5 Nos Towel clip 5" - 30 nos Cd. Scissor Suture Cutting - 5 Nos Mayo Scissor Cd. 8" TC - 5 Nos METZScissor Cd. 8" TC - 5 Nos Mayo scissor 8" st. - 5 Nos Mayo Scissor 8” - 5 Nos Needle Holder 7” Mayo hegar - 5 Nos Needle Holder 8” fine - 5 Nos Needle Holder 8” Mayo hegar - 5 Nos Artery Forceps Cd. 8” - 10 nos Mosq. Artery Forceps Cd. - 20 Nos Mosq. Artery Forceps st. - 10 Nos Artery Forceps Cd. 7” - 30 Nos Artery Forceps St. 7" - 10 Nos Allis Forceps 7” - 20 Nos Babcock Tissue Holding Forceps 7” - 10 Nos Probe and director - 5 Nos Suction Tip No. 1, 2, 3, 4 - 5 Nos Yaunker's Suction with detatchable tip - 5 Nos Mixture Clamp 7” - 5 Nos Langenback Ret MEDIUM - 10 Nos Langenback Ret SMALL - 10 Nos “C” Shaped Retractor ( pair ) small & med - 10 Nos Sponge Holder 8" - 20 Nos Skin hook sharp - 10 Nos Vein loops - 10 Nos S.S.Bowls 10 cm - 20 nos S.S. Kidney tray 12" - 10 Nos

Item No. 21

O T Table for Gynaecology & Gen Surgery Universal Operating table electro hydraulic table for all surgical discipline Dimensions: table top length 2080 mm minimum width 500mm without side rails



height 750mm to 1100mm

The table shall be electro hydraulically operated with integrated battery and battery charger. The table shall be provided with a cable connected hand control with battery charge indicator.

There should be an additional operation panel with integrated coloured display with batttary indicator on the column of the table.

The table should be provided with additional manual foot control device for the adjustment of height, lateral tilt and trendelenburg/reverse trendelenburg functions.

Four double swivel castors for easy manoeuvrability with fifth castor for effortless straight forward movement. Central breaking system

Five sectional radio-transluscent table top shall have detachable head-rest, back-section, pelvic/seat-section, detachable split leg section operated on gas spring for up/down.

There should have provision for the guide rails fixed under the table top for X-ray cassettes. It

should have antibacterial, antistatic and fluidproof material with high density and soft slow recovery foam so as to prevent pressure points developing during long duration surgeries. Height - 750mm to 1100mm trendelenburg - -30deg. To +30deg. Lateral tilt upto 20deg. Backrest adjustment - -40deg. To +70deg. Flex/Reflex position by hand control Return to O position by hand control Accessories a)Arm board with cushion and clamp - 2 nos. b) Anaesthesia screen l shaped with clamp - 1 no. c) Body strap - 1 no. e) Gopel knee crutches - 1 pair g) Radial setting clamp - 2 nos. h) Side Support i) Infusion holder with clamp j) Foot rest -1 no. k)Cassette insert for X Ray. l) Shoulder Support The table shall be so adjustable that there shall be no obstruction to the feet of the surgeon and should allow generous leg-room for the surgical team. the rear of the table top shall also be free from any obstructions. TUVand DIN EN ISO certified.

Item No. 22

General Instruments Set



CATHETERISATION TRAY X 10 2 Sponge holder 8" 1 Artery forceps straight 9" 2 S.S. Bowl 10 cm 1 S.S.Kidney tray 10" 1 S.S. Adoptor

SPINAL TRAY X 10 2 Sponge holder 8" 1 Artery forceps curved 7" 2 S.S. Bowl 10 cm 1 S.S.Kidney tray 10"

BASIC SET x 10 2 B.P. Handle No.3 2 B.P. Handle No.4 2 Dissecting Forceps Plain 7” 1 Dissecting Forceps Plain 8” 1 Dissecting forceps Toothed 7" 1 Dissecting Forceps Toothed 8” 1 Adson Dissecting Forceps Plain 6" 1 Adson Dissecting Forceps Toothed 6" 6 Towel clip 5" 1 Cd. Scissor Suture Cutting 1 Mayo Scissor Cd. 9" TC 1 METZScissor Cd. 8" TC 1 Mayo scissor 8" st. 1 Mayo Scissor 8” 1 Needle Holder 7” Mayo hegar 1 Needle Holder 8” fine 1 Needle Holder 7” Mayo hegar 2 Artery Forceps Cd. 8” 4 Mosq. Artery Forceps Cd. 2 Mosq. Artery Forceps st. 6 Artery Forceps Cd. 7” 2 Artery Forceps St. 7" 4 Allis Forceps 7” 2 Babcock Tissue Holding Forceps 67” 1 Probe and director 1 Suction Tip No. 1, 2, 3, 4 1 1 1 1 Yaunker's Suction with detatchable tip 1 Mixture Clamp 7” 2



Langenback Ret MEDIUM 2 Langenback Ret SMALL 2 “C” Shaped Retractor ( pair ) small & med 2 4 Sponge Holder 8" 2 Skin hook sharp 2 Vein loops 4 S.S.Bowls 10 cm 2 S.S. Kidney tray 12"

PILES EXTRAS x 3 1 Sims speculum med 1 Sims speculum small 1 Sims speculum large 1 Speculam with one handle 2 Proctoscope small 2 Proctoscope med 2 Proctoscope big. 2 Artery forcep cd 8" 1 Each Venesection cannula 16,18,20,22 2 Proctoscope small 2 Proctoscope med 2 Proctoscope big. 1 Piles needle

Item No. 23

BURR HOLE SET MAIER POLYPUS FORCEPS, WITH RATCHET, CVD 2 BACKHAUS TOWEL HOLDING FORCEPS, 110MM, 6 TOWEL CLAMP, 115 MM LENGTH 6 SCALPEL HANDLE, NO. 4 2 SCALPEL HANDLE, NO. 3 1 DISSECT.SCISS.,METZENBAUM,145MM,CVD.DURO 1 DUROTIP DISS.SCISSORS,TOENNISADSON,175MM 1 JAMISON SCISSORS, SLIGHTLY CVD 1 DUROTIP DISS.SCISS.,MAYO-LEXER,CVD,165MM 1 OP. SCISSORS, STR., BL/SH, 145 MM, S 1 DISSECTING FORCEPS, SLEND. PATT., 145 MM 1 TISSUE FORCEPS, STD. PATT.,1X2 T.,145 MM 2 TISSUE FORCEPS, 1X2 T.,200MM MEDIUM SIZE 2 GERALD BRAIN FORCEPS, 1X2 TEETH, 175 MM 1 FORCEPS, STRAIGHT, 2MM JAW, ATRAUM.150MM 2 FORCEPS, STRAIGHT, 2MM JAW, ATRAUM.200MM 2 GRUENWALD FORCEPS,BAYON.SHAPE, 8" 2



DANDY ARTERY FORCEPS,CVD, SIDEWAYS,140MM 16 HALSTED MOSQUITO FORCEPS, CURVED, 125MM 6 KOCHER HAEMOSTATIC FORCEPS, STR., 160 MM 2 DUROGRIP CRILE NEEDLE HOLDER, 150 MM 2 DUROGRIP HEGAR-MAYO NEEDLE HOLDER, 185MM 2 VOLKMANN RETRACTOR, SEMI-SHARP,4-PRONGED 2 ADSON-BABY RETRACTOR, W JOINT, 140 MM 1 MOLLISON WOUND RETRACTOR, 155 MM 1 FINE SKIN RETRACTOR GILLIES,180MM, SMALL 2 NERVE HOOK, ADSON, SHARP 2 CUSHING NERVE HOOK, PROBE POINTED, SMALL 1 DAVIS DISSECTOR, DOUBLE ENDED, 245 MM 1 FREER ELEVATOR, SHARP/BLUNT,185MM 1 FERGUSSON SUCT.CANN,D:2,5MM,WORK.L.110MM 1 FERGUSSON SUCT.CANN,D:3,0MM,WORK.L.110MM 1 FERGUSSON SUCT.CANN,D:4,0MM,WORK.L.110MM 1 YASARGIL DISSECT.W.FLEXIB.SHAFT,F.CHILD. 1 RANEY SCALP HEMOST. CLIP, PACK OF 25PCS. 1 RANEY APPLYING AND REMOVING FORCEPS 2 SCALP FLAP RETRAC.,YASARGIL, SMALL PATT. 2 BRAIN SPATULA, CONVEX, 7 AND 9 MM 1 LANGENBECK RASPATORY, STRAIGHT 1 WILLIGER RASPATORY,160MM LONG,6,0MM WIDE 1 JOSEPH RASPATORY, SHARP, 160 MM 1 VOLKMANN SPOON, SHARP, SIZE 000 1 BEYER BONE RONGEUR, 180 MM 1 INTERIOR BOX FOR BL 930 1 LABORATORY DISH, 0.16 L 1 LABORATORY DISH, 0.4 L 1 KIDNEY TRAY, 250 MM 1

Item No. 24

VASCULAR SURGERY SET ADSON LAMINECT.RETRACT.SEMI SHARP,325MM 1 MAYO-ADAMS RETRACTOR, 2 BLADES 1 POTTS-DE MARTEL, SCISSORS, 60DEGR. ANGLE 1 DUROTIP SCISSORS,220MM,CVD.DOWNW.,60DEGR 1 ATR.-FORCEPS "ULTRA-LIGHT", STR.,200MM 2 ATR. FORCEPS "ULTRA-LIGHT", STR.,240MM 2 FORCEPS, STRAIGHT, 2MM JAW, ATRAUM.240MM 2 RING STRIPPER,WITHOUT HANDLE, 2,0 Ø 1 RING STRIPPER,WITHOUT HANDLE, 3,0 Ø 1 RING STRIPPER, WITHOUT HANDLE, DIAM. 4MM 1 RING STRIPPER, WITHOUT HANDLE, DIAM. 6MM 1 RING STRIPPER, WITHOUT HANDLE, DIAM. 7MM 1 RING STRIPPER, W.OUT HANDLE, DIAM. 8,5MM 1 RING STRIPPER, WITHOUT HANDLE, DIAM.10MM 1 RING STRIPPER, WITHOUT HANDLE, DIAM.12MM 1 RING STRIPPER, WITHOUT HANDLE, DIAM.14MM 1 HANDLE FOR RING STRIPPER 1



SCHMID IRRIGATING CANNULA, MALLEAB., LL. 1 SCHMID IRRIGATING CANNULA, MALLEAB., LL. 1 DAVIS DISSECTOR, DOUBLE ENDED, 245 MM 1 INTIMA DISSECTOR, BLUNT, 185MM LONG 1 INTIMA DISSECTOR, BLUNT, 215MM LONG 1 CUSHING VEIN- A. WOUND RETRACTOR,10X13MM 1 CRILE NERVE HOOK, RIGHT ANGELE 1 NERVE HOOK, 280 MM 1 MANDRIN ONLY FOR TOURNIQUETS FB 652 1 VASCULAR PROST.DRAW-IN FORC., CVD.,540MM 1 BULLDOG CLAMP,40MM,F.DRAW-IN FORC.FC048R 1 DUROGRIP-NEEDLEHOLDER,DELICATE,200 MM 1 DUROGRIP DE BAKEY NEEDLE HOLDER, 250 MM 1 DUROGRIP-NEEDLEHOLDER,RYDER,210MM,DELIC. 1 DE BAKEY ATRAUM.BULLDOGG CLAMP,CVD.,78MM 2 ATRAUM.BULLDOGG CLAMP,CVD.JAW 27MM,86MM 2 ALPHA BULLDOG CLIP, ANGLED MOUTH 2 ALPHA BULLDOG CLIP,MOUTH Z-SHAPED ANGLED 2 ALPHA BULLDOG CLIP, ANGLED/CURVED MOUTH 2 DE BAKEY-GLOVER VASCULAR FORCEPS, 225MM 2 DE BAKEY PERIPH.VASCUL.CLAMP,ANGL.,180MM 2 DE BAKEY DISS. A. LIG. FORC., ACUT. CVD. 1 DEBAKEY-RUMEL ATR.DISSECT.A. LIG.FORCEPS 1 DE BAKEY CLAMP, ACUTELY CURVED, 270MM 1 BABY-DERRA FORCEPS, LARGE PATTERN, 175MM 1 DE'BAKEY VESSEL CLAMP, JAW 38MM,220 MM 1 DE'BAKEY VESSEL CLAMP, JAW 48MM,265 MM 1 DE'BAKEY VESSEL CLAMP, JAW 54MM,270 MM 1 DE'BAKEY VESSEL CLAMP, JAW 58MM,270 MM 1 DE'BAKEY VESSEL CLAMP, JAW 75MM, 280 MM 1 DE BAKEY VESSEL FORCEPS, JAW 55MM, 230MM 1 DE BAKEY VESSEL FORCEPS, JAW 65MM, 280MM 1 DE BAKEY VESSEL FORCEPS 30 CM JAW 100 MM 1 DE BAKEY ANEURISM CLAMP, 315MM 2

Item No. 25

TURP, CYSTOSCOPE & OPTICAL URETHROTOME Cystoscope 30 degree Telescope of size: 4mm, length 30cm 2 Should have very high quality of rod lens system Should have fiber optic light transmission incorporated. The Telescope should be autoclavable. Cystoscope Sheath Cystoscope sheath with leur lock connection of two different size should be provided 1 20 FR and 17 FR sheath one each with slot for instrument The sheath should be marked and graduated Telescope bridge Telescope bridge with one instrument channel to fit with the cystoscope 1 Flexible Grasping forcep 7 FR Grasping forcep to be provided to fit the purpose 1



Flexible biopsy forcep 7 FR Biopsy forcep to be provided to fit the purpose 1 Rigid Biopsy and Grasping Forcep Optical Rigid Biopsy forcep compatible with 20 FR Cystoscope sheath to be provided 1 Toomey syring 100 CC Toomey syring of 100 cc with adaptor to fit with sheath 1 ELLIK Evacuator ELLIK Evacuator with spare rubber bulb and adaptor to be provided 1 Urethrotome sheath 21 FR optical Urethrotom sheath with one channel to be provided 1 Cold knife Straight cold knife 2 nos. 2 Resectoscope sheath

26 FR continuos irrigation resectoscope sheath with ceramic beak to be provided to fit the furpose with set of silicon tube. Sheath should be provided with diflecting obturator

1 Working Element set

Working element set passive type with standard accessories like, Kollins knife, HF cord, Protection tube, cutting loop to be provided

1 Cutting loop 24 FR Cutting loop 24 FR ,12 Nos. 12 HF cord High Frequency cord, 2 Nos. 2

Item No. 26 ARGON BEAM COAGULATOR Should have maximum power range of 370 watt Should have Color display with touch screen. Should have facility to store programs Should have monopolar cut in four modes. Should have both Auto Cut and Forced Cut. Should have ENDO CUT for gastroenterology. Should be suitable for Under water surgery. Should have bipolar cut facility in addition to coagulation.

Should have Bipolar vessel sealing facility up to 7 mm vessel. Beeper to indicate end of sealing. Should have 2 bipolar and 1 monopolar outputs. Should have electrical shock protection – Class 1 Type CF. Should have CE mark. Manufacturer should be ISO 13485 certified. Should be complete with 10 mm Vessel Sealing Instrument. Instrument should be autoclavable and dismantle able for cleaning

Should have built in cutting blade. Manufacturer of unit and instrument should be same to insure compatibility.

Suitable for all advanced surgeries such as cardiac surgery, neuro surgery, laparoscopy, gynaecology, etc. The unit should have capability to do Bipolar Resection such as TURP.

Should be supplied with twin pedal foot switch, single pedal footswitch, , bipolar forcep with cable. silicon patient plate, monopolar pencil with hand switch with 10 electrodes



Argon Plasma Coagulation facility along with following accessories ARGON MODULE with pressure reducer valves hose trolley without bottle pencil for Argon gas with cable Short argon electrode 35 mm dia. 5 mm argon electrode length 110mm dia.5 mm laparoscopic electrode lg 330 mm Argon probe monopolar length 2.2 m dia. 2.3 mm Argon probes connecting cable

Item No. 27 Multipara Monitor with Central Monitoring Station

Patient monitor system should be of modular type and capable of monitoring adult, pediatric & neonatal patients. Monitor should have 17” independent flat panel display. Touch screen user interface .

Module rack / housing should be independent and shall be able to be placed near to the patient. Should be capable of 8 traces display.

Monitor must be capable of simultaneously monitoring the following parameters which should be present as standard: ECG, NIBP, SpO2, invasive pressures (2), temperatures (2)

Should be compatible with Capnography, Cardiac output, EEG, and BIS and prices to be offered as optional

ECG should have capability for 3, 5 and / or 10 lead monitoring and should have built in arrhythmia monitoring on all leads.

Inbuilt ST segment analysis and arrhythmia detection for all the leads should be possible. Haemodynamic and drug dose calculations should be available.

Arrhythmia should be grouped based on classifications – and should show no of arrhythmias occurred. Respiration should be available with Cardio Vascular Artifact filter. ICP monitoring should be possible.

Alarm parameter should flash red in the presence of high priority alarms (e.g. ventricular fibrillation and asystole) and flash yellow in the presence of medium or low priority alarms (e.g. noisy signal, etc.) 24 hours trend data should be displayed.

All monitors including central station should have similar user interface for easy usage among all clinicians. Monitor shall provide the capability to interact with alarms at remote bedsides.

Monitor shall provide the capability to receive and display real-time waveforms, trended data and alarm status from other bedside or telemetry units on the patient monitoring network.

Monitor shall provide the capability enter patient information at the bedside or central monitor.

On-screen keyboard for entering this data is preferable. Should have USB ports to connect mouse, key board, bar code scanner.

Alarm limit status (ON/OFF) must be indicated on-screen for each parameter and actual parameter alarm settings must be displayed on-screen when alarms are on. Position of the displayed waveforms must be user configurable. Waveform color changing should be user configurable.

Monitor shall permit the optional ability to receive and display information from other patient devices such as ventilators, infusion pumps and other standalone devices.



All modules should be compatible with all monitors quoted.

Bed to bed communication between the monitors should be possible with out a central station.

Networking to central station should be possible and price of central station should be offered as optional

Patient monitoring network shall use standard TCP/IP protocol and be capable of residing on hospital’s network infra-structure. Should be compatible with HIS and should be HL7 compliant. Monitor should provide remote viewing of real time waveforms through internet. Patient monitoring network shall be able to support up to 1,000 monitoring nodes.

Should be supplied with necessary accessories for adult , pediatric and neonatal accessories.

Accessories and spares 1. ECG / respiration: 5 lead ECG cable and lead wire set per monitor 2. NIBP: Adult: 2 sizes and Pediatric 2 sizes and neonatal, 1 size per monitor

3. SPo2 Sensor: Adult sensor with cable, pediatric sensor with cable and neonatal sensor with cable per monitor

4. IBP: Include 10 nos of disposable pressure transducer with bracket and interface cable per monitor 5. Temperature: Skin and nasopharyngeal probes per monitor. The equipment should be CE & US FDA Approved. Central Monitoring Station for multi para monitor System should have minimum 16 beds capability. Central station should have 17” color display. * Should have drug dose and hemodynamic calculations.

It should have possible to view information such as vital signs, alarm status, arrhythmia analysis, trended parameters, patient data etc for any selected bed from the central station. Should have separate computer keyboard and 4 channel thermal array recorder. should have default alarm limits and customizable parameter settings. Central station should have full bed review capability. Central station should be able to be configured as a bedside monitor if required. Should have 24 hours trends.

Should have capability for HL7 interface. Should be capable of monitoring telemetry modules. All system should have CE & FDA certifications. Should be supplied with a On-line suitable UPS Note: Price of MULTI PARAMETER MONITOR and CENTRAL MONITORING STATION

should be quoted separately. � �

Item No. 28

Latest generation Highest end & Technologically advanced Digital Live 3D Echocardiography system for Transthoracic adult, pediatric cardiac applications. System should be capable of LIVE 3D Imaging in Transoesophageal applications.Any other model other than the highest end system is liable for rejection.



System should have minimum 50,000 digitally scalable channels for simultaneous formation, acquisition and processing of multiple ultrasound beams and has a system architecture to process an entire bandwidth of frequencies form 1MHz to 15 MHz System should support pulse coding and pulse shaping technologies. Please mention number of digital channels in technical bid . Please attach a letter from manufacturer along with the technical bid clearly stating the number of digitally processed channels on the offered system, failing which the bid is liable for rejection.

System should have a dynamic range of minimum 180 DB so that variety of patient sizes can be handled without compromise. Please mention dynamic range in the technical bid with supporting specification sheet.

System should be capable of supporting LIVE 3D matrix Transducer capable of supporting upto 2000 elements for exceptional LIVE 3D image quality on the matrix array transducer.. Seperate LIVE 3D Matrix Transducers for both adult and pediatric applications should be offered as standard.The footprint size of the pediatric matrix transducer should be lesser than the adult matrix transducer and frequency of the pediatric matrix transducer should be higher.

System should offer Live X-Plane imaging with manipulation of orthogonal plane-lateral, elevation and rotation should be possible. Elevation beam steering should be possible so that ideal en-face views for measurements can be obtained without moving the transducer. System should have Live 3D Echocardiography capability with Color Flow Imaging.

System should have extremely high Resolution 2D Imaging, Colour Flow Imaging, M Mode, PW Doppler, CW Doppler, Duplex & Triplex Modes. Should have good Tissue Harmonic Imaging for improved Image quality.

Should have the state of the art Transmit Real Time Compound Imaging Technology with Multiple transmitted lines of sight, wherein Multiple Coplanar Images from different viewing angles are obtained and combined into a single compound Image at real-time frame rates for improved visualization & better Image quality in Vascular Imaging & to virtually clean up the Image of artifacts.

Should have advanced Image Processing algorithms to analyse between targets and artifacts so as to sharpen target anatomy and reduce the speckle & artifacts for improved Image quality.

Should have advanced Tissue Doppler Imaging with high frame rate acquisition of more than 300 frames per second.

Should be able to perform advanced quantification measurements like Strain & Strain Rate Quantification. Should Measure the myocardial velocity and derives the strain rate and strain along user-defined M-lines, Capable of drawing up to 3 M-lines at a time, Capable of sub-dividing each m-line into 8 sub-regions or according to user-defined sub-region sizes, Point of Interest tool obtains values from any point on the M-mode display.In addition to the Tissue Doppler based strain system should have 2D Based strain like VVI, AFT and TMQ should be offered. These should be offered OFF-LINE and not on the system.OFF-LINE workstation (both hardware and Software) should be offered.

Should be able to perform MPR views for Quantification from 3D Imaging on Volume measurements like LV volumes, Ejection fraction from 3D Image, etc.Also should offer 3D synchronicity indicates to measure and compare timing of maximum contraction of regional LV volumes to determine those patients who will best benefit from CRT system. Should display global LV volume and should provide simultaneous display of 17 regional volume waveform.This should be offered OFF-LINE and not on the system. OFF-LINE workstation (both hardware and Software) should be offered and highlighted in the technical bid.

The quantification capabilities should be offered OFF-LINE only as system time doesn’t get blocked.The system images should be transferred through DICOM to the OFF-LINE Workstation. The workstation should have a DICOM Image Management System Software loaded so as to print images thro a C



Should have great ergonomic design, with dual touch control panel, which is comfortable and convenient to avoid user muscle strain & stress injuries. Preferably a lightweight system should have a 19-inch Monitor, preferably a Flat Panel type.

Should have onboard workstation for storage and review of all exams, 2D, 3D Images, loops, etc

System should have DICOM 3.0 print and store service classes with support for modality, worklist, perform procedure set up, storage commit.

System should allow storing of cropped 3D images which can be recalled and recropped later.

System should have inbuilt Image Management facility with facility for direct storage of Images and loops in the Hard Disk Drive and also thumbnail review to view & edit Images, loops and also reports.

System should have storage facility of images, loops in the hard disk drive of 160 GB or more. System should be able to transfer Images & clips to CD & DVD media. Should be offered with the following:

a) Adult Echo Transducer with frequency ranging from 1-5 Mhz. This transducer should have either single crystal technology or purewave technology for excellent Image quality on Difficult to image patients .Please mention the crystal technology used in the transducer. System offered with normal transducers for adult echo are liable for rejection. b) Pediatric Echo Transducer with frequency ranging from 3-8 Mhz. c) Neonatal Echo transducer with frequency range from 4-12 MHz.

d) Live 3D Echo Matrix Transducer for Adult LIVE 3D with frequency ranging from 1-3 Mhz.

e) Live 3D Echo Matrix Transducer with smaller footprint (when compared to adult matrix transducer) for pediatric LIVE 3D with frequency range from 2-7MHz.The same probe should be useful for Epicardial Imaging. A dedicated Epicardial Transducer can also be offered. Provide technical details of the epicardial transducer. f) Integrated Stress Echo facility to perform Stress Echo exams

g) Contrast Harmonic Imaging should be offered as standard on the system, with optimization for Low and HI MI applications. Should also have facility of LOW MI with triggered replenishment Imaging.

h) Latest Pentium PC(off-line workstation) with software for analyzing and quantification of 2D and 3D data sets, CD writer with Image Management Software and colour laser Printer.PC should be offered with a flat panel 17 inch display monitor.(Hardware essential for OFF-LINE Quantification) i) Latest B/W Thermal Printer.

j) 3KVA online UPS with a backup of 30 min minimum, from any reputed brand (APC & Tata Libret) Multiplane TEE transducer for Adult & Paediatric Echocardiography – 1 No.

Item No. 29 Fiber-optic bronchoscope 1. FIBEROPTIC BRONCHOSCOPE Secondary Bending section for Easier Insertion Integrated Light cable of scope. Should be compatible with Electrosurgical unit, Yag-laser & Diode laser. Viewing Direction - Forward.



Observation Range - 1 - 50 mm or better Field of View - 120 - 130 DEG Distal End Diameter - 5.7 - 6.0 mm Flexible Portion Diameter - 5.7 - 6.0 mm Bending Capability - UP-Minimum 180 Deg, DOWN-Minimum 130 Deg Forcep Channel Diameter - 2.2 mm or more Working Length - 550- 600mm Total Length - 750- 920mm Telescopic Eyepiece Operating Section Should be Submersible. ALONG WITH STANDARD ACCESSORIES.

#Scope should be Fully insulated for all theraputic procedures to be done with Electrosurgical unit. 2. Light source:Halogen 150 watts with white light output 3. Leakage tester The product should be ISO,CE,US FDA Certified.

Item No. 30

BIPHASIC DEFIBRILLATOR • Compact, portable and easy to use • Light weight. • Biphasic • Waveform display • External energy selection from 2 J to 200 J, biphasic • Charging time less than 8 seconds @ 200 J (with a charged battery) • Synchronizer and cardio version • Unique disarm button (in addition to automatic time delay) • Should come with high resolution monitor. • Should come with 3 lead ECG than can be measured from cables, hard adult external

paddles, paediatric adapters, disposable multipurpose defibrillator/ pacing/ ECG paddles. • Heart rate: 20 to 300 bpm BPM with user selectable alarms. • Should come with external pacing, demand and asynchronous modes • Should display CPR in real time • Should have large internal memory that stores and prints 25 ECG events. • Long lasting sealed lead acid Ni-Cd battery: not less than 2 hours of continuous ECG monitoring or 60 full energy discharges. • Battery indicator on display and self test on battery Accessories needed • Paddles with remote energy selection, charge and discharge buttons on paddles. • Pediatric paddles adapters (set of 2)

• Integral A/c 240 v V 50 hz charger and mains power source. Adult paddles and test paddles. • 3 lead patient cable • One spare battery • Roll of 50mm recording paper x 10 rolls • 5 oz tube of defibrillation gel x 5 tubes • ECG cable with leads. • External disposable pacing pads • Operation manual, service manual complete.



Item No. 31 Pulse oximeter It monitors from -neonate to adult. . Technology to track oxygen saturation even during low perfusion condition.

· Set seconds alarm management technology avoids unnecessary alarm & distraction during monitoring of severe motion patients. · Big 7 segment LED display for better monitoring. · Dual colour LED for differentiating normal mode & alarm mode. · Internal battery provides minimum of 8 hours backup. · 10 segment LED bar graph for pulse strength monitoring. · Facility for computer interface & printer connectivity · Individual alarm settings for Sao2 & pulse rate · compact & light, easy to transport. · Pole mounting facility available for convenient monitoring. · Compatible with the complete range of disposable & reusable sensors. · Built-in battery charger with charger indication.

Item No. 32 12 Channel ECG Machine · Simultaneous acquisition of up to 12 leads. · Real time continuous recording of 3, 6 and 12 channel. · Recording speeds of 5, 10. 25 or 50 mm/sec · Extensive ECG quality control by AC Noise Filtering and Baseline. · A4 size reports for convenient reading and filing. · Colour coded keys for case of operation. · Convenient battery operation for greater mobility. · Versatile report formats and speed options to provide auto reports or rhythm reports. · User configurable filters. · Preview signal quality prior to printing. Saving time and paper. · Keyboard entry for patient ID information. · Capability to generate any number of ECG copies possible for filing and distribution. · Adult and paediatric analysis programs std. · Automatic interpretations of ECG data. · Availability of adult, paediatric and neonatal accessories. · Accessories e.g., stand, cables, electrodes etc. Should be quoted separately. · Consumables for one year, ( a list should be attached) · Service and operation manual complete.

Item No. 33 Tread Mill test machine



1 Description of Function Exercise stress testing systems offer a wide array of unique diagnostic software options to evaluate myocardial function. Automatic arrhythmia detection, ST-segment analysis, and T-wave alternans are a few examples. In conjunction with a treadmill or ergo meter, these systems provide a controlled environment for the observation of the effects of increases in myocardial oxygen demand: exercise-induced systolic hypotension, exercise-induced angina, and/or the appearance of a heart murmur during exercise. 2 Operational Requirements 2.1 System complete with PC, Software, TMT and necessary cables is required. 3 Technical Specifications 1. System should acquire and analyze 12 leads. 2. System should be based on Windows platform with 17” colour monitor having minimum resolution 1280 x 1024. 80 GB HDD, CD-RW, Mouse, UPS for analyzer. 4. Should provide standard Full Interpretation of Supine ECG with reasoning. 5. Display of real time 12 lead diagnostic quality ECG waveform, average complexes beat of all 12 leads with superimposed colour comparison along with digital value of ST level and slope. Display the graph on the recording paper. 6. Automatic detection, display, Storage and review of arrhythmia, Heart Rate, Double Product and METS. It should have online HR METs and ST running trends available on the screen during exercise. 7. System should have ability to manual edit of J & Isoelectric point during exercise. Filters for line frequency and special filters to reduce noise and baseline artifacts without compromising the ECG frequency response. System should have filters for line frequency and special filters to reduce noise and baseline artifacts without compromising the ECG frequency response. 8. System should have full disclosure play back, review and storage of patient ECG raw data for unlimited numbers depending upon size of the hard disk. The unit should have the ability to readjust “J-ST” interval measurement + 1 m sec points and generate a new report from stored raw ECG data. 9. System should provide multiple and customizable printing formats as per user’s choice on A-4 size high resolution thermal printer for online real time printings. Compatible laser printer for printing reports on plain paper also to be supplied. 10. System must have ECG trigger output to interface with external automatic devices. 11. Heavy Duty Treadmill (Imported): Noise free TREADMILL with speed ranging from 0.5 to 20 kmph and grade of 0 – 22% with suitable servo stabilizer. 12. Automatic Stress test Non Invasive Blood Pressure Monitor, compatible with the treadmill stress Test System for bi-directional exchange of data between the monitor and analyzer. Optional system with NIBP Module to be quoted separately. 4 System Configuration Accessories, spares and consumables 4.1 System as specified 4.2 All consumables required for installation and standardization of system to be given free of cost. 6 Power Supply 6.1 Power input to be 220-240VAC, 50Hz



6.2 Suitable Servo controlled Stabilizer/CVT 7 Standards, Safety and Training 7.1 Should be FDA , CE,UL or BIS approved product 8 Documentation User/Technical/Maintenance manuals to be supplied in English. Certificate of calibration and inspection. List of Equipments available for providing calibration and routine Preventive Maintenance Support. as per manufacturer documentation in service/technical manual.

Item No. 34

EXTERNAL FIXATOR SETS

Small External Fixator Set

Fixateur for and and forearm 1 Wrench for 7850-0-0003 1 Hexagonal Screwdriver for 7850-0-0003 1 Drill Guide for 7850-0-0003 1 Trocar for Drill Guide for 7850-0-0003 1

Large External Fixator Set

Fixateur for upper and lower leg Titanium 1 Distraktor for 7850-0-0001/0002 1 T-Jaw, Titanium 1 Wrench for 7850-0-0001 1 Hexagonal Screwdriver for 7850-0-0001 1 Drill Guide for 7850-0-0001 1 Trocar for Drill Guide for 7850-0-0001 1

Standard Set External Fixation

Container red 500x155x75 mm 1 TRAY EF LOWER 1 TRAY EF UPPER 1 Drill Bit, 3,5 mm, extra long 2 Combination Wrench 11 mm 1 Socket Wrench 11 mm 1 Hex. Allen Key 1 T-Handle 1 Open Compressor 2 Drill Sleeve, 5,0/3,5 mm, 100 mm long 1 Drill Sleeve, 5,0/3,5 mm, 80 mm long 1 Drill Sleeve, 6,0/5,0 mm long 1 Drill Sleeve, 6,0/5,0 mm short 1 Trocar, 3,5 mm, long 1 Trocar, 3,5 mm, short 1 Schanz Screw 5,0/125 mm tap length 50 mm 6 Schanz Screw 4,0/150 mm tap length 25 mm 6 Schanz Screw 4,0/170 mm tap length 20 mm 6 Schanz Screw 4,0/200 mm tap length 25 mm 6 Steel Tube, 11,0 mm, 100 mm 1 Steel Tube, 11,0 mm, 125 mm 1



Steel Tube, 11,0 mm, 150 mm 2 Steel Tube, 11,0 mm, 200 mm 2 Steel Tube, 11,0 mm, 250 mm 2 Steel Tube, 11,0 mm, 300 mm 2 Steel Tube, 11,0 mm, 350 mm 2 Steel Tube, 11,0 mm, 400 mm 2 Tube-to-Tube-Clamp 2 Open adjustable Clamp 12

External Linear Fixator Set

Linear Lengthening Fixateur medium 1 Case for Ext. Axial Fixateur Instruments 1 Screw Guide 32 mm 1 Screw Guide 45 mm 1 Screw Guide 60 mm 1 Screw Guide 100 mm 1 Screw Guide 160 mm 1 Pilot Wire Guide 75 mm 1 Pilot Wire Guide 115 mm 1 Drill Guide 40 / 2,7 mm 1 Drill Guide 20 / 3,2 mm 1 Drill Guide 40 / 3,2 mm 1 Drill Guide 80 / 3,2 mm 1 Drill Guide 40 / 4,8 mm 1 Drill Guide 80 / 4,8 mm 1 Drill Guide 140 / 4,8 mm 1 Drill 2,7 x 130 mm 1 Drill 3,2 x 200 mm 1 Drill 4,8 x 305 mm 1 Drill Bit Holder 1 T-Wrench 4 mm 1 T-Wrench 6 mm 1 Allen-Wrench 2 mm 1 Allen-Wrench 3 mm 1 Allen-Wrench 5 mm 1 Allen-Wrench 6 mm 1 Tapered Trocar 1 Hammer 1

Item No. 35

Deep Freezer -40deg.

Vertical type, 600lt capacity, with temp recording device, innerglass door, stainless steel interior, replaceable storage racks,



gasket sealing.

Item No. 36

Deep Freezer -70deg. Vertical type, 600lt capacity, with temp recording device, innerglass door, stainless steel interior, replaceable storage racks,

Item No. 37 Arterial Blood Gas analyser machine (BLOOD GAS ANALYSER)

Latest, fully automatic, Microprocessor controlled Blood Gas and Electrolyte Analyser having the following features: Measured Parameters: pH, PCO2, PO2, Baro. Na, K, Cl, Ca. Hb, Hct, Oxygen Saturation. Calculated Parameters: Upto 30. True Liquid calibration (FMS Based) Sample volume - 70m ltr Measurement time -< 45 sec. Sample throughput – 40/hr Fully automatic liquid calibration of all parameters at a fixed or user defined intervals. Miniature type maintenance free electrode. Bar code reader. Built in colour LCD 6” touch screen monitor. Built in thermal paper printer Built in PC with flash memory and PCMCI card 2XRS232 interface facilty. Optional auto QC facility.

Built in QC analysis software for levytennings. Wet guard rail etc. Built in data storage facility of patient records, QC, calibration,report, Error report. Storage facility of measured data in case of power failure. Automatic sample device recognition. Continual reagent level monitoring with graphic display.

Direct aspiration of samples from syringe, callipers, Q C ampoules, test tubes without the use of any adapters. Measurement of haemoglobin using laser diode technology. With all Standard Accessories and starter kit of reagents as per the following:-



Reference electrode PCO2 electrode pH electrode Chloride electrode Sodium electrode Potassium electrode Calcium electrode Accessories Box Cal. Solution C1 Cal. Solution C2 Fluid Pack

Item No. 38

Multipara Monitor

Patient monitor system should be of modular type and capable of monitoring adult, pediatric & neonatal patients. Monitor should have 17” independent flat panel display. Touch screen user interface .

Module rack / housing should be independent and shall be able to be placed near to the patient. Should be capable of 8 traces display.

Monitor must be capable of simultaneously monitoring the following parameters which should be present as standard: ECG, NIBP, SpO2, invasive pressures (2), temperatures (2)

Should be compatible with Capnography, Cardiac output, EEG, and BIS and prices to be offered as optional

ECG should have capability for 3, 5 and / or 10 lead monitoring and should have built in arrhythmia monitoring on all leads.

Inbuilt ST segment analysis and arrhythmia detection for all the leads should be possible. Haemodynamic and drug dose calculations should be available.

Arrhythmia should be grouped based on classifications – and should show no of arrhythmias occurred. Respiration should be available with Cardio Vascular Artifact filter. ICP monitoring should be possible.

Alarm parameter should flash red in the presence of high priority alarms (e.g. ventricular fibrillation and asystole) and flash yellow in the presence of medium or low priority alarms (e.g. noisy signal, etc.) 24 hours trend data should be displayed.

All monitors including central station should have similar user interface for easy usage among all clinicians. Monitor shall provide the capability to interact with alarms at remote bedsides.

Monitor shall provide the capability to receive and display real-time waveforms, trended data and alarm status from other bedside or telemetry units on the patient monitoring network.

Monitor shall provide the capability enter patient information at the bedside or central monitor.


Alarm limit status (ON/OFF) must be indicated on-screen for each parameter and actual parameter alarm settings must be displayed on-screen when alarms are on.



Position of the displayed waveforms must be user configurable. Waveform color changing should be user configurable.

Monitor shall permit the optional ability to receive and display information from other patient devices such as ventilators, infusion pumps and other standalone devices. All modules should be compatible with all monitors quoted.

Bed to bed communication between the monitors should be possible with out a central station.

Networking to central station should be possible and price of central station should be offered as optional

Patient monitoring network shall use standard TCP/IP protocol and be capable of residing on hospital’s network infra-structure. Should be compatible with HIS and should be HL7 compliant. Monitor should provide remote viewing of real time waveforms through internet. Patient monitoring network shall be able to support up to 1,000 monitoring nodes.

Should be supplied with necessary accessories for adult , pediatric and neonatal accessories.

Accessories and spares 1. ECG / respiration: 5 lead ECG cable and lead wire set per monitor 2. NIBP: Adult: 2 sizes and Pediatric 2 sizes and neonatal, 1 size per monitor

3. SPo2 Sensor: Adult sensor with cable, pediatric sensor with cable and neonatal sensor with cable per monitor

4. IBP: Include 10 nos of disposable pressure transducer with bracket and interface cable per monitor 5. Temperature: Skin and nasopharyngeal probes per monitor. The equipment should be CE & US FDA Approved.

Item No. 39 Anaesthesia Workstation Technical specifications for Advanced Anesthesia Workstation Description of function:

Anaethesia machine is used for delivering anesthesia agents to the patients during surgery and monitors the vital signs and ventilates the patient. Technical specifications: Frame:

Anesthesia system should be high end three gas system with three gas Oxygen, Nitrous Oxide and Medical Air double scale flowmeter with high and low flow and minimal flow provisions.

System should be designed such that all components are integrated to minimise dead space.

Should have an independent Oxygen flow meter for Oxygen delivery and an integrated variable flow suction unit.

Anaesthesia machine should have high grade reinforced fibre frame free from oxidation. It should have three drawers, one retractable writing table, and rigid top tray.

System should have at least three drawers and an additional writing surface that can be easily accessed.

Drawers shall all have the ability to lock , and shall be easily removed for the purposes of cleaning and sterilisation.



Pipeline, cylinder and Airway pressures should all be displayed on colour coded gauges and be visible at all times during operation. Should have provision to attach 2 cylinders 1 each for O2 and N2O. Should have facility of delivering basal flow of oxygen on switiching on the machine.

System should have a second user accessible port for extraction of Anesthetic gas when using a nonrebreathing

patient circuit. System should also provide the option of returning sample gas to the scavenging system with a dedicated port. A single pneumatic/electric on/off switch should activate the gas flow and vaporization.

The unit should have a battery back up facility for the ventilator in the event of power loss and should operate for a minimum of one hour.

In the event of complete power loss and battery failure it shall still be possible to manually ventilate and deliver anaesthetic agent.

System ahould have easily accessible common gas outlet in the event of an emergency and for use of alternate breathing circuits. Should have unlockable Oxygen flush to deliver oxygen flow of approximately 40l/min.

Should have built in safety features like O2 failure alarm, N2O cutoff, Low O2 pressure etc.,

Should have motion sensitive back lighting for vaporizer dial adjustment. Should also have mandatory illumination of the writing table.

The frame should have integrated power outlets to supply a minimum of four external devices. Should have locking of the front castors by a single central brake mechanism. System should be designed to mounted on pendants. Gas Flow

The unit shall have a mechanical hypoxic guard system to control the ratio of Oxygen and Nitrous oxide to

ensure a minimum of 25% of oxygen delivery at all times to avoid delivery of hypoxic mixture.

It shall be possible to deliver Air with only basal flow oxygen independent of the above mentioned hypoxic control.

Gas flow shall be controlled mechanically to avoid errors during power failure and electronic malfunction.

Visual display of the gas flow shall be by physical means independent of electrical power.

Cascade or dual flow tubes should be available for all gases to allow suitable resolution and accurate control at low total fresh gas flows. Flow meters should have backlight and antiglare illumination.

The unit should have an independent measurement and display of fresh gas flow offering safety for low and minimal flow anaesthesia. A bag arm with height and positional adjustment shall be available as an option. Vaporizers

The unit should accommodate two vaporizers for anesthetic agent delivery to allow easy selection of agent to be used. A third vaporiser storage area shall be available as an option.



Vaporiser should be selectatec type, tool free installation and vaporiser of our choice can be mounted at will with interlocking facility to allow operation of only one vaporiser at one time.

Vaporizers supplied with the unit shall be routine maintenance free for the life of the product. Should provide Isoflurane and Sevoflurane key filled vaporisers. Breathing System

All parts of the breathing system that are in contact with patient gas should be latex free and autoclavable. Should not require tools when dismantled for cleaning and sterilization. Should accept large and small volume absorber canisters.

The ventilator bellows shall be clearly visible and should ascend on expiration to provide a quick visual indicator for system leaks.

Breathing system should have the option of C02 Absorber bypass control that will allow the absorber canisters to be removed without introducing system leaks.

Should have bag / vent selecting valve integrated onto the absorber and should automatically turn on the ventilator when positioned to vent mode. Ventilatior

Ventilator should be pneumatically driven, electronically controlled and should be ascending bellows type. Ventilator should automatically change drive gas should there be a gas depletion. Ventilator shall have a large color display with touch screen user interface.

Ventilator should have the following ventilation abilities, volume control, decelerating flow pressure control, SIMV with pressure support and pressure support.

Ventilator should be capable of ventilating diverse range of patient groups from neonates to patients with

restictive airways with tidal volume range between 20 ml to 1500 ml with single bellows system. Assisted modes of breathing should be flow triggered.

Ventilator shall have an active proportional exhalation valve to prevent the potential of over delivery during pressure modes of ventilation.

Ventilator should have a leak and compliance test that can be done independently of the full system check.

On switching on, the ventilator system should be able to and shall give the user a choice of doing a unit test or bypassing in the case of an emergency.

Ventilator shall compensate for fresh gas flow and compliance of the entire circuit dynamically.

Measurement at the patient end of the circuit ( sensor at the patient end) should be provided to compensate for small leakages and compressible volume variability that occur during ventilation.

User should also have the option of setting a pre set compliance correction where similar circuits are used constantly.

Should provide constant fresh gas flow into the breathing circuit during the inspiratory phase as mandatory.

Ventilator should have the ability to set and store a hospital default as well as individual user preferences for

easy selection of ventilation parameters and include screen layout, alarm preferences and ventilation



settings. User should be able to set their own password.

Apnea alarms must be user adjustable to allow for all operating conditions and phases during Anesthesia.

Ventilator should have the ability to display and store Patient Spirometery loops including Flow-Volume and Pressure Volume curves. Ventilator should also display waveforms for flow and airway pressure. Ventilator shall display measured fresh gas independent of the flow meters. Ventilator shall display a dynamic compliance measurement. Integrated Monitoring system:

Anesthesia Monitoring system should be of modular type and capable of monitoring adult, pediatric and neonatal patients. Should be from the same manufacturer as of the anesthesia system.

Monitor should have minimum 19” independent flat panel display with multi color touch screen user interface to ensure all parameters are visible simultaneously.

Module rack / housing should be independent and shall be able to be placed near to the patient.

Should be capable of 8 traces display. Should have facility to monitor: ECG, NIBP, SpO2, Respiration,

Invasive pressures (3), temperatures (2), Capnography and Bispectral index. Should have Cardiac output port enabled.

Should have automatic identification and measurement of anesthetic agents, EtCo2, O2 and N2O and MAC value. Should have depth of anesthesia monitoring using Bispectral index. Cardiac output monitoring facility using thermo dilution technology with all accessories.

ECG should have capability for 3, 5 and / or 10 lead monitoring and should have built in arrhythmia monitoring on all 12 leads

Inbuilt ST segment analysis and arrhythmia detection for all the leads should be available. Should have haemodynamic, oxygenation and drug dose calculations. EtCO2 should have both mainstream and side stream in one module. Respiration should be available with Cardio Vascular Artifact filter. OCRG(oxy cardio respiro gram) should be available for monitoring neonates.

Alarm parameter should flash red in the presence of high priority alarms (e.g. ventricular fibrillation and

asystole) and flash yellow in the presence of medium or low priority alarms (e.g. noisy signal, etc.) 24 hours trend data should be displayed.

All monitors including central station should have similar user interface for easy usage among all clinicians. Modules should be compatible with transport monitors if required.

Monitor shall provide capability to remote view of real time waveforms via the internet. Should be able to upgrade to softwares for electronic flow sheet and full dislcosure of all waveforms.


Alarm limit status (ON/OFF) must be indicated on-screen for each parameter and actual parameter alarm



settings must be displayed on-screen when alarms are on.

Position of the displayed waveforms and color of the waveform must be user configurable.

Monitor shall permit the optional ability to receive and display information from other patient devices such as ventilators, infusion pumps and other standalone devices. All modules should be compatible with all monitors quoted.

Should be supplied with necessary accessories for adult , pediatric and neonatal accessories. Should be US FDA Approved Should be compatible with HIS and Should be HL7 compliant

Monitor should have capability to accommodate remote viewing of real time waveforms through internet. Accessories and spares

ECG / respiration: 5 lead ECG cable and lead wire set and 10 lead ECG cable and lead wire set per monitor NIBP: Adult: 2 sizes and Pediatric 2 sizes and neonatal, 1 size per monitor

SPo2 Sensor: Adult sensor with cable, pediatric sensor with cable and neonatal sensor with cable per monitor

IBP: Include 10 nos of disposable pressure transducer with bracket and interface cable per monitor Temperature: Skin and nasopharyngeal probes per monitor BIS: 25 nos of disposable sensors per monitor Environmental factors:

Safe disposal system : AGSS – Anesthetic Gas Scavenging System, should be in place

The unit shall be capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10C to 40C and relative humidity of 15-90%.

Shall meet IEC 60601-1-2:2001 (Or equivalent) general requirements of safety for electromagnetic compatibility.

Item No. 40

Volumetric Infusion Pump Flow rate should be from 0.1 to 990 ml/hr with 0.1ml/hr increment It should have choice of Micro & Macro drops Volume Limit should be more than 9900ml * It should use conventional tubing (4 mm), PVC any Indian Make Immediate display of choice of programming after purge Must have function for immediate forward & reverse of screen/programming parameters Programming : ml/hr, time x volume limit. Weight x concentration x dose Must have display of flow rate observable from a distance of 10-12 feet Must have Occlusion Pressure from 0 to 120 kPa KVO should be 0.1 ml to 3ml/hr Bolus rate should be more than 900 ml/hr Must have Special functions like Titration , Fluid Balance Time limit from 1min to 99hrs & 59 minutes. Should have pre alarms – Ultrasonic sensor type



Visual / sound alarms like End of Battery Power , Incorrect flow rate, Door open, No drops, Occlusion , programming error, Running in KVO, Fluid balance etc.

Flow rate deviation with standard tubing should not be more than +/- 6% of the programmed flow rate. Battery Rechargeable more than 5 hrs of operation Should be able to work on 220 Volts Unit should be CE Certified, ISO company & must have ISO 13485 certification

Item No. 41

Syringe Infusion Pump

It should be Light weight , Compact & should be able to adopt syringes from 5 to 60ml horoizontal Programming : Should be ml/hr, ml/hr x volume limit & time x volume limit Flow rate should be 450 ml/hr with 0.1ml/hr increment Volume Limit should be 999.9 ml Must have Occlusion Pressure at least 3 levels KVO should be 1ml/hr or less Bolus rate should be 450 ml/hr Time limit from 1min to 99hrs & 59 minutes. Special Functions Like : Clear Volume

Should have pre alarms such as End of Battery, End of Infusion, & visual & sound alarms like Syringe positioning error, occlusion, infusion completed, syringe error, programming error, Block error, clamp error , low battery etc Flow rate deviation should not be more than +/- 1% of the programmed flow rate. Battery Rechargeable with battery life 3hrs , Should be able to work on 230 Volts Weight not exceeding 2.1 kg The product should have CE & ISO 13485 certifications

Item No. 42

Ventilator Critical Care

Microprocessor controlled Ventilator for Neonates, Paediatrics and Adults patient with invasive & non- Invasive ventilation in both pressure and volume based modes. Should be expandable and up gradable. Should have the both pressure & flow trigger sensitivity. Minimum of following Modes of ventilation should be present: - • CAMV – controlled Assisted mechanical ventilation • SIMV – with pressure and volume support mode (VS) • Pressure controlled ventilation • Tube compensation • PRVC • BIPAP/Bi-level or equivalent with pressure support • CPAP • PAV+ (Proportional Assist Ventilation) or equivalent mode Should have following Parameters: - Tidal volume: 5 to 2000 ml



• Frequency: 2 to 150 b/m • I:E Ratio : 1:299 to 4:1 • Pressure support: 0 to 70 cmH2O • Inspiratory time 0.2 – 8 sec. • Inspiratory flow: 3-150 L/min. • Inspiratory pressure : 5-90 cmH2O • Exhalation Sensitivity: 1-80% of Spont. Peak Flow • Oxygen cone. :- 21 to 100% • PEEP / CPAP : 0-45cmH2O Following parameters should be monitored:- a) Volume: Exp. Tidal volume & M.V b) Tinsp. c) Frequency d) FiO2 e) Pressure: peak, plateau, peep, mean f) Resistance and compliance g) Ti/ Total & RSBI, P0.1 and Vital capacity

Should have user programmable Apnea back-up & should have detection of severe patient occlusion to

protect patient against excessive airway pressure, terminate normal ventilation and allow patient to exhale through inspiratory limb by opening safety valve. Should have at least 10” size integrated colored touch screen. Should display: - a) Wave forms: P x t, f x t, v x t b) Loops: p x v, f x v c) Should have different color for different breath

Alarms: - Audio visual Alarms for low air pressure, low oxygen pressure, low and high inspiratory

pressure, low and high rate, leak rate, disconnection, apnea alarm time 15-60 sec, low battery etc. Should have reusable auto cleavable heated bacterial filter exhalation isolation system Inbuilt Battery back up for ventilator for at least 30 min. Essential Accessories:-

A) Reusable auto cleavable heated bacterial filter/cassette exhalation isolation system- 10no.

B) Humidifier- Heated temperature controlled, preferably temperature monitored with alarms- 1 no. C) Reusable humidifier chamber- 01no D) Heater wires – 01no. E) Heater wire adapter- 01no. F) Flow sensor if applicable with flow sensor cables- 10no. G) Reusable Breathing Circuits adult = 05no. H) Reusable breathing Circuits pediatrics = 05no. I) Reusable breathing circuits neonatal = 05no. J) Nebulizer-

Ultrasonic nebulizer with pore size up to 2 micro meters to deliver medicament. It should not

affect Ventilator parameter delivered to pt. When in use & it has both timed and Continuous nebulisation mode. K) Compressor a. Should be of same make as of ventilator.



b. Should be oil free, medical grade and silent (less then 60db at 1/meter) and flow upto 160LPM. c. Should have high temperature and low-pressure alarms. d. Compatible to be connected to compressed air from hospital central gas supply. L) Trolley The equipment should be CE & US FDA Approved.

Item No. 43

Portable Ventilator

1. Micro turbine controlled intensive care ventilator adult and paediatric 2. Should have invasive – non invasive ventilation 3. Ventilator should weight not more than 5kg ( five kg) Modes: 1. Should have the following modes-

A. PCV (pressure controlled ventilation) / PACV (pressure assisted controlled ventilation) B. CV (controlled volume)/ acv (assisted controlled volume) C. SIMV (synchronous intermittent mandatory ventilation)

D. PSV-S(pressure support ventilation) / PSV-ST (pressure support with a back up rate) E. CPAP (continuous positive pressure) F. Should have target tidal volume available with all dual pressure modes Parameter settings: A. Tidal volume : 50-2000ml B. Rate: 4-60bpm C. Inspiratory flow rate:0 to 200 1pm D. Peep: 0-20mbar E. Inspiration pressure: 4 to 60 mbar F. I/E ratio:1.0-3.0 G. I/T ratio:25-50% H. FiO2 measurement upto 50% I. Should have inspiratory trigger J. Should have exhalation trigger K. Should have sigh M. Should have double limb ventilation N. Should have battery back up for at least 10 hours

O. Should have availability to change the flow pattern in volume control (rectangle and decelerate) P. Ramp control for pressure modes Alarms Should have minimum & maximum inspired tidal volume alarm A. Should have minimum exhaled tidal volume leak maxi alarm B. Should have fr(frequency) maxi C. Should have min &maxi inspiratory time Monitoring & display

A. Should have vent parameters: inspired positive airway pressure IPAP (inspired pressure) EPAP (positive exhalation pressure) inspired tidal volume, leak , breath rate , FiO2,I/E, inspiratory time



B. Should have alarms, graphics, alarm history, general configuration, preferences, curves configuration, maintenance menu and sub menu. C. Should have pressure volume loop, and flow volume loop

Item No. 44

Refregirated Centrifuge Table Top

Max Capacity Swing-out 4 x 135 mL Fixed Angle 6 x 50 mL Max Density 1200 kg/ m3 Max Load 0.648 kg Max Speed Swing-out 4000 rpm Fixed Angle 6500 rpm Max RCF Swing-out 2647 x g Fixed Angle 3684 x g Control System Microprocessor Speed Set/ Display Range 300 - 6500 rpm Step 10 rpm Accuracy ±20 rpm (display) Timer Set/ Display 1 min up to 99 min + Hd Acceleration Rates High or Low Braking Rates High or Low Drive System Direct Motor Type Brushless induction Power (average/ max) 150 W Noise 57 dBA Standards IEC 1010-1, IEC 1010-2-020, CE marked, UL listed, cUL listed Product Dimensions Height (lid closed) [cm/ in] 28/ 11 Width [cm/ in] 37/ 14.6 Depth [cm/ in] 46/ 18.1 Weight unpacked [kg/ lb] 28/ 61.7

Item No. 45

Automatic Tissue Processor STP 120i

1 Description of Function 1.1 Tissues from the body taken for diagnosis of disease processes are processed by



the tissue processor in the histology laboratory to process tissues prior to microtomy to produce microscopic slides that are viewed under the microscope by pathologists. 2 Operational Requirements 2.1 Latest Model Fully automatic system carousel type with minimum 12 stations (10 reagents and 2 wax baths). 2.2 Computer controlled flow through tissue processor to automatically perform fixation, dehydration, clearing, and paraffin impregnation of tissue. Specimens should remain stationary during processing in a fully enclosed retort while processing reagents and molten paraffin are moved to and from the chamber in a programmed sequence. 3 Technical Specifications 3.1 Metal / Polypropelene tissue baskets each with a capacity of160-200 cassettes to be met by either single or double baskets. 3.2 The tissue baskets should be such that they have a firm bottom and do not get stuck to the sides of the reagent stations. 3.3 Reagent stations – Number of vessels: 10 (1.8- 2 litres each) 3.4 Paraffin stations– Number: 2 ( 1.8- 2 litres each) – Temperature setting range: 45 – 70°C with tempera ture cut out facility ( Temperature should be mentioned ) 3.5 Computerized freely selectable and freely programmable Facility should be available. Easy editing and changing of programmes should be possible even during a processing run Infiltration time for each station should be separately programmable. Program start delay should be selectable without time limit. 3.6 In-built Vacuum function with fume control device. 3.7 Safety device for protection for drying of specimen in case of power failure The buckets should go back inside the respective solution when power fails and not hang in mid air. 3.8 LCD display panel with ergonomic control, fully protected control with full protection key board, audible alarm warning/ error message. 3.9 Machine should be able to cater to short time / quick process 3.10 Interrupting an automatic processing for reloading or removing cassettes before the end of a run should be possible 3.11 Should be an open system capable of using standard cassettes from open markets. 4 System Configuration Accessories, spares and consumables 4.1 Quote pricing to up gradation to another basket with similar cassettes capacity. 4.2 Basket Rotor – 01 Nos. 4.3 Metal tissue basket- 04 Nos. 4.4 Aluminium reagent vessels of 1.8-2 litre capacity each-10 nos. 4.5 Beaker covers- 11 Nos. 4.6 Wax baths complete with thermostat – 02 nos. 5 Environmental factors 5.1 The unit shall be capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 -50deg C and relative humidity of 15-90% 5.2 The unit shall be capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10 -40deg C and relative humidity of 15-90% 6 Power Supply 6.1 Power input to be 220-240VAC, 50Hz fitted with Indian plug 6.2 Suitable voltage corrector/stabilizer 6.3 Reset table over current breaker shall be fitted for protection



6.4 Suitable UPS with maintenance free batteries for minimum two-hour back-up should be supplied with the system. 7 Standards and Safety 7.1 Should be compliant to ISO 13485: Quality systems – Medical devices – Particular requirements for the application of ISO 9001 applicable to manufacturers and service providers that perform their own design activities. 7.2 Should be compliant with IEC 61010-1: covering safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement control and laboratory use. 7.3 Should be FDA or CE or ISI approved product 7.4 Comprehensive training for lab staff and support services till familiarity with the system. 8 Documentation 8.1 Certificate of calibration and inspection from factory. 8.2 Compliance Report to be submitted in a tabulated and point wise manner clearly mentioning the page/Para number of original catalogue. 8.3 User/Technical/Maintenance manuals to be supplied 8.4 Log book with instruction for daily , weekly, monthly and quarterly maintenancechecklist. The job description of the hospital technician and company service engineer should be clearly spelt out 8.5 List of Equipments available for providing calibration and routine maintenance support as per manufacturer documentation in service / technical manual. 8.6 List of important spare parts and accessories with their part number and costing.

Item No. 46

Binocular Microscope 1. Antimould/Antifungal type microscope 2. Colour corrected infinity optical system 3. Nose piece Quintuple reversed inword facing. 4. Objectives Panchromatic and springloaded 4X (1pece), 10X (1perce), 20X(1piece), 40X(1piece), oil immersion 100X (2 piese). 5. Eye piece wide field, 10X, one pair each with preferably with pointer. 6. Field of view>20mm.

7. Trinocular eye piece tube to facilitate camera attachment. The eye piece tube should be siedentopf type, 30 degree inclined and rotatable by 360 degree. 8. Dioptre adjustment of both eye pieces.

9. Inbuilt arrangement of illumination with halogen lamp (6V/20W) fitted directly under file lenses (Kohler’s system) with intensity control. 10. Condenser- Bright field Abbe’s NA 1.25 with iris diaphragm and filter holder. 11. Coaxial fine and coarse adjustment with adjustable tension. 12. Double stage- Double slide holder low position and coaxial, movement



13. Power supply 220/240 volts. 14. Spare halogen lamps-6 no’s to be supplied with each microscope 15. Power cord 16. Dust cover and preferable with box

Item No. 47

PHASE CONTRAST MICROSCOPE

Universal Condenser for Bright Field/Dark Field/Phase Contrast Attachment for Microscope consisting of :

Phase contrast/dark field condenser Plan achromat phase contrast objective 10X/0.25, WD 10.5 Plan achromat phase contrast objective 20X/0.4, WD 1.2 (spring) Plan achromat phase contrast objective 40X/0.65, WD 0.6 (spring)

Plan achromat phase contrast objective 100X/ 1.25, WD 0.15 (spring, oil) Interference light balance daylight filter, 45mm dia. Interference green contrast filter 45mm dia.

Item No. 48

CO2 Incubators

Temperature Control ±0.1 °C Range 5 °C above ambient to 50 °C (122 F)* Uniformity ±0.3 °C @ 37 °C (98.6 F) Tracking Alarm User-programmable high/low Overtemperature Sensor Precision thermistor Setability 0.1 °C Function Shuts off heat Temperature Safety Sensor Precision thermistor Controller Independent analog electronic CO2 CO2 Control Better than ±0.1 % CO2 Range 0-20 % Inlet Pressure 15 PSIG (1.0 bar) Sensor T/C Readability & Setability 0.1 % Tracking Alarm User-programmable high/low Humidity rH Ambient to 95 % @ 37 °C (98.6 F) Humidity Pan 3.2 qt. (3.0 liters) standard Display (opt.) In 1% increments Fittings Access Port 1.3" (3.3 cm) with removable silicone plug with filter



CO2 Inlet 1/4" hose (barbed) Unit Heat Load 115 V/230 V 293 BTUH (86 Watt) Shelves Dimensions 18.5" x 18.5" (47.0 cm x 47.0 cm) Construction Stainless steel, perforated Surface Area 2.4 sq. ft. (0.2 sq. m) Max. per Chamber 36.0 sq. ft. (3.3 sq. m) Standard, Maximum 4, 15 Construction Interior Volume 6.5 cu. ft. (184.1 liters) Interior Type 304, mirror finish, stainless steel Exterior 18 gauge, cold-rolled steel, powder coated Outer Door Gasket Four-sided, molded, magnetic vinyl Inner Door Gasket Removable, cleanable, feather-edged, silicone Electrical All 115 V, 50/60 Hz, 9.6 FLA (Operating range 90-125 V) 230V, 50/60 Hz, 4.4 FLA (Operating range 180-250V) Circuit Breaker/Power Switch 12 Amps/2 Pole Convenience/Receptade 75 Watts max. (matches cabinet voltage) Plug 115 V: NEMA 5-15P Plug; 230 V: CEE 7/7 Plug Alarm Contacts Power interruption; deviation of temp, CO2, rH; customer connections through jack on back of unit Data Outputs (opt.) RS-485, 0-1 V, 0-5 V, 4-20 milliamp (select one) Dimensions Exterior (w x h x f-b) 26.3" x 39.5" x 25.0" (66.8 cm x 100.3 cm x 63.5 cm) Interior (w x h x f-b) 21.3" x 26.8" x 20.0" (54.1 cm x 68.1 cm x 50.8 cm)

Item No. 49

Bio-safety Cabinet

simple operation for ultimate safety with 60% less energy consumption and heat output that complies with the EN 12469

Dimensions Exterior dimensions with stand (w x h x d) 1300 x 2200 x 795 mm (51.2 x 86.6 x 31.3 in) Interior dimensions (w x h x d) 1200 x 780 x 495 mm (47.2 x 30.7 x 19.5 in) Work surface with adjustable stand 750 to 960 mm (30 to 38 in) Interior work surface area 0.56 m2 (930 sq. in) Working height of front window 200 mm (8 in) Maximum lifting height of front window 535 mm (21 in) dimensions (w x h x d) 1410 x 1700 x 925 mm Weight Net weight ~240 kg (~530 lbs) Shipping weight ~260 kg (~575 lbs) Maximum weight load of one-piece work tray 50 kg (110 lbs) Maximum weight load of divided work tray 25 kg (55 lbs) (max of 50 kg) Ventilation System Exhaust/inflow air volume 400 m3/h (230 CFM) Heat emission at 25°C ambient ~0.15 kW Filter Specification Supply/exhaust air filter HEPA H 14 EN 1822,



Additional exhaust filter option (AEF) HEPA H 14 EN 1822, Performance Certification EN 12469; GS Nord Cert-TÜV Sound pressure level <55 dB (A) Lighting power >1200 lx Electrical Data Voltage 1/N/PE 230 V Frequency 50 Hz Power consumption 0.4 kW Current consumption 1.7 A Protection class I / IP 20 Protective measure Conductor connection Conductor connection

Individual precautions on customer side Lead fuse (slow blow) T 16 A or circuit breaker B 16. The local electrical regulations in the country of

use as well as the relevant connection conditions must be observed. The national regulations for

electrical engineering as well as the relevant technical connection conditions must be taken into account.

Supply Management Supply requirement 230 V, 50/60 Hz standard supply. Total requirement including interior sockets 13-16 Amps.

Receptacles The receptacles have a load capacity of up to 5 A and are protected with T 5 A fuses. When all

receptacles are in use simultaneously, they must not exceed the maximum total load capacity of 5 A. Radio interference Circuit is interference free in accordance with EN 55 014 Service valves Up to 4 (installed through access ports) Receptacles One double, right side

Item No. 50

LAMINAR FLOW- VERTICAL Hepa Filter : 99.999 %efficiency for particles >0.3 µm Pre-Filter : 85 %efficiency for particles >0.5 µm Particle Count : Better than US Fed Std 209B Class10 and VDI 2083 Class 3 Cabinet : Laminated High Quality Wooden Board Work Table : AISI 304 Stainless Steel Airflow Speed Control : Speed Controller (Three Step Speed Controller) Blower : High efficient centrifugal type with lifetime lubricated bearings Light : High intensity,low wattage >800 lux Noise Level : <55 dBA Standard Accessories : Air/gas cock and .mains power socket (16A) Power Supply : 220-230 V,50 Hz. Power Consumption : 400 w Internal Work Space: 600mmx600mmx600mm 900mmx600mmx600mm 1200mmx600mmx600mm 1500mmx600mmx600mm 1800mmx600mmx600mm Net/Packed Weight kg : 70kg/98kg to 185kg/257kg (Model specific)

Item No. 51

Fully automated 5 part differential haematology ana lyser.



Fully automated, 26 parameter / 33 parameter with results for abnormal lymphocytic and immature cells and recticuloyte count. 80 samples per hour. High speed autosampling & bar code reader internal and external. STAT sampling on open or closed tubes. CBC and CBC+DIFF / 26 parameters / 33 parameters. Microsampling – 60uL. Customised dilution ratio. (CDR) Automatic sample re-run. Integrated validation station.

Manual differential entry plus abnormal cell, option to turn off WBC differential analysis with reagent. Uni directional and Bi-directional connections. LCD color touch screen monitor. On board quality control management. Contextual help (on board user manual)

Fully automated flow cytometry based – automatic start up, shut down and sample analysis. Histogram and scatter gram should be present.

Instrument should have cyanide free SIS-Hb / colorimetric method for hemoglobin measurement. Multi channel analysis for better results. Hydrodynamic focusing impedance method for RBC / PLT channel. User friendly windows 2000 based software (LCD monitor with PC, 4 GB RAM Memory capacity 280 BG HDD facility)

Minimum maintenance with semi conductor laser has low power consumption higher stability and longer life, Must cut down on maintenance cost Should have extensive QC features. 24 files for X bar on LJ plot available. One file for X bar available, delta check for accumulative series. Battery back up for 3 hours. Should be FDA / CE marked / approved.

Item No. 52

Electrophoresis Workstation Compact bench top clinical electrophoresis system for serum protein, urine Protein, Hemoglobin,Lipo Protein and Immunofixation-Agarose gel based. Capacity of running 6-8 samples simultaneously on a single gel. Should be equipped with special and dedicated migration and developing unit, . also drying facility should be built in with the developing unit Should use low power consumption. Should come with an integrated display preferably with display of current status. Should be equipped external get scanning system with software for clinical electrophoresis interpretation and reporting. No separate power pack should be required for running the system. Software: User friendly, software with facility for patient demographics, . individual patient results, analysis and result print out Multiple program facility – upto 30 different programmable facility should be available.



Agarose gel based kits (gels) compatible with electrophoresis unit should be provided. Inhouse training and free installation to be provided. System should be FDA and CE marked

Item No. 53

Multiview Microscope

Incorporates in Innovative Optical and Astructural Design Idea, Facilitating Group Discussions and Consultation By Five Observers During Important Meetings, Conferences and Seminars.

It is Equipped with Five Observation Head, Inclined at 45 deg. / 30 deg. For Comfortable Viewing, including the central trinocular head to accept optional photomicrography and video Equipments. The built in Led Green Light pointer, with adjustable brightness can be moved in the filed of view during group discussion.

Supplied as above with the following infinity eyepiece. Wf 10x. 5 pairs plan objective (infinity corrected) P1 4x, P1 10x, P1 40x, P1 100x Technical Specifications Eyepiece ultrawide field & compensating Wf 10x paired eyepiece 5 pairs. Focusing low & forward position. Co-axial coarse & fine focusing

Mechanism supported on ball bearing with tension control ring and pre-focus stopper. Fine motion reading 0.002mm

Plan objective infinity corrected supper plan objective P1 4x, P1 10x, P1 40x, P1 100x(anti fungus)

Led pointer a moveable built in green led pointer (brightness adjustable) is supplied as a standard accessary

Observation head one number high transmission trinsmission trinocular head 45 deg. / 30deg. Inclined. Compensation free, 360 deg. Rotatable. Four numbers compensation binocular head inclined 45deg. / 30deg. And 360deg. Rotatable.

Optical system infinity corrected plan optical system with din standard optics (true colour)

Nose piece inward revolving quadruple nosepiece with ball bearing system for perfect alignment.

Illumination koehlers illumination with 12v / 50w super bright halogen lamp with variable control.

stage large mechanical stage with low position co-axial X-y motion controls. X-y motion 75mm x 55mm magnification 40x - 1000x standard.

Optionally upto 2000x condenser swing out condenser to provide perfect illumination under all magnification to all the observers.

Item No. 54

Baby Warmer Infant warmer to be used in neonatology. The unit should conform all relevant international, national and local standards. Specifications Temperature control: • Range 30-38° C



• Skin range 25 – 42 ° • Increment 0.1° • Display Digital Control Unit (to be supplied with.) • Automatic heat control type • Set point mechanism • Heater Indicator. Alarms (Audible and Visual) • High air temperature • Sensor disconnect • Power Failure Alarm in manual mode: every 15 minutes with automatic shutoff The warmer should includes: • Self- check features • Breaks for casters • Skin sensor • Supplemental humidity • Protection against breaks and bursts of radiant and light source • Spares and accessories • Service and users manuals Accessories: • No. of hand ports 6 • No. of tubing ports 6 • No. of oxygen inlet port 1 • Backup thermostat Examination Light 50 W Halogen Radiant heat source Quartz tube 600w • Phototherapy lights • Resuscitation equipment packages • X-Ray cassette holder

Item No. 55

NEONATAL PHOTOTHERAPY UNIT - CFL 1 Description of Function

1.1 Phototherapy units are used to treat hyperbilirubinemia, a condition characterized by high bilirubin

concentrations in the blood.These units are also called: bilirubin lamps, bilirubin lights, fiberoptic phototherapy blankets, neonatal phototherapy units 2 Operational Requirements

2.1 Should be Compact Florescent Lamp (CFL) based Phototherapy unit used for clinical management of neonatal hyperbilirubinemia

2.2 Lamp unit should be made with plastic lamp module with metallic top cover for efficient heat dissipation to reduce radiant heat on infant.

2.3 Should occupy very little bedside space, offer convenience in observation and procedures

2.4 The unit should be mobile with 3 swivel castors of 2" diameter fixed to a T-shaped base to be



accommodated beneath trolley/bed with adjustable height. 3 Technical Specifications

3.1 Irradiance at 430 - 480 nm- effective to the baby of at least 18 mw/cm/nm at 45cm from the lamp. 3.2 Lamps: compact florescent lamps 3.3 Height adjustable:(app+/-5 cm): 138cm (minimum) - 190 cm (maximum) 3.4 Lamp tiltability :- horizontal to vertical at any angle. 3.5 Time totaliser : Mechanical / Electronic 3.6 Therapy duration timer: Resettable - optional 3.7 Height of the base app: 6-8 cm (at the front) 3.8 Size of the lamp unit (LxBxH) 47 x 40 x 9 cm +/- 5 cm 3.9 Coating: Epoxy / Powder coated body for scratch and rust prevention 4 System Configuration Accessories, spares and consumables 4.1 System as specified

4.2 All consumables required for installation and standardization of system to be given free of cost. 4.3 100 bulbs should be supplied along with each unit 4.4 Phototherapy eye pads 100 each for preterm and term babies to be provided free. 5 Environmental factors

5.1 The unit shall be capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 -50 deg C and relative humidity of 15-90%

5.2 The unit shall be capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10 -40deg C and relative humidity of 15-90% 6 Power Supply 6.1 Power input to be 220-240VAC, 50Hz fitted with Indian plug

6.2 UPS of suitable rating with voltage regulation and spike protection for 60 minutes back up. 7 Standards, Safety and Training 7.1 Should be FDA , CE,UL or BIS approved product

7.2 Shall CERTIFIED to be meeting Electrical Safety requirements as per IEC 60601-2-50 Medical

Electrical Equipment part-2-50 Particular requirements for the safety of Infant Phoototherapy Equipments 7.3 Manufacturer/Supplier should have ISO certification for quality standards.

7.4 Comprehensive warranty for 2 years and 5 years CMC after warranty and it includes checking flux as per specification every month.

CMC would include all electrical, electronic and mechanical items. The CMC should provide at least 100 CFL lamps every year per unit. 8 Documentations to be provided 8.1 User/Technical/Maintenance manuals to be supplied in English. 8.2 Certificate of calibration and inspection.

8.3 List of Equipments available for providing calibration and routine Preventive Maintenance Support. as per manufacturer documentation in service/technical manual. 8.4 List of important spare parts and accessories with their part number and costing.

8.5 Log book with instructions for daily, weekly, monthly and quarterly maintenance checklist.

8.1 The job description of the hospital technician and company service engineer should be clearly



spelt out.

Item No. 56

Bronchoscope -Paediatric & Neonatal Bronchoscope should have : Field of view : 100deg. Depth of field : 3-50mm Tip deflection up/down : 180/130deg. Rigid Distal diameter : 2.8 mm Insertion tube diameter : 2.8mm Diameter of working channel : 1.2 mm Insertion tube working length : 550mm Total length : 850mm Sharp, smooth image Ergonomic control section Easy insertion and excellent maneuverability Compatible light source (Xenon / Halogen) with fibre-optic cable & back-up lamp Leakage Tester

Item No. 57

ECG Single Channel

Floating: protection against defibrillator effect, Lead, standard 12 leads, lead change, automatically, patient current leakage input impedance calibrating voltage: 1mv A/D conversion: 12 bit Frequency response: 0.05Hz-150Hz (IEC) Time constant> 3.2 sec CMRR>80 dB EMG filter-35Hz (-3 dB)/25Hz (-3 dB) Sensitivity: ½, 1,2(cm/mV) , conversion deviation

Item No. 58

OPTICAL URETHROTOMY(SET) Optical urethrotome sheath 21 ch with obturator Guide tube half round for optical urethrotome working element for optical urethrotome - passive cold knife - round for working element -2 nos

cold knife - straight for working element- 2 nos HF cable - 2 nos OTIS urethrotome set with dialation unit, knives, head parts.

Item No. 59



Diagnostic & Operative Laparoscope Laparoscopy TROLLEY ( INDIAN) High Definition Three Chip Camera System 1. Camera console 220 v with universal coupler & Autoclavable camera head 2. Pure Digital signal with high definition video(1280*1024 native resolution) 3. Resolution-2000 horizontal lines 4. Specialty settings not less than 6 5. Integrated Flexible Scope filter 6. Signal to Noise ratio-70 db (approx) 7. Progressive scan technology both on camera head & console 8. Brightness Control on console & camera head 9. Aperture Control on console 10. Inbuilt 16 step digital Image Enhancer on console 11. Digital zoom & white balance on camera head 12. Integrated Gain/shutter/Enhancement with brightness control 13. Two peripheral control on camera head Video Output 1. 2 DVI output 2. 2 SVHS & 1 RGB out put 3. One Composite out put Automatic Light source 1. 220 V,300 W. Xenon Bulb(with one spare bulb) 2. Bulb Working life more than 400 Hrs. 3. Bulb life counter on light source 4. Automatic /Manual Light Adjustment 5. Stand By Mode 6. Universal Jaw Assembly to adapt any make of fiber optic cable without adapter. Fiber optic Cable 6.5mm x approx. 7.5 feet long Snap Fit cable Monitor 21” High Definition monitor, resolution 1280 X 1024 with DBI input, option for wall mounting and desktop in same unit. CO2 Insufflator 40 Liter of high flow Microprocessor controlled unit Soft Approach Pressure control for safe recovery of abdominal pressure Gas heating LCD based central display monitor with multilingual text & graphics Audio Visual Alarms Laparoscopes, Fully Autoclavable with working length 300mm Wide angled distortion free view Universal adaptor for other light sources Yellow Glass index for optimum evenness of focus & contrast 0 degree, 10mm x 1 30 degree, 10 mm x 1 0 degree , 5mm x 1 Instrument set: Veress needle 12 cm length X 4 Veress needle 15 cm length x 4 Carbon-di-oxide gas tubing x 4 Trocars sleeves 11 mm x 4 Reducer 11/5 mm x 2



Trocars sleeves 5.5 mm x 4 Trocars (pyramidal tip) 10 mm x 4 Trocars (pyramidal tip) 5 mm x 4 Trocars washer 5 mm x 100 Trocars washer 10 mm x 50 Laproscopic biopsy forceps 5 mm, x 2 Maryland dissector 5mm with unipolar diathermy x 2 Maryland dissector 5mm, high performance with bipolar x 2 cutting Atraumatic graspers, 5mm x 2 Metzenbaum scissors (5cm) with unipolar diathermy x 2 Metzenbaum scissors (5cm) high performance with bipolar x 2 cutting Fan retractors 5 mm x 2 Laproscopic cautery lead x 4 Suction irrigation device with two way valve x 2 L shaped hook electrode 5mm x 2 L shaped hook 5mm , high performance with bipolar cutting Laproscopic bowel grasper 5mm, length 33-36 cm x 2 Laproscopic spoon forceps 10mm length 33- 36 cm ( Stone Extractor ) x 2 Needle holder 5mm, 33 cm long x 4 Laproscopic suction cannuala, 10 mm x 2 Laparoscopic suction cannula 5 mm x 2 Clip applicator 10 mm Large, Medium, Small Clips Gall Bladder Extractor x 1No. Bipolar Forceps x 1 No. Knot Pusher x 1 No.

Item No.60

TMT Stress testing system should be complete with PC, Software, Tread Mill, Patient acqusition module and necessary cables. System should be based on windows platform with 17" color monitor having minimum resolution of 1280 x 1024, 80 GB HDD, CD-RW, Mouse, UPS for analyser. System should acquire and analyze 12 leads and should store the full 12 lead resting / stress ECG Should show a pictogram and indicate which electrode has a bad contact before resting / Stress recording. Should be able to review retrospective average beat and ST values. Should have user settable protocols. Patient module should have USB connectivity. System should provide standard Full interpretation of Supine ECG with reasoning. Should provide display of real time 12 lead diagnostic quality ECG waveform, average complexes beat of all 12 leads with superimposed comparison along with ST level & slope and ST trend graph. Automatic detecton, display, storage and review of arrhythmia, heart rate. Should have running trends of ST available on screen during the test process. Should have ability of comprehensive auto-measurement package including RR intervals, P-wave duration, PQ interval and QRS width. System should have high quality filters for muscle and baseline noise without influence on the ST results.



Should have alarm levels for ST, HR and Blood Pressure. Should have keyboard short cuts. Capability to pause ECG screen view to find a past ECG event without loosing track of current real time ECG. Capability to insert event marks during stress. Capability to change ST points during stress. Should have manual measurement cursors for P-wave, QRS and T-wave. Should allow to measure width (P, QRS, T-wave) and intervals (PR, QT etc.,) Should have alarm levels for ST, HR and Blood Pressure. Should be able to export QRS intervals from 12 lead Rhythm ECG, Stress / Resting ECG report in word / RTF format and shluld be able to export raw ECG data. Printing: Should be able to print strips during stress or after. Strips to be printed in 3 channel,s, 2x6 channels, 12 channels. Print reports should be with summary table, event markers and stage information. Should have average beat report with ST measurements. Should have Trend graphs System should provide multiple and customizable printing formats as per users choice on A4 size normal plain printing paper. Heavy duty treadmill - imported. Noise free with speed ranging from 0.8 to 19 kph and have an elevation range of 0 to 25%. Treadmill should provide smooth and safe operation. Should have automatic belt alignment. Treadmill should have 175 kgs weight capacity with all metal chasis. Should have emergency stop button. Other Technical specs: ECG sampling rate: 1000 Hz ECG input voltage: 16mm Vpp Noise voltage: 20uV 10 lead patient cable Treadmill interface Sugnal frequency range: 0.05Hz to 250 Hz. Windows operating system. PC Pentium latest workstation. All consummables required for installation and standardisation of system to be part of the system. Should have FDA and CE certifications

Item No.61

Holter recorders and Analyzers 1 It should have FDA clearance and CE certification 2 It should meet and exceed the requirements of ANSI / AAMI EC 38 Holter Recorders 1 It should be small and lightweight recorder 2 It should be capable of simultaneous real time acquisition of 3 channel and 12 channel recording. 3 Recorder should have LCD display to preview ECG waveforms during the patient hook up and have lead quality check function. 4 it should have capability of continuous recording for 24 hours and 48 hours / 7 days. 5 It should have al least 24 hours with single battery.



6 The recorder should be water resistant. 7 Recorder should be battery operated and have single AA/AAA battery or rechargeable in built sealed battery with recharging unit supplied. 8 It should have internal memory for 99 full disclosure readings. 9 it should have advanced signal processing algorithms to provide superior accuracy in beat detection, labeling and noise rejection. 10 It should be a 12 channel analyzing system. 11 it should have capacity to download 24 hours data through USB port / standard connection port in less than 3 minutes. 12 Device should be defibrillator protected. 13 Recorder should have 1000s/sec/channel digital sampling rate for standard recording and internal storage. 14 Recorder should have compact flash card memory card. 15 it should be capable of pacemaker spike detection. 16 it is preferable if it supports voice recording capability. 17 It should include 2 sets of electrodes and patient cable to enable 3 and 12 channel recording. 18 It should come in 2 sets of patient hook up pouch and hook up accessories. 19 Should include compact flash card as required for each recorder with adequate capacity to store entire recording cycle. 20 It should include cable for connecting and downloading data to PC. 21 It should include compatible flash card reader. 22 It should include users guide and technical manual as well as quick guide and patient hook up instruction posters for easy reference and use. 23 It should include 100 sets of patient event recording diary and pens. 24 It should have two years warranty on recorder / memory card and 6 months for cable. Analysis software + Hardware. 1 It should have multiple scanning options like retrospective, prospective and superimposition scanning modes, event and template review and be customizable. 2 It should have facility to convert final report into PDF and XML format that enables connectivity to data management systems. 3 It should have trend graphs for HR, RR interval, RR variance, 12 lead ST, SVPB, VPB etc and provide graphic display options. 4 It should have different beat classifications. 5 It should have various rhythm analysis and ST measurements. 6 It should have 3 and 12 lead ST segment measurement analysis. 7 It should be capable of Pacemaker analysis including atrial, ventricular and dual chamber pacing and under / over sensing and capture failure. 8 It should support customizable report format including patient data, 24 hour profile, selective printing of rhythm strips and trends, summary statistics in tabular and narrative format and support user defined acronyms for comments. 9 The PC + Printer provided should be Intel Pentium IV 2.5 GHz and above and include minimum hard disk of 250 GB / DVD+RW drive or Blue Ray disc writer / USB port/4GB RAM/10"TFT color monitor, Laser printer. Should have one year on site warranty. 10 It should have capacity to archive into hard disk and DVD+RW / High density DVD / Blue Ray disk.



11 It should include licensed operating software for ready to use status along with reliable anti virus software. These should have back up provided on CD / DVD. 12 It should include external data back up / archiving facility and hardware. 13 All trainer manuals should be supplied and on site installation to complete satisfactions of end user. 14 Training of 2 technicians to operate and use the equipment and software to be provided at the company expense. 15 Assurance of 95% uptime and prompt provision of service back up for hardware and software with replacement to maintain operational equipment as required. 16 It should have one year warranty for all hardware and 6 months for software.

Item No.62

Blood Bank Refrigerator

General Should operate at 4 ° C with +/- 1 °C temperature uniformity

Must be designed for blood bank use. Commercial or modified commercial refrigerators are not acceptable

Should be able to pass through standard door heights of 201 cm (79”) with casters without requiring the unit to be tipped or laid on its side. Should be CE marked. Construction

Should have an interior and exterior that is constructed of minimum 20 gauge, galvanized steel. Should incorporate)bacteria resistant, powder coated interior, exterior and door handle. Should have a minimum non-CFC urethane insulation

Should utilize a self-closing door with full-length handle, key lock and non-CFC urethane insulation. Should include swivel-locking casters as a standard feature. Should incorporate a recessed interior floor to contain spills. Should have a chamber access port in the top of the unit.

Should have an interior fluorescent light with control panel mounted switch as a standard feature. Should have a light bulb that can be changed without removing the drawers. Should have dual-pane, glass door and key lock with a right hand hinge. Should have self-closing door system Independent Temperature Controller

Should utilize an independent, microprocessor temperature controller that is programmable from +2o C to +8o C.

Should have a Microprocessor controlled temperature readout, readable in 0.1o C increments. Should have a stainless steel, RTD temperature probe that is located in the chamber. Should have all functions accessible through a touch pad on the control panel. Should have refrigeration system “On” indicator provided as a standard feature. Independent Alarm / Monitor System



Should be able to program the high and low temperature alarms. Should have audible and visual high and low temperature alarms as a standard feature.

Should have a stainless steel RTD temperature probe located in the top portion of the chamber in a product simulation bottle.

Should have audible and visual door ajar alarm as a standard feature.Must have all functions accessible through a touch pad on the control panel. Should have an alarm silence button.

Should have alarm disable switch. Should have remote alarm contacts as a standard feature. Should have battery backup with a minimum of 2 hours life. Should have a power fail alarm as a standard feature. 1.5 Temperature Recorder Must have four inch, 7-day, ink-less, pressure-sensitive circular chart recorder.

Must have chart recorder temperature range of -5oC to +20oC.

Must incorporate a separate battery backup to ensure continuous operation of the chart recorder during power failure. Must have temperature recorder probe that is independent from other probes. Must have power status indicator. Must have an optional deduction of the chart recorder.

. Should have LCD Temprature Graphs that should display 24 continuous hours of data and event logging of door openings and alarm conditions. . Should have adjustable alarm volumes and password protected configurations. Refrigeration System

Must incorporate a heavy-duty, air-cooled refrigeration system designed to operate on 230 volt 50/60 Hz. Must utilize non-CFC, commercially available refrigerant. Must have an automatic condense evaporator as a standard feature. Must have an internal evaporator fan that shuts off when the door is opened.

Must have a compressor that can maintain required chamber temperatures when operating between 200-240 volts and 50 Hz.

Must incorporate a defrost system that requires no defrost timer, electric heaters or defrost down time. Must keep the refrigerator free of frost without elevating the chamber temperature. Drawers Must have solid bottom and liquid tight stainless steel drawers for containment of spills

Must incorporate Scratch-Guard drawer edge protectors that keep the glass from being scratched. Must have fully extendable drawer slides.

Must have shelf standards with a clear powder-coated finish to guard against rust and corrosion. Must have drawers that are adjustable Must have optional drawer dividers available as an accessory.

Must have a cabinet designed to accommodate available optional half-size wire shelves, full-size wire shelves and rollout wire baskets with no cabinet modifications. Electrical External transformers are not acceptable.

Item No.63



Blood Collection monitor • Weighing range 100—999ml • Automatic tare to zero for the bag weight. • Adjustable low and high flow alarms. • Adjustable donation time out up to 20 minutes. • Adjustable default volume. • Automatic clamp of tubing at the end of the donation. • Weighing accuracy +/- 2%. • Power supply 115/230 VAC 50/60Hz • Power consumption Max 10VA • Dimensions - 290(L) X 253(W)X 150(H)mm • Weigh: about approx 5kg incl battery · Should have a data memory of approx 30000 characters · Provision to attach bar code reader(optional) for capturing external data related to donor · Internal fuses to be PTC-self recovery to ensure continuous operations · Automatic Calibration Feature

Item No.64

Tube Sealer

1. Should be a hand held sealer for apheresis, Stem cell, leucoreduction processeas and should have anywhere mobility for multiple application.

2. Should be supplied with one power source, hand held sealing head and one NICD rechargeable battery pack.

3. Should do 1000 seals per fully charged battery pack and battery should fully be charged within two hours. 4. Should be a smart sealer to adjust for different sized tubing. 5. Tear seal feature to make segments that can be separated by hand. 6. Should be certified for patient connected use. 7. Lightweight and compact for ease of mobility. Total weight approx.3kgs.

8. Should have PTC overload protection internal fuses to ensure continuous operations

Item No.65

-40 degree Freezer VOLTAGE: 220V/50Hz Capacity 310 Litres

- TEMP: -20 TO -40degC, MICROPROCESSOR CONTROL - ACCESS PORT

- HEAVY-DUTY SWIVEL CASTERS - HEAVY-GAUGE STEEL CABINET WITH LONG-LASTING POWDER PAINT FINISH

- SINGLE DOOR +KEYLOCK, DIGITAL DISPLAY - REFRIGERATING FLUID & INSULATION: CFC FREE.

- ROUNDED INTERIOR CORNERS - EYE-LEVEL CONTROLS

- TEMP: ALARM - MICROPROCESSOR ALARM - BATTERY BACK-UP - AUDIBLE/VISUAL OVERTEMPERATURE ALARM



- LOW VOLTAGE BOOSTER - AIR INSULATED INNER DOORS - 3 ADJUSTABLE Shelves - BASE MOUNTED CONTROLS - MULTI-POINT GASKET SEALS - AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE BOOSTER - SET POINT SECURITY SYSTEM - INDEPENDENT OPERATING TEMPERATURE AND HIGH/LOW LIMIT ALARM

- AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE BOOST - ON-BOARD MONITORING - AIR-COOLED CASCADE REFRIGERATION SYSTEM - EFFICIENT DOWNFEED EVAPORATOR - HIGH CAPACITY AIR-COOLED CONDENSER - HEATED DOOR SEALS (HOT GAS) MINIMIZES FROST BUILD-UP AROUND DOOR

GASKET - DOOR LATCH CAM ACTION WITH KEY LOCK, ONE HAND OPERATION - DOOR HANDLE FULL LENGTH FOR EASY ACCESS - CHART RECORDER 7 DAY 6 ” - SERVO CONTROLLED VOLTAGE STABILIZER OF 3 KVA SHOULD BE INCLUDED

Item No.66

Deep Freezer - 86Deg VOLTAGE: 220V/50Hz CAP: 17. Cu.Ft / 484 LITERS

- TEMP: -50 TO -860C , MICROPROCESSOR CONTROL - ACCESS PORT

- HEAVY-DUTY SWIVEL CASTERS - HEAVY-GAUGE STEEL CABINET WITH LONG-LASTING POWDER PAINT FINISH

- SINGLE DOOR +KEYLOCK, DIGITAL DISPLAY - REFRIGERATING FLUID & INSULATION: CFC FREE.

- ROUNDED INTERIOR CORNERS - EYE-LEVEL CONTROLS

- TEMP: ALARM W/REMOTE ALARM CONTACT - MICROPROCESSOR ALARM - BATTERY BACK-UP - AUDIBLE/VISUAL OVERTEMPERATURE ALARM - LOW VOLTAGE BOOSTER - HOT GAS HALO HEART - FIVE (5) AIR INSULATED INNER DOORS - FOUR (4) SHELVES – 3 ADJUSTABLE - BASE MOUNTED CONTROLS - MULTI-POINT GASKET SEALS - AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE BOOSTER - SET POINT SECURITY SYSTEM - INDEPENDENT OPERATING TEMPERATURE AND HIGH/LOW LIMIT ALARM

- AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE BOOST - ON-BOARD MONITORING - AIR-COOLED CASCADE REFRIGERATION SYSTEM



- 2 X 1 HP BRISTOL AIR-COOLED COMPRESSORS (20 & 24 FT2 MODELS)

- 2 X ½ HP BRISTOL AIR-COOLED COMPRESSORS (13 & 17 FT2 MODELS)

- EFFICIENT DOWNFEED EVAPORATOR - HIGH CAPACITY AIR-COOLED CONDENSER - HEATED DOOR SEALS (HOT GAS) MINIMIZES FROST BUILD-UP AROUND DOOR

GASKET - DOOR LATCH CAM ACTION WITH KEY LOCK, ONE HAND OPERATION - DOOR HANDLE FULL LENGTH FOR EASY ACCESS - CHART RECORDER 7 DAY 6 ”

Item No.67

PLATELET INCUBATOR & AGITATOR PLATELET INCUBATOR

PLATELET INCUBATOR SHOULD HAVE THE PROVISION TO STORE THE AGITATOR FOR 48 PLATELET BAGS AGITATOR. SHOULD HAVE CLEAR VIEW SINGLE PANE TEMPERED GLASS AGITATOR SHOULD STOP AUTOMATICALLY ONCE THE DOOR IS OPENED.

SHOULD HAVE MICROPROCESSED CONTROLLED LED DISPLAY,TEMPERATURE GRAPH DISPLAY, SHOULD HAVE STAINLESSSTEEL RTD SENSOR PROBES

SHOULD HAVE PROVISION FOR 4”7DAY INKLESS CHART RECORDER WITH BATTERY BACKUP FOR CONTINEOUS OPERATION DURING POWER FAILURE.

SHOULD HAVE ALL CONTROLS IN ONE CONVENIENT LOCATION INCLUDING CHART RECORDER AND ALARM KEY

SHOULD BE ABLE TO MAINTAIN A TEMPERATURE OF 22 DEGREES WITH +_. 1DEGREES VARIATION. PLATELET AGITATOR

SHOULD BE ABLE TO STORE MINIMUM 48 RANDOM PLATELET BAGS OR APHERESIS BAGS OR BAGS OF DIFFERENT SIZES. With GENTLE SIDE TO SIDE MOTION (1 ½” 38MM) SHOULD HAVE SINGLE FAN FOR FORCED AIR CIRCULATION.

SHOULD BE STURDY ONE PIECE DRAWERS WITH HOLES FOR COMPELETE AIR CIRCULATION ACROSS BOTH SURFACES OF PALATELET BAGS Should be CE marked

Item No.68

AUTOMATED PLASMA THAWING EQUIPMENT 1. SHOULD BE ABLE TO THAW 8 – 12 PLASMA BAGS (FFP/APHERESISOR PLASMA BAGS OF ANY SIZE or ANY MAKE)

2. SHOULD HAVE WATER BATH BASED SYSTEM WHICH SHOULD BE OPERATIONAL AT 4 DEGREE TEMPERATURE TO 37 DEGREE CELCUIS PRECISELY. 3. SHOULD BE COMPACT IN SIZE.

4. SHOULD HAVE RACK HOLDERS WITH BUILT-IN FINGERS FOR SECURELY HOLDING THE PLASMA BAGS OF ALL SIZES. 5. SHOULD HAVE AN ALARM WHEN THE PLASMA BAGS ARE THAWED



6. SHOULD HAVE THE PROVISION FOR SELECTING PROGRAMMED TIME SETTING FOR THE LENGTH OF THAWING CYCLE. .

7. SHOULD HAVER DIGITAL TIMER CLEARLY DISPLAYINGTHE PROGRAMMED SET TIME OR REMAINING CYCLE IN MINUTES

8. SHOULD HAVE ALARM SYSTEM FOR ADJUSTABLE OVERTEMPERATURE ALARM SETTING, AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ALARM WARNINGS,

9. SHOULD HAVE A DEEP THAWING CHAMBER FOR INCREASED HEAT TRANSFER EFFICIENCIES, WHICH RESULTS IN FASTER FFP THAWING TIMES. THE CLEAN STREAMLINED DESIGN OF THE HEAVY GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL CHAMBER SIMPLIFIES ROUTINE CLEANING.

10. SHOULD HAVE A CHAMBER DRAIN SYSTEM WITH A HIGH FLOW RATE TO DRAIN THE CHAMBER WITHIN 2-3MINUTS. 11. SHOULD HAVE A TERMPRATURE CONTROLLER

12. SHOULD HAVE A SERVO CONTROLLED VOLTAGE STABILIZER OF ATLEAST 3KVA 13. Should be CE approved.

Item No.69

Automated Component Preparation Machine. 1. Should work with a Vertical parallel pressure plates that is pneumatically driven. 2.Should have a set of 13 pairs of Optical sensor to automatically control the flow of fluid in the tube. 3.Should have an Automatic clamping and sealing device to control the flow of fluid in the tubing . 4. Should have a Protocol to drive the clamp functions 5.Should be able to produce over 80% leucoreduced blood components by constantly removing buffy coat 6. Should be capable of mechanical separation and volume adjustments 7.Should be Compatible with Top & Bottom blood Pack System

8.Should provide log 1 leucoreduced blood components, with 5 days extended storage for platelets and 42 days extended storage for Red Cells. 9. Should have a laser display for operator use. 10 Should be compatible with the Bar coding System

Item No.70

PLASMA EXPRESSOR

Mechanical plasma extractor. Manual system – accept all kinds of blood bags. Frame and construction in stainless steel Transparent plate for visual control red cells / plasma Powerful spring. Dimensions (W x D x H) : 19 x 25 x 24 CM Gross weight : 3 kg.

Item No.71

CELL SEPERATOR



Should be Fully automatic, Microprocessor controlled with easy access operator control panel and has a large touch screen. Should Perform both Single and Double needle Apheresis.

During single needle procedure the equipment shpuld continue to process the whole blood during the return cycle to reduce the procedure time and increase the efficiency.

Should have auto elutriation separation technique to be able to collect platelets faster with high collection efficiency to help process less blood volume.

The disposable kit for the machine should be True Closed system disposable with pre-attached factory fitted ACD, Normal Saline and Needles as required.

Equipment should ensure all donor safety parameters before starting the procedure and all time during operation.

Should be Capable of collecting various single donor blood components including Peripheral Blood Stem Cells (MNC). Should be able to collect both single and double needle Platelet apheresis along with concurrent Plasma and/or RBC

Should be capable of fully automatic PBSC (MNC) collection .. Should be Capable of doing Prime only with Normal Saline and / or mixture of Normal Saline and ACD. Should have a Inbuilt Cuff pressure and prompt grip for donor comfort and adequate blood flow.

Should have a Facility to use platelet additive solution and / or normal saline for re-suspension and storage fluid in place of plasma. Machine should have a Advance help menu available at any time during alarm conditions.

Extra corporeal volume should not be more than, 21 Oml & 205ml in case of both single and double needle apheresis respectively ..

Should be equipped with a Yield estimator to help decide yield, volume to be processed and suggested storage fluid and should have a optical sensor at PRP line for online monitoring of component collection against the desired yield. Should be Capable of downloading or printing full procedure report any time after procedure Should be Capable to connect bar code reader if desired. Should have rechargeable battery to store data and restart in case of power failure. Should have Continuous monitoring of collection to avoid any contaminations through Interface detector. Inlet and return flow rates should be up to 100 ml./min.

The separation of blood in the machine should be able to automatically maintain a constant hematocrit to improve collection efficiency and reduce contamination

Item No.72

QUALITY MIXER

Should be A Automated Tube Stripper & Mixer to simplify & Standardize Stripping & Mixing of Blood in the tubing with the Blood in the Bag for preparation of Good Quality Components & Elimination of Micro Clots in the Blood Bag Tube

THE Stripping & Mixing cycles should be adjustable from 3-10 for flexibility of usage in the Bleeding Room or for Quality Control Dimensions-290L X 253 W X 150H mm Max Weight –5 KG approx Power Supply- 230VAC Should be CE marked

Item No.73

MOBILE BLOOD TRANSPORTATION BOX



Mobile Refrigerated Transportation Box - should be able to transport Packed Red Cells, Whole Blood, Platelets, Plasma at the required specific temperatures

Should be robust, light weight, portable Mobile Refrigerated Transport Box made up of rotationally moulded polyethylene Temperature Range adjustable from -20 deg C to + 22 deg C Capacity to Hold 25-30 blood bags of 450 ml Should work on AC & DC power with the provision of attachemnt to vehicle battery.

Should have digital temperature display of the internal temperature with functional alarm systems to indicate variations in the set temperature. Should be CFC free refrigerant

Item No.74

O T Table C Arm Compatible

Table top length with headrest 2060mm minimum

Width 520mm minimum.

Height 520 mm to 1020mm

High storage capacity battery back up to support 50 operation cycles.

The table shall be provided with a cable connected hand control with battery charge indicator.

If Hand set is not working there should be another control switches which should be on the head-end of the base.This auxillary control should work on electricity as well as on batteries.

The table should be provided with additional foot control device for the

adjustment of height, lateral tilt and trendelenburg/reverse trendelenburg

functions

The table should be lock and unlocked through handset

Five section radio-translucent table top shall have

a)Head-rest (detachable)

b)Back section

c)Seat section

d)Split Leg section (detachable).

The table top frame and column casing should be made of stainless steel.

The following adjustments shall be electro-hydraulically operated:-

a)Height 520mm – 1020mm

b)Back section up/down 80 deg./50 deg.



c)Trendelenburg/Reverse trendelenburg 26/26 deg.

d)Tilts left/right 20 deg.

e)Reset to level position in one single push button.

f)Longitudinal sliding-0-30 cm.

The table shall be so adjustable that there shall be no obstruction to the feet of the surgeon besides generous leg-room for the surgical team.

The following adjustment shall be manually adjusted

a)Leg section up/down 20 deg/90 deg.

b)Leg open ,2 pieces-0 to 180 degree

c)Leg and head section can be removed ,adjusted and attached manually.

d)head up/down-60 deg/90 deg

The table shall be provided with the following standard accessories:

a) Arm board with cushion and clamp- 2 Nos.

b) Anaesthesia screen with clamp- 1 No.

c) Body strap - 1 No.

e) Lateral brace- 1 pair

f) Headrest adaptor for Mayfield clamp -1 no.

g) Horse shoe headrest -1 no.

h) sitting headrest-1 no.

10. Patient Weight Capacity should be more than 175 Kg.

11 The table should be of international standard, i.e. C.E. & ISO.

Item No.75

Urology OT Table


Width 520mm minimum

Height 700mm to 1040mm

1.The table shall be battery powered.

The table shall be provided with a cable connected hand control with battery charge

indicator.

3. If Hand set is not working there should be another control switches which should

be on the head-end of the base.This auxillary control should work on electricity as

well as on batteries.



4.The table should be provided with additional foot control device for tthe adjustment

of height, lateral tilt and trendelenburg/reverse trendelenburg functions.

5. Five section radio-translucent table top shall have

a) Head-rest (detachable)

a) Back section

a) Seat section

a) Split Leg section (detachable).

The table should have stainless steel base


a) Height 700mm – 1040mm

a) Back section up/down 75 deg./45 deg.

a) Trendelenburg/Reverse trendelenburg 30/30 deg.

a) Tilts left/right 20 deg.

Reset to level position in one single push button

a) Longitudinal sliding(head/foot)-21 cm/7 cm

The table shall be so adjustable that there shall be no obstruction to the feet of the surgeon besides generous leg-room for the surgical team


a) Leg section up/down 30 deg/90 deg.

a) Leg open ,2 pieces-0 to 180 degree

a) Leg and head section can be removed ,adjusted and attached manually.

a) Inbuilt Kidney bridge 0/12cm

a) Brake locking/unlocking of the table base.


Arm board with cushion and clamp- 2 Nos.

Anaesthesia screen with clamp- 1 No.

Body strap- 1 No.

Goepel knee crutches- 1 pair

Lateral brace-1 pair

Drain pan-1 pair

pelvic section extender-1 No

Patient Weight Capacity should be more than 175 Kg.

The table should be of international standard, i.e. C.E. & ISO.

Item No.76

Paediatric O T Table

Dimensions:


Width 520mm minimum.

Height 700mm to 1040mm



The table shall be battery powered.

The table shall be provided with a cable connected hand control with battery charge indicator.

If Hand set is not working there should be another control switches which should be on the head-end of the base.This auxillary control should work on electricity as well as on batteries.

The table should be provided with additional foot control device for tthe adjustment of height, lateral tilt and trendelenburg/reverse trendelenburg functions.

Five section radio-translucent table top shall have

Head-rest (detachable)

Back section

Seat section

Split Leg section (detachable).

The table should have stainless steel base


Height 700mm – 1040mm

Back section up/down 75 deg./45 deg.

Trendelenburg/Reverse trendelenburg 30/30 deg.

Tilts left/right 20 deg.

Reset to level position in one single push button.

The table shall be so adjustable that there shall be no obstruction to the feet of the surgeon besides generous leg-room for the surgical team.


Leg section up/down 30 deg/90 deg.

Leg open ,2 pieces-0 to 180 degree

Leg and head section can be removed ,adjusted and attached manually.

Inbuilt Kidney bridge 0/12cm

Brake locking/unlocking of the table base.


Arm board with cushion and clamp- 2 Nos.

Anaesthesia screen with clamp- 1 No.

Body strap- 1 No. Lateral brace-1 pair

The table should be of international standard, i.e. C.E. & ISO.



Item No.77

O T Table for Minor O T

O T Table with following specs Electro Mechanical Adjustments Height 760 mm to 960 mm, Trendlenberg/Rev Trendelberg,25/25 deg Lateral Tilt.-15 deg Manual Adjustments Backrest with gas spring up/down-65/25 deg Headrest Detachable Legrest Detachable Standard. Four Section Mattress – 1 Set Accessories 1-Arm Board 02 2-Anaesthesia Screen 01 3-Body Strap 01 4- Radial setting clamp 03 5- Goepel Knee crutches 02 6-Perineal cutout filter 01

Item No.78

Image Intensifier (C Arm) State of the art system with high Frequency X-Ray generator,at least 23cms/9 inch image intensifier system and suitable CCD Camera. High Frequency Generator with at least 1.5kw output. Fluroscopy maximum output of 110kv and more than 8.5 mA Radiography from minimum 40kv to 110kv and digital Radiography min 0.32 to 63 mA Stationary Anode X Ray tube with focal spots nominal value 0.6mm CCD Camera with full 180 Deg- clockwise and anti clockwise image rotation facility Possibility of last image and atleast 2 frame image storage Image reversal option of left/ right and top/ bottom should be available and multi room connection 2 monitors, atleast 17" screen size should be provided on a separate monitor trolley should provide IRIS diaphragm X Ray collimator C-Arm Movements Horizontal Movements - 20cms Orbit Movement - Atleast 130 Deg ( -40 + 90 Deg) Angulation - +/- 190 Deg Swivel Range: +/- 12.5 Deg Vertical Movements - 45 cms Focus - II Distance should be more than 95 cm Free Space - 78 cm Immersion Depth - 70 cms System should have facility for future upgrade to roadmap, pixel shift, landmark, online DSA, Zoom and multi room connectivity Foot operated braking system on large wheels interface to extend recording device should be standard



foor perated system on large wheels foot switch operatable fluroscopy system shall operate in automatic dose rate mode possibility to switch over to manual fluro parameters should exist Accessories to include Sterile Covers for C ARM, X Ray tube and image intensifier Suitable to operate on normal 230 V +/ - 10% AC 50 Hz - 15A earth mains socket should enclose international type certificate/ AERB approval for the system 2 Nos. Cassette Holders - 24 x 30 cms Suitable Stabilizer to be provided

Item No.79

Laparoscope Set-Paediatric & Neonatal Laparoscopy TROLLEY Automatic Light source 220 V,300 W. Xenon Bulb Bulb Working life more than 400 Hrs. Bulb life counter on light source Automatic /Manual Light Adjustment Stand By Mode via push button on light source console Universal Jaw Assembly to adapt any make of fiber optic cable without use of any adapters. Fiber optic Cable 6.5mm x approx. 7.5 feet long Snap Fit cable Monitor 22" Monitor LCD CO2 Insufflator Minimum 40 Liter of high flow Microprocessor controlled unit Soft Approach Pressure control for safe recovery of abdominal pressure Gas heating LCD based central display monitor with multilingual text & graphics Audio Visual Alarms Three Chip High Definition Camera System Camera console 220 v with universal coupler & Autoclavable camera head Pure Digital signal with high definition video(1280*1024 native resolution) Specialty settings not less than 6 Integrated Flexible Scope filter Signal to Noise ratio-70 db (approx) Progressive scan technology both on camera head & console Brightness Control on console & camera head Aperture Control on console Inbuilt 16 step digital Image Enhancer on console Digital zoom & white balance on camera head Integrated Gain/shutter/Enhancement with brightness control Two peripheral control on camera head All controls operatable by camera head should also be operated by console Video Output 1. 2 DVI output 2. 2 SVHS & 1 RGB out put 3. One Composite out put High Definition/ Ideal Eye Laparoscopes, Fully Autoclavable with working length 300mm Wide angled distortion free view



Universal adaptor for other light sources

High quality sapphires and the latest rod lens technology for excellent transmission and detail recognition 0 degree, 5mm x 1 0 degree, 2.7 - 3mm x 1

Item No.80

Suction Machine Housing: Spot Welded, Oven baked cabinet Capacity: -700 mm Hg ± 10 regulable, flutter free vacuum control knob, 25 Ltrs / min. Pump type: Single rotary vane pump

Jar: Wide mouthed 2 x 2 Ltrs. (Polycarbonate) with self sealing bungs and mechanical over flow safety device. Tubing: 8 mm ID x 2 mtr (PVC) Vacuum Gauge: Bourden type 6.5cm. Dia. 0-760 mm Hg calibration. Power: 230 V, 50 Hz, 2 ± 0.5 Amps, 200 watts. (110 V on request) Noise Level: 50 dB A ± 3 Almost whispers. Dimension & Weight: 43 x 30 x 68 cms. 27Kg.

Item No.81

AED(Automated External Defribrillator)

Should be a low energy biphasic defibrillator, monitor with recorder . with maximum energy of 200 Joules Should work on manual and external automatic external defibrillation (AED) mode. Should monitor ECG through paddles, pads and monitoring electrodes. Should defibrillate through paddles, pads. Should compensate for body impdence in range of 25 to 150 ohms. Should be able to do synchronised cardio version. Should have a built in strip printer. Charging time of less than 5 to 6 seconds for maximum energy. Should have paddles contact indicator. Should have alarms for high and low heart rate Should have voice prompts on A.E.D. mode Should have battery back up for discharges Should have facility to measure SpO2. Should have facility for transcutaneous demand and fixed mode non invasing pacing. Should have FDA approval and CE mark. Should be supplied with following accessories :- a) Adult / Pediatric paddle – 1 pair b) 3 Lead ECG Cable - 1No. c)Adult SpO2 Finger Probe – 1No. d)Adult pacing pad – 1 box of 10Nos.

Item No.82

Blood Gas Analyzer



• A fully automated pH/Blood gas/electrolyte analyzer measuring the following parameters: - pH, PCO2, PO2, Barometric pressure. Na, K, Ca, Cl Co-oximetry: ct Hb, CCO Hb, Met Hb, Sylf Hb, Haematocrit and Barometric pressure. • Sample volume should be approximate 100 µl for all parameters.

• All calibration and cleaning cycles should be fully automated with user selectable calibration items. • Calibration should be performed by liquid calibration for all parameters.

• The electrodes provided should be zero maintenance including the reference electrode.

• The system should have on board data manager to store all patient results, QC data and calibrations.

• The system should have a closed waste system and monitored continuously. Also all the system reagents should be monitored continuously. • A power fail protection for 20 min.to take all calibration and programmed data.

• The analyzer should have a colour LCD screen to access all the system software and to display the patient’s results. With alphanumeric key board/touch screen. • A built in thermal printer should be provided to print out patient results. • The system should work in discrete testing, ie, selectable parameter testing.

• Should be supplied with consumable, reagents and QC agents for 1000 tests, as per the user requirements so that they do not expire. • Should not preferably use special gases

Item No.83

3 Channel ECG Machine

Power Supply should be 260 VAC Power Consumption should be 42 W Leakage current < 20 micro Amp Time constant < 3.2 sec Filters - Digital AC 50 Hz Inbuilt battery type Li-ion Battery rating 7.4 V/ 2000 mAh Recharging time - max 8 hrs Operating time-<40 40 ECG/6 hrs stand by Leads 12 leads standard Mode of Operation - Auto & Manual Should have Long lead print - ECG print style - 3+ long lead / 6 lead Should Have Display lead Frequency response - 0.05 to 125 Hz Sweep Speed - 12.5 / 20 mm/mV Sensitivity 5 / 10 / 20 mm/mV CMRR > 90 dB Input impendance > 100 M ohms Patient storage dataLatest 5 patients



Measurement HR,Axis, Interval, Average & voltage Measurements Display type LCD (70.00 mm x 40.00 mm) Display resolution 64 X 128 Pixels Printer type Thermal Array Rec./ Desk jet printer Paper width 108 mm Should have PC interface Should Have Memory stick interface Weight <1.5 Kg Dimensions 255 L x 180 W x 70 H (mm) Temperature - 25-55'C Pressure 50 - 160 Kpa Humidity Upto 90% non-condensing Temperature -25-55'C Pressure 50 - 160 Kpa Humidity Upto 90% non-condensing Should have standards : EN 60601-1-1, EN 60601-1-2, EN 60601-1-25, CE & ISO 13485

Item No.84

UROLOGY EQUIPMENT FOR CYSTOSCOPY, RESECTOSCOPY, URETHROTOMY, PCNL, URETEROSCOPY Telescope 0º, High Magnification, sapphire cover glass for scratch resistance, - 2 Telescope 30º, High Magnification, sapphire cover glass for scratch resistance, - 2

High Definition camera with 1080p DVI-D output alongwith campatible HD Monitor/HDTV Should provide Composite, Y/C outputs for TV

Should have recording facility for Still and Video images. Should be capable of printing reports and video images.

Control of video and still capture functions using buttons on camera head to avoid extra manpower

Should be IP enabled for Live Streaming of surgeries for teaching and telemedice purpose Fiberoptic light cable, 5-6 mm dia, 300 cm long -3

Light source, Xenon- 300 W. Shall have hour meter and turret to accept 4 different types of cables such as Storz, Wolf, etc RESECTOSCOPE (SET)

Resectoscope sheath with obturator, 26 Ch, inner tube for continuous irrigation, with ceramic insulator. Snap on fixing of sheaths to avoid accidental detachment, X 1 Visual obturator fitting into 26/27 CH sheath X 1

Resectoscope (working element) for loops, finger action type, with a slot for high frequency cord, single stem type X 1 Coagulating electrode, ball end x 6 Cutting Electrode, loop x 6 HF Cable x 2 CYSTOSCOPE(SET) Cystoscope sheath with obturator, 17 ch, with oblique beak, with continuous irrigation 1



Cystoscope sheath with obturator, 19 Ch, with oblique beak, with continuous irrigation X 1 Visual obturator for sheath 19 Ch

Cystoscope sheath with obturator, 21/22 Ch, with oblique beak, with continuous irrigation X1

Cystoscope sheath with obturator, 23 Ch, with oblique beak, with continuous irrigation 1

Cystoscope sheath with obturator, 25 Ch, with oblique beak, with continuous irrigation 1 Bridge, two channels, Bridge, one channel, flexible Biopsy forceps X 3; Flexible scissor x3 Flexible grasping forceps x 3 Coagulation electrode, ball shaped, length 53 cm Optical biopsy forceps Optical stone grasping forceps Ellick evacuator 2 Bladder Syringe, 100 ml OPTICAL URETHROTOMY(SET) Optical urethrotome sheath 21 ch with obturator Guide tube half round for optical urethrotome working element for optical urethrotome - passive cold knife - round for working element -2 nos cold knife - straight for working element- 2 nos HF cable - 2 nos OTIS urethrotome set with dialation unit, knives, head parts. PCNL SET

Nephroscope, 0 to 12 degree, working length more than 220 mm, working channel 3.5 mm or more. With parallel eyepiece Nephroscope sheath 24 Ch with obturator Sheath for nephroscope Ø: 24 fr, with hollow Obturator

Amplatz sheath Ø :24.3 fr for nephroscops with sheaths upto 24 fr Working Length: 150mm

Stone grasping forceps Working Length: 350mm,Ø :3.5mm

Stone grasper, 3-pronged Working Length:350mm, Ø 3.5 mm

Stone forceps, angled distal tip, Working Length: 350mm Ø 3.5mm

Stone grasping forceps, finely serrated, for soft stones, Working Length: 350mm Ø 3.5mm PCNL DIALATOR SET SEMI RIGID URETERORENOSCOPE SET

Semi flexible Ureterorenoscope, viewing direction 5 to 10 degree, 425 mm long, tip 7.5 ch, first step 9.8 ch, working channel 1 x 5 ch. Or 2x3Ch, should include detachable working bridge. 15 degree flexible, autoclavable

Semi flexible Ureterorenoscope, viewing direction 5 to 10 degree, 310 mm long, tip 6 ch, first step 7.5 ch, working channel 1 x 4 ch. should include detachable working bridge. 15 degree flexible, autoclavable



flexible instruments for URS, 3 ch, 600 mm, biopsy -1, grasping -1, tri-pronged - 1, scissor -1 flexible instruments for URS, 5 ch, 600 mm, biopsy -1, grasping -1, tri-pronged - 2 Stone disloger, 4 wire, 600mm x 5 Handle for above x 1

Item No.85

Operating Laparoscope Set for Urology Laparoscopy TROLLEY Automatic Light source 220 V,300 W. Xenon Bulb Bulb Working life more than 400 Hrs. Bulb life counter on light source Automatic /Manual Light Adjustment Stand By Mode via push button on light source console Universal Jaw Assembly to adapt any make of fiber optic cable without use of any adapters. Fiber optic Cable 6.5mm x approx. 7.5 feet long Snap Fit cable Monitor 21" HD Monitor CO2 Insufflator Minimum 40 Liter of high flow Microprocessor controlled unit Soft Approach Pressure control for safe recovery of abdominal pressure Gas heating LCD based central display monitor with multilingual text & graphics Audio Visual Alarms Three Chip High Definition Camera System Camera console 220 v with universal coupler & Autoclavable camera head Pure Digital signal with high definition video(1280*1024 native resolution) Specialty settings not less than 6 Integrated Flexible Scope filter Signal to Noise ratio-70 db (approx) Progressive scan technology both on camera head & console Brightness Control on console & camera head Aperture Control on console Inbuilt 16 step digital Image Enhancer on console Digital zoom & white balance on camera head Integrated Gain/shutter/Enhancement with brightness control Two peripheral control on camera head All controls operatable by camera head should also be operated by console Video Output 1. 2 DVI output 2. 2 SVHS & 1 RGB out put 3. One Composite out put High Definition/ Ideal Eye Laparoscopes, Fully Autoclavable with working length 300mm Wide angled distortion free view Universal adaptor for other light sources

High quality sapphires and the latest rod lens technology for excellent transmission and detail recognition 0 degree, 10mm x 1



Instrument set: Laparoscopic hand instruments (reusable) with 310mm working length,

rotable with interchangeable handle with monoploar diathermy attachment ( Except trocars and veress needle) Veress needle 12 cm length 1 Veress needle 15 cm length 1 Trocars sleeves 11 mm 3 Reducer 11/5 mm 2 Trocars sleeves 5.5 mm 3 Trocars (pyramidal tip) 10 mm 2 Trocars (pyramidal tip) 5 mm 2 Maryland dissector 5mm with unipolar diathermy 2 Atraumatic graspers, 5mm 2 Metzenbaum scissors (5cm) with unipolar diathermy 2 Laproscopic cautery lead 2 L shaped hook electrode 5mm 2 Laproscopic bowel grasper 5mm, length 33-36 cm 1 Laproscopic suction cannuala, 10 mm 1 Laparoscopic suction cannula 5 mm 1 Clip applicator 10 mm Large, Medium, Small Clips Claw Forceps 10mm

Item No.86

Flexible Cystoscope

# Cystoscope should have HF Compatibility to enable user to perform therapeutic endoscopy. # Must have suction capability to produce clear view. # Integrated Light cable of scope. Specifications for Cystoscope # Viewing Direction:Forward. # Observation Range:3-100mm or more # Field of View-120 deg # Distal End Diameter-5.1mm or less # Flexible Portion Diameter- 5.1mm or less # Bending Capability- UP Minimum 210 deb Down Minimum 130 deg # Forcep Channel Diameter-2.0 mm or more # Working Length-360-400mm # Total Length-630-680mm # Telescopic Eyepiece # Operating Section Should be Submersible. VIDEO PROCESSOR AND LIGHT SOURCE XENON FULLY DIGITAL PROCESSOR Ø System should following features::::: # Image pickup method:Simultaneous Color System Technology # Should have auto white balancing facility with color chip # Should Have automatic Light Control ( ALC ) Illumination adjustment Function



# Image processor should have adaptive blood vessel enhancement function for advance diagnosis

# should have structure enhancement selectable in different steps with additional feature of controlling hyper-sharpness. # Videoprocessor should have internal Image storage memory capacity min 500 MB

# Processor should have a feature of changing endoscope during the procedure with losing any storage data.

# Should be inbuilt with compact flash memory card ( CF) for direct recording and digital reproduction of images

*****PROCESSOR SHOULD HAVE SPECTRAL ESTIMATION TECHNOLOGY, ENABLING ACCURATE AND EARLY

DETECTION OF CLINICAL ABNORMALITIES USING DIGITAL CHROMO ENDOSCOPY.

***** DIGITAL CHROMO ENDOSCOPY SOFTWARE SHOULD HAVE FEATURE OF SELECTING DIFFERENT WAVELENGHT FROM 400 NM TO 700 NM # Digital Outputs:DVI ( Digital Video Interface ) : LCD Monitor

DV ( Digital Video) : Digital Recorder

USB : Output for Digital printer

Ether – Net : Network output for PC

CF (Compact Flash) : Output of still image

On memory card.

# Should be compatible with all other scopes such videogastroscope , videocolonscope, videoduodenoscope , paediatric scope, double channel scopes, theraputic scopes and double balloon enteroscope for small bowel intervention. XENON LIGHT SOURCE # Lamp Main Lamp 300 watts Xenon with emergency halogen lamp Air feeding pump should have selectable pressure settings

****** COMPLETE WITH LEAKAGE TESTER , WATER TANK AND STANDARD ACCESSORIES

LCD Monitor 19 " LCD monitor high resolution

Must have imported diathermy machine which have endocut and underwater cutting facility. ENDOSCOPY TROLLEY

*should have all different racks for complete mounting of video endoscopy system components.

* should have lockable castor wheels for easy & smooth movement of trolley from one place to another place. *should have hanger in built for hanging of scopes.

Reporting Software for recording images and capture pictures.

Item No.87



500 M.A. X-ray machine A. Generator: 1. Generator should be high frequency/inverter type for constant output. 2. Output 50 kw or more. 3. Kv range 40 kv – 120 kv. 4. Output at 100 kv should be 500 ma or more. 5. It should have automatic exposure control device. 6. It should have digital display of kv & mas. 7. Anatomical programming radiography should be possible. 8. It should have over loading protection. B. X – ray tube and collimator:

1. The x-ray tube should be rotating anode high speed, compatible with the generator and must have dual focus. Focal spots of following sizes: Large focus: 1.2/2.0 mm or better. Small focus: 0.6/1.0 mm or better. Tube with anode heat storage capacity 150 khu or more.

2. Motorized collimator having additional filters (for dose reduction) and auto shut provision for the light. C. X – ray table: 1. Horizontal table with floating table top.

2. It should have transverse + 10 cm or more and longitudinal movements + 35 cm or more with electromagnetic brakes. 3 It should be thin table top.

4. It should be provided with bucky which can hold all standard sizes of cassettes upto 14”x17”. 5. Bucky should have a grid ratio 10:1 or more with 65 lines per cm. D. Vertical bucky stand: 1. It should have provision to do chest radiography with grid.

E. Essential accessories: the following essential accessories to be provided with the unit. 1. Lateral cassette holder – one. Should be supplied with following: · Dark room light · One set of all dark room accessories · Whole body (upper and lower) lead apron (standard make) – 8 nos. · Lead screen (with lead glass window)– 2 nos. · Lead lining for walls and door · Apron & glove hanger

Heavy duty multiple glove and apron hanger wall or floor mounted. Stainless steel construction. Holds two pairs of gloves and two lead aprons. Dimensions: 76 x 46 x 25 cm approximately. All necessary aerb / barc approvals.

Item No.88

Cytospin Centrifuge should be designed fo rteh preparation of cytological specimens. Should have program memory storage in case of power failure.



Should have spinning speed programmable for speeds of 200 – 2000 rpm.,

Should have time window to display programmed time and remaining time from 1 – 99 minutes.

Safety alarm – audible alarm if the centrifuge is out of balance, outside the speed tolerance or if the lid is not properly locked. Unit should not spin if the lid is not locked Specimen safety alarm should be incorporated; users to be reminded in

specific intervals to remove specimen, protect hem from air drying and improve consistency of results.

System design should prevent accidental spillage and should allow for easy disinfection. System should have CE, GS, and UL certifications.

Enclose Gold standard products with supporting documents like traceability certificate and QC certificates. Country of origin certificate along with date of manufacture certificate mandatory. Should provide FDA / CE certifications.

Item No.89

Auto Stainer

High throughput robotic stainer to process up to 11 racks at one time.

Simultaneous staining of various different staining protocols.

18 reagent stations and 5 wash stations of 450 ml capacity.

Programmable for 15 programs of upto 25 steps with incubation time setting fro 0 to 99 minutes 59 seconds.

Integrated oven with temperatures setting from 30º to 65º for optimal slide drying.

Continuous loading and unloading of slides via rack entry and exit door.

Agitation programmable from 0 to 20 times or continuous.

Programmable up and down movement of robotic arm.

Fume extraction fan with charcoal filter to remove hazardous fumes.

Gentle vibration to slide rack during lifting to reduce carry over contamination.

Audible warning buzzer in case of any error during operation.

Should be CE approved.

Item No.90

Trinacular Research Microscope



Wide field 10X plan eye pieces with plan achromatic objectives 5x, 10x 40x and 100x (oil immersion) Latest technology LED type high power white light illumination. X-Y stage with interchangeable left/right hand operations for bith type of users. Focus control with coarse and fine focuses facility Latest type highly scratch-proof hard plate ceramic stage. Trinocular, 30-35º viewing angle with reasonable inter papillary adjustment 50 – 802 mm. Flourescence with 50W Hg illumination with filters for UV, Blue and Green excitations. Peltier cooled digital camera with 10 mega pixel live resolution and upto & MP scaled resolution. CCD sensor size of 8.10 x 6.64 mm (1/1.8 inch CCD sensor) 12 A/D converter with 36 bit color depth image. 2 x 2 Binning facility (Optional) Camera should have provisions of both color and grey scale images. Escuaaion device for two observers. Universal condenser.

Microscope for phase contrast, dark field, photomicrography, CC TV, polarizing, Flourescet microscopy, Dual observation tube, Trinocular head, Infinity corrected optic system. In-house training and free installation to be provided. System should be FDA and CE marked.

Item No.91

Micro pipettes • Light weight and ergonomic design for user comfort. • Super blow-out for micro volume pipetting (0.2-50 µl models) and anti-vortexing for large volume pipetting (1-5ml and 2-10ml models). • Soft-touch tip ejection. • Easy in-lab recalibration and maintenance. • Fully autoclavable. • Three years warranty. Micropipette Volume Variable Volume Micropipettes 0.5-10µl Variable Volume Micropipettes 2-20µl Variable Volume Micropipettes 5-50µl Variable Volume Micropipettes 10-100µl Variable Volume Micropipettes 20-200µl

Variable Volume Micropipettes 100-1000µl

Variable Volume Micropipettes 200-1000µl

Fixed Volume Micropipettes 1-5ml Fixed Volume Micropipettes 5 µl Fixed Volume Micropipettes 10 µl Fixed Volume Micropipettes 20 µl Fixed Volume Micropipettes 25 µl Fixed Volume Micropipettes 50 µl Fixed Volume Micropipettes 100 µl Fixed Volume Micropipettes 200 µl Fixed Volume Micropipettes 250 µl



Fixed Volume Micropipettes 500 µl Fixed Volume Micropipettes 1000 µl Micropipette Volume

Multichannel Micropipette

Micropipette 8 Channel,1.0-10 µl


Micropipette 8 Channel,5-50 µl





Item No.92

Cryostat system

Section machine selection 1 – 60 um in

1 um steps from 1 to 10 um



Maximum specimen size is 55mmØ

Total horizontal specimen feed 25 mm

Total vertical specimen store 50 mm

Specimen orientation with o positioning 8º x/y part of standard delivery.

Trimming – via motorized coarse feed.

Motorised coarse feed – 2 speed setting rapid: 0.65 mm/sec. Slow” 0.3 mm/sec

Refrigerating capacity:

Temperature selection range - 0º to – 30º C

Time required to refrigerate to -30º C approximate 3 hours at 22º C

ambient temperature.

Chamber defrosting automatic hot gas defrosting cucle duration 8 min

starting time freely programmable.

Manual defrost cycle on demanding temperature of quick freeze shelf max

-45º at a cryo chamber temperature of -30º C

Quick freeze shelf defrosting – manual defrost in demand.

System should be FDA and CE marked.

Item No.93



Cell Counter(Fully automated 5 part differential ha ematology analyser) · Automated hematology analyzer should include 24 parameters including histogram for RBC, WBC and platelet. · Should have impedance principle for counting and photometer for hemoglobin. · It should read at least 60 samples per hour or more. · Should have dual channel measurement. · Double dilution chamber · Sample volume less than 200 micro litres in whole blood and pre –dilute mode.

· It should have various types of discrete mode and real time random access analysis to save reagent consumption and analysis time. · Sampling needle should have automatic wash from inside and outside. · LCD / VGA Monitor with graphical user interface (GUI) for easy operation. · Large illuminated colored VGA or LCD should display the result of all parameters and histogram together. · Should have sample manual and capillary mode.

· Should have capacity to store at least 20000 numeric patient results and 5000 graphics. · Should have inbuilt / External graphic printer.

· Should have RS232 serial and parallel port can be connected with LAN and laser printer.

· Should have a membrane keyboard for routine operations and maintenance with option to attach external key board for patient demographic entry at instrument operation.

· Should have three dimensional technology or Flow cytometry for differential analysis to maximize resolution, specificity and efficiency. · Should have extended analysis time for cytopenic sample. . · Should be able to integrate with optional automated slide maker and stainer. · Should have zero routine maintenance with automatic electronic aperture cleaning and back flush after each sample. · Instrument should accept all types of vacutainer tubes. · The instrument should have option for auto sampler, bar code reader. · Reagent cost per cycle including start up and shutdown if 200 & 500 samples are processed at a time should be submitted separately in the financial bid. · There should be automatic storage of calibration data and extensive quality control programme with LJ plot for at least 8 control lots and at least 25 runs per lot. Basic common necessities: · Input Voltage 230 volts 50 Hz as per Indian standard.

· Service manual and technical data with all necessary passwords without any obligation. · Instruction and operational manuals without any obligation.

· UPS preferably sine wave based with maintenance free batteries with duration two hours.



Item No.94

Rotary Microtome 1. Manual, Rotary 2. Accurate reproducible section of same thickness high quality through out the length of the specimen travel. 3. Specimen advance 1-30 um, 1 um steps selectable. 4. Coarse specimen advance about 200 um/revolution. 5. Specimen tilted = + /-50 with x & y Micro adjustment. 6. Ergonomic balanced flywheel. 7. Brake for flywheel. 8. Total specimen advance about 18 mm. 9. Audiovisual alarm at beginning and end of travel range. 10. Disposable blade holder for both high & low profile blade. 11. Spring loaded disposable blades. Accessories High profile blade 1 packet of 100. Low profile blade 1 packet of 100. Dust cover

Item No.95

Auto Analyzer with 16 Channel

Fully automated, latest and bench top analyzer to perform the analysis of substrates, enzymes and special parameters from whole blood, serum, plasma and urine samples

System should be Discrete, fully selective random access with a provision to test STAT samples

System should have four different on-board technologies ( Photometry, Potentiometry, Fluorescence Polarization and Turbidimetry ) to measure substrates, enzymes, Homogeneous immunoassays, TDM’s and Drugs.

System should have facility for programming 125 - 150 different test parameters and the reagents should be available from the same manufacturer. System should have a routine throughput of 400 tests / hr Onboard sample capacity should be at least 90 or more

Flexibility to use different sample containers like primary tubes with different sizes, sample cups, micro cups and cup on tube for easy processing.

Facility to keep reagent bottles / cassettes for at least 30 common tests with on board refrigeration is must. Sample volumes should be less than 2 - 10 ul per test.

System should have high sensitive pressure sensors to detect any incorrect pipetting even at 2 ul sample volume Onboard sample and calibrator dilution should be available ( 1 – 100 times )

System must use disposable cuvettes to prevent any carryover without using any onboard washing

System should be used for testing special parameters like HbA1c, Lactate, hsCRP, D-Dimer, Ferritin, IgA, IgM, IgG, ASO, Cyclosporine, MPA and electrolytes ( Na, K and Cl ), TDM, DAT tests besides the routine clinical parameters

On-board reagent stability should be for at least 3 months and calibration of the parameter should be typically with lot. No daily calibration should be required by the system to save the reagents.



System should have 12 wavelength photometer with mono and bi-chromatic measurements Light source should be 20 W halogen lamp with lamp save feature

System should have external windows NT based data control work station with flat screen monitor for programming the tests and entering the patient data. System should external printer to take printout of patient results Patient samples and Reagents can be scanned with barcode scanner for easy operation.

System should have 1 x RS 232 bidirectional interface and in-built modem for remote diagnostics access.

Power supply – 220 V / 50 Hz. Suitable online UPS should be supplied along with the system

Item No.96

Bio-Chemistry Semi-Auto Analyzer

Automatic flow-through Cell Analyzer

Easy to use high quality precision Analyzer

Monochromatic and Bichromatic measurements

(340 - 630) º

Interference filters 340-405-500-546-578-630mm

Bandwidth 8 nm.

Optical measuring pass of 10 nm.

Measures in absorbances, Concentration kinetics,

Fixed Time, Rate and Differential MULTI-STANDARDS

Zero set: fully automatic

Fully programmable directly from the keyboard

Storage capacity - 100 complete tests.

Reading volume need: 500 ul

Disposable cuvette programmable with flow through

Cell: 500- 1000ul

Built in printer

Thermostated block by peltier effect at 25-30-37 °C

for 10 cuvettes.

External interface to be connected to computer. WITH STANDARD ACCESSORIES

Item No.97



Incubators

GENERAL PURPOSE LABORATORY INCUBATOR • CAPACITY: 160 LITRES • TEMPERATURE RANGE: 25º C ABOVE ROOM TEMPERATURE, UP TO 52º C • RUST PROOF STAINLESS STEEL INTERIOR • DIGITAL TEMPERATURE DISPLAY • SAFETY THERMOSTAT FOR OVER TEMPERATURE PROTECTION. • HI-QUALITY, LONG LASTING HEATER ELEMENTS TO BE USED. • GLASS INNER DOOR • ADJUSTABLE FOUR SHELVES • TEMPERATURE UNIFORMITY 0.1º C • EXCELLENT ELECTRICAL GROUNDING FOR LEAKAGE CURRENT. • EARTH CURRENT LEAKAGE INDICATION – AUDIO AND VISUAL. • SHOULD COMPLY TO GENERAL ELECTRICAL SAFETY STANDARDS

Item No.98

ELISA Reader with Washer 1. Description of Function 1.1 ELISA Reader is required to Read the Colour Density known as OD(Optical Density) in ELISA (Enzyme Linked Immuno-Sorbent Assay.)Plates. 2 Operational Requirements 2.1 Only ELISA Reader is required. 3 Technical Specifications 3.1 OPTICAL SYSTEM Digital light control 8 measurement channels including 1 reference. Single and dual wavelength measurement with facility for kinetic measurement 8 s maximum measurement time for single and dual wavelength and 5 s(+/_1Sec.) for kinetic Measurement Range 400-700nm Indication Range 0-2.999 abs Accuracy Plus/Minus 2% or Plus/Minus 0.005 abs Resolution 0.001 abs Inbuilt Filters: Narrow band interference Should have the following filters – 405, 450, 492(+/_2nm), 540, 620 (+/-10nm) and 690 nm Should measure end point, curves and kinetic. 3.2 SOFTWARE: Storage of immediately preceding measurement At least 15 user programmable tests permanently stored Time programmable between each measurement. Agitation programmable before each reading Bidirectional printer interface. Data memory through computer Built in Windows based software programming software. 3.3 MEASUREMENT MODES Plate shaking mode for sample mixing selectable speed and time) Flexible blank mode setting



Matrix Modes: Matrix -/x/t, Matrix-/0-0 (Range ), Matrix-/f/(Floating cut off) Difference Mode: Absorbance of each well in even numbered subtracted from those of odd numbered columns Curve fit Modes: LIN/LIN.LIN/LOG.LOG/LOG or auto curve transformation with ability to add the standard curve; 8 to 12 way string orientation or kinetic modes Table of optical densities, Delta DD, Graphic, Reaction rate/V-Max 3.4 Adjustable for different micro plate geometrics 3.5 Halogen Lamp 20 - 40 W. 3.6 16 digit alphanumeric fluorescent display 3.7 Membrane keyboard. 3 .7 Technical Specifications for washer 3.1 Auto strip washer for 96 well plates / strips 3.2 1 x 8 strips/ 1x12 strips. 3.3 Dispensable wash volume 50 - 300 µl. 3.3a Residual wash Volume -<0.5µl 3.4 Aerosol Shield for user safety. 3.5 In built shaking facility 4 System Configuration Accessories, spares and consumables 8-12 channel manifold, all tubing sets, wash, rinse and waste bottles Maintenance kit to be provided. 4 System Configuration Accessories, spares and consumables 4.1 System as specified- 4.2 Halogen Lamps : 2 4.3 Printer inbuilt or external to be supplied along with 10 Rolls/Z Fold 4.4 Dust cover. 5 Environmental factors 5.1 The unit shall be capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 -50deg C and relative humidity of 15-90% 5.2 The unit shall be capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10 - 40deg C and relative humidity of 15-90% 6 Power Supply 6.1 Power input to be 220-240VAC, 50Hz fitted with Indian plug 6.2 Resettable over current breaker shall be fitted for protection 6.3 Suitable voltage corrector/stabilizer 6.4 Suitable UPS with maintenance free batteries for minimum one-hour back-up should be supplied with the system. 7 Standards and Safety 7.1 Comprehensive training for lab staff and support services till familiarity with the system. 7.2 Should be compliant to ISO 13485: Quality systems - Medical devices - Particular requirements for the application of ISO 9001 applicable to manufacturers and service providers that perform their own design activities. 7.3 Should be FDA or CE or ISI approved product 8 Documentation 8.1 User/Technical/Maintenance manuals to be supplied 8.2 Certificate of calibration and inspection from factory. 8.3 List of Equipments available for providing calibration and routine maintenance support as per manufacturer documentation in service / technical manual. 8.4 List of important spare parts and accessories with their part number and costing. 8.5 Log book with instruction for daily, weekly, monthly and quarterly maintenance checklist.



The job description of the hospital technician and company service engineer should be clearly spelt out

Item No.99

Fully automated Immune Analyzer

Fully automated, latest and bench top analyzer to perform the qualitative and quantitative analysis of Hormones, Cancer Markers, Cardiac Markers, and other special Immuno assays from serum, and plasma samples

System should be Discrete, fully selective random access with a provision to test STAT samples

System should be using the latest electro chemiluminescence principle for measuring the assays with very high sensitivity and linearity.

System should have facility for on-board programs for at least 75 different test parameters and the reagents should be available from the same manufacturer. Onboard sample capacity should be at least 30 or more at one time loading System should have a routine throughput of 80 tests / hr Incubation times for the assays should be between 5 - 15 minutes Assay time should be between 10 – 20 minutes System should have reagent slots for a minimum of 15 - 20 assays System should have on-board cooling facility to maintain the temperature of the reagents

Flexibility to use different sample containers like primary tubes with different sizes, sample cups, e for easy processing. Sample volumes should be less than 10 - 50 ul per test. User defined onboard sample dilution is must ( 1 – 400 times )

System must use disposable cups and tips for all immuno assays to prevent any carryover contamination to have reliable patient results.

System to use latest mixing probe technology to mix the samples and reagents to have complete uniformity with clot detection facility

Systems should have the facility to test special Immunoassays parameters like Troponine T, pro BNP, S100, Vit D3, Vit B12, ACTH, anti TSHR, Intact PTH, anti CCP, anti HCV, PAPP-A, Procalcitonine, Hepatitis B Marker assays besides the other routine immunology parameters.

On-board reagent stability should be up to two months and calibration of the parameter should be typically with lot based. No daily calibration should be required by the system to save the reagents.



System should have on-board windows based data control work station with 15” TFT LCD color monitor for programming the tests and entering the patient data. System should have the facility to store minimum of 2000 test results System should built in printer to take printout of patient results

Patient samples and Reagents can be scanned with on-board barcode scanner for easy operation.

System should have 2 x RS 232 bidirectional interface and in-built modem for remote diagnostics access. Power supply – 220 V / 50 Hz

Item No.100

Urine Analyser

Two Different strips can run on the system Combur 10M : Glucose,protein,pH, Leucocytes,Nitrite,Ketones Bilirubin,Urobilinogen,Blood,SG (10 parameter) Combur 9 :Glucose,protein,pH, Leucocytes,Nitrite,Ketones,Blood,Bilirubin,Urobilinogen Test strips for glucose and blood should be ascoboric resistant. Features

Measurement should be reflectance photometer with 470mm, 555mm, 620mm. Start position for emergency samples. Liquid level detector facility should be available. · Sample : Uncentrifused Fresh Urine, minimum volume 1.5 ml. · Analysis time – less than1 min · Sample throughput – approx. 60test strips/hours (normal Mode) more than 400 tests/hr. System should be able to accommodate at least 75 samples through

rack. · Calibration through dry strips for better results . · Totally Maintenance Free System · Light Source - LED · Wavelenght measurements - 470nm,555nm, 620 nm · Data display on Touch screen monitor · Data printout on fast low noise thermal printer · Memory for 1000 patient results with time and date,3×100 Controll · Simple Touch Screen operation · Flagging of abnormal results · Interfaces - 1 x RS 232 Integrated bar code reader. · 110V to 240V AC operation · Weight - 12 Kg · CE / CB / UL/CUL approved

Accessories · Cobas u 411 Accessories Kit · Cobas u 411 Manual · Cobas u 411 Power Cord

. Cobas u 411 Adapter

Item No.101



Coagulation Analyzer

System should be bench top, compact random access analyser for routine coagulation and chromogenic assays.

Should have the facility for diluting and dispensing of sample and reagent, - preheating and level sensors to be available. On board QC and display of calibration curves to be available. System should have a through put of 80 -100 samples per hour. Should measure PT, APTT, Fibronogen, TCT and factor assays. Should report in secs (PT), %, INR g/l or mg/ml (fibrinogen) In-house training and free installation to be provided. System should be FDA and CE marked. Certificates should be enclosed

Item No.102

Electrolyte Analyzer Fully automated Ph/blood gas/electrolytes analyzer, measures the following parameters PH, PCO2, PCO2 and PO2 and barometric pressure, NA, K, Ca, Cl, Ct, THB, HCL • Analyses per hour should not be less than 36 • Sample volume should not exceed 110 µl for all parameter • All calibration and cleaning cycle should be fully automated with user selectable calibration times • The electrodes provide should be zero maintenance including the reference electrode. • The system should have onboard data management to store all patient result and calibrations. • A power fault protection for 20 minute to keep all calibration and programmed data • The system should have a screen to access all system software and to display the patient results. • A built –in printer should be provided to print out patient result • The system should have a patient data, new reagents and new electrodes. Startup kit 1000 samples, essential spares. • The system should work on discrete testing, i.e. selectable parameter testing

Item No.103

Centrifuge 24-36 Tubes

1 Description of Function



1.1 Centrifuges are required in the Laboratory to separate various components of Blood for analysis.

2 Operational Requirements

2.1 Aerodynamic compact construction for vibration free performance

2.2 Table top version

3 Technical Specifications

3.1 Angle Head rotor with Tube Capacity Size 5 – 15 ml

3.2 To have capacity to hold 24-36 tubes at a time.

3.3 Should have a digital timer

3.4 Body should be made of strong fabricated & corrosion resistant steel

3.5 Control panel – for start/stop switch, dynamic brakes, step less speed regulator with zero

start switch & speed indicator with timer and protective fuses.

3.6 Door interlock

3.7 Maintenance-free brushless drive motor with exact speed pre selection and alphanumerical

interactive LCD digital display in control panel of RPM & RCF. Speed range 100 to 6000

rpm and above.

3.8 Choice of acceleration and braking profiles.

3.9 Imbalance detection and auto shut down.

4 System Configuration Accessories, spares and consumables

4.1 Tube Holders as appropriate

5 Environmental factors

5.1 Shall meet IEC-60601-1-2:2001(Or Equivalent BIS) or General Requirements of Safety for

Electromagnetic Compatibility.

5.2 The unit shall be capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10 -40deg C

and relative humidity of 15-90%

5.3 The unit shall be capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 -50deg C

and relative humidity of 15-90%

6 Power Supply

6.1 Power input to be 220-240VAC, 50Hz as appropriate fitted with Indian plug

7 Standards and Safety

7.1 The supplier should be preferably ISO certified for quality standards.

7.2 Product should preferably be FDA/CE or ISI approved

7.3 Should preferably comply with IEC/TR 61010-3-020 :Safety requirements for electrical

equipment for measurement, control, and laboratory use - Part 3-020: Conformity verification

report for IEC 61010-2-020:1992 Particular requirements for laboratory centrifuges"



7.4 Should preferably comply with IEC 61010-1 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for

measurement, control, and laboratory use - Part 1: General requirements

8 Documentation

8.1 User manual in English

8.2 Service manual in English

8.3 Certificate of calibration and inspection from factory

8.4 List of Equipments available for providing calibration and routine maintenance support as per

manufacturer documentation in service / technical manual

8.5 List of important spare parts and accessories with their part number and costing

Log book with instructions for daily, weekly, monthly and quarterly maintenance checklist. The job

description of the hospital technician and company service engineer should be clearly spelt out.

Item No.104

BACTEC System

Fully automatic system capable of blood, body fluid and myco bacteria testing in the same instrument

System should be capable enough to culture myco bacterium tuberocolosis in the same unit. In case

if it is required that is one system is capable enough to culuture blood specimen, sterile body fliud and myco bacterium specimen, sterile suseptability and sensitivity

System should have additional capability for AFB culture from respiratory, non respiratory and blood specimen

System should work on the reliable colorimetric principle of detection based on CO2 sensor to indicate growth of organisms System should have specific algorithms for detection of growing micro organisms System should have LIS compatibility

Same bottle should also be capable of detecting bacterial yeast and other fastidious organisms System should have FDA clearance for microbial quality control testing of Luecocites reduced aspherisis platelets Every cell should have its own optics and detection device System should have built in calibration check System should have touch screen monitor System should be capable of exporting data to zip drive for long term storage

System should have facility of analyzing delayed entry specimens with the routine bottles

System should have the capability foir continous monitoring of samples for growth of organism in each cell



System should have continuous agitation to provide facility for optimal growth for the organisms System should have special type of culture bottles to nuetralise anti biotic effect. System should have capability to process samples of adult and paedratics System should support use of plastic bottle as well for safety and ease of disposal

Item No.105

QBC Blood parasite detection system

Should supply complete system with UV Micro Adaptor, Illumination, Fibre Optic cable, Paraviewer, spare lamp, Immersion Oil, Centrifuge malaria atlas.

Paralens assembly consisting of Focusing lens, 470 nm – 490 nm wavelength, Excitation filter, dichroic beam splitter,

1.0 N.A, 60x oil immersion lens, 520 nm, wavelength barrier filter and standard royal microscopic threading. Illuminator should have LED light source consisting of Rheostat controlled illumination. Fibre Optic cable transmits white light illuminator. Paraviewer tube holder for direct examination of capillary tube under the microscope. Immersion oil (7cc) ND = 1.5150 ±0.0002 ND temp coeff = -0.00031 /+deg C Ne = 1.5180 ± 0.0002 Abbe Ve = 42.6 Nf-Nc = 0.0120 cSt = 1250 ± 10% Flouresecence = low To be supplied with monocular microscope System should have CE, GS, and UL certifications.

Enclose Gold standard products with supporting documents like traceability certificate and QC certificates. Should provide FDA / CE certifications.

Item No.106

Automatic Tissue Embedding Centre

Should be a Fully Programmable, automatic On/ Off control, unit comprising a maximum of Two consoles, one heated paraffin dispensing unit combined with thermal areas for storage and another Cryo console with cooling plate



I- Paraffin Dispensing Unit 1. Capacity of paraffin tank: min 4 litres 2. Capacity of Thermal Chambers for storage of molds: min 1.8 litres 3. Temp. range of Paraffin tank: 50- 70 deg C 4. Temp. range of Thermal Chamber: 50- 70 deg C in steps of 1 Deg C 5. Temp. range of Hot plates & forceps wells: 50-70 deg C 6. Connection for Electrically heated forceps 7. Six heated wells for normal forceps, 3 on either side of the wax dispensing line.

8. Precisely metered and adjustable gravity feed paraffin dispenser to deliver the right amount of paraffin. 9. Finger touch plate and foot switch for control of paraffin flow. 10.Large warm working surface on either side for min 10 cassettes on each side. 11.Control panel must have 2 line LCD display and easy navigation through the menu with help of simple touch key buttons. 12.Should have a Magnifying lens adjustable in any position, large cold spot & illumination for specimen orientation. II- Cold Console 1. Capacity of freezing up to 60 blocks at a time. 2. Temp. range of cold plate: 0- 10deg C, adjustable in steps of 1 deg C. 3. Compressor to be extra quite to reduce noise fatigue. 4. Cryo Console to be controlled via the Dispensing Unit.

The system should work on 220-240 V, 50 Hz. Should use CFC free gas and must be original manufacturer and must have ISO 9000/01/02 certification. Accessories: 1. Electrical forceps 2 nos. 2. Magnifying Glass: 1 no. 3. Foot Switch- 1 no. 4. Metallic Base molds -100 nos. 5. Plastic Embedding Rings- 1,000 pcs 6. Normal Forceps, Toothed – 6 pcs

Item No.107

Refrigerated Centrifuge Rotor 6*2 buckets. Temp from -4* to 37*. Rotor 7617, radius 29.7 cum.



Item No.108

PH meter

Meter, Electrochemistry, pH/mV/ deg. C Meter Kit; Large LCD; -1.99 to +19.99 pH, 0 to +/-999mV, -5 to +100 deg. C ranges; ATC, Autorecognition of 5 pH buffers, 1 to 5 calibration points Item No.109

Infant Resuscitator

Manometer Range: 20 to 80 cm H2O (-20 to 7.8 kPa) Maximum Pressure relief should be 5 to 70 cm h2O at 8 LPM Peak inspiratory Pressure (PIP) should be 5 to 70 cm H2O at 8 LPM Positive-end expiratory pressure PEEP) should be 1 to 9 cm H2O at 8 LPM. Gas inlet flow range:- 5 LPM (min) to 15 LPM (max) If the gas inlet flow rate increases from 5 to 15 LPM, the peak inspiratory pressure typically increases approximately 8cm H2O (0.8 kPa). Delivered oxygen Concentration: - Up to 100% depending on gas supply Operating time (400 L cylinder):- @ 8 LPM 50 minutes Recommended body weight: - Up to 10 kg (22 lb) Should be supplied with all related tubing’s and consumable (Preferable reusable) for at least 50 cases (application) Item No.110

NEONATAL PHOTOTHERAPY UNIT - CFL

1 Description of Function 1.1 Phototherapy units are used to treat hyperbilirubinemia, a condition characterized by high bilirubin concentrations in the blood.These units are also called: bilirubin lamps, bilirubin lights, fiberoptic phototherapy blankets, neonatal phototherapy units 2 Operational Requirements 2.1 Should be Compact Florescent Lamp (CFL) based Phototherapy unit used for clinical management of neonatal hyperbilirubinemia 2.2 Lamp unit should be made with plastic lamp module with metallic top cover for efficient heat dissipation to reduce radiant heat on infant. 2.3 Should occupy very little bedside space, offer convenience in observation and procedures 2.4 The unit should be mobile with 3 swivel castors of 2" diameter fixed to a T-shaped base to be accommodated beneath trolley/bed with adjustable height. 3 Technical Specifications 3.1 Irradiance at 430 - 480 nm- effective to the baby of at least 18 mw/cm/nm at 45cm from the lamp. 3.2 Lamps: compact florescent lamps 3.3 Height adjustable:(app+/-5 cm): 138cm (minimum) - 190 cm (maximum) 3.4 Lamp tiltability :- horizontal to vertical at any angle. 3.5 Time totaliser : Mechanical / Electronic 3.6 Therapy duration timer: Resettable - optional 3.7 Height of the base app: 6-8 cm (at the front)



3.8 Size of the lamp unit (LxBxH) 47 x 40 x 9 cm +/- 5 cm 3.9 Coating: Epoxy / Powder coated body for scratch and rust prevention 4 System Configuration Accessories, spares and consumables 4.1 System as specified 4.2 All consumables required for installation and standardization of system to be given free of cost. 4.3 100 bulbs should be supplied along with each unit 4.4 Phototherapy eye pads 100 each for preterm and term babies to be provided free. 5 Environmental factors 5.1 The unit shall be capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 -50 deg C and relative humidity of 15-90% 5.2 The unit shall be capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10 -40deg C and relative humidity of 15-90% 6 Power Supply 6.1 Power input to be 220-240VAC, 50Hz fitted with Indian plug 6.2 UPS of suitable rating with voltage regulation and spike protection for 60 minutes back up. 7 Standards, Safety and Training 7.1 Should be FDA , CE,UL or BIS approved product 7.2 Shall CERTIFIED to be meeting Electrical Safety requirements as per IEC 60601-2-50 Medical Electrical Equipment part-2-50 Particular requirements for the safety of Infant Phoototherapy Equipments 7.3 Manufacturer/Supplier should have ISO certification for quality standards. 7.4 Comprehensive warranty for 2 years and 5 years CMC after warranty and it includes checking flux as per specification every month. CMC would include all electrical, electronic and mechanical items. The CMC should provide at least 100 CFL lamps every year per unit. 8 Documentations to be provided 8.1 User/Technical/Maintenance manuals to be supplied in English. 8.2 Certificate of calibration and inspection. 8.3 List of Equipments available for providing calibration and routine Preventive Maintenance Support. as per manufacturer documentation in service/technical manual. 8.4 List of important spare parts and accessories with their part number and costing. 8.5 Log book with instructions for daily, weekly, monthly and quarterly maintenance checklist. 8.1 The job description of the hospital technician and company service engineer should be clearly spelt out. Item No.111

TRANSPORT INCUBATOR

· Built-in membrane pump & receiver bottle complete within the incubator chassis, with ECG, SPO2, NIBP monitor. · Oxygen flow meter & 1 lit O2 cylinder with clear front panel display of pressure completely integrated within the incubator. · Manual temp. setting with over temp (40º C) audible & visual alarm. · Internal lighting · Removable infant tray. · Special straps to fix the transport incubator securely to all stretchers in both ambulance & helicopters.



· Harness to secure the infant on the tray. · Power supply: Main supply and dry battery (12V) or mains power supply of ambulance/automobile/helicopter. · Should have a 25x10 mm rail at the back of transport incubator. · Relative humidity up to 60% C distilled water. · Weight with 1 lit O2 tank not to exceed 25 kgs. · Unit should be completely detachable from trolley for putting in plane. · Unit should be complete with all accessories and startup kit, extra dry battery for 12 hours work, probes electrodes etc. Item No.112

Combination Therapy Unit

· Should have multi-frequency Ultrasound 1, 2, 3 MHz · Should have duty cycles: 10%, 20%, 50%, continuous · Should have option to add any size sound heads: 2 cm2, 5 cm2, 10 cm2 · Should have ultrasound settings: up to 2 watts/cm2 · Should able to display both in watts and watts/cm2 · Should able to produce head warming and Coupling · Should able to deliver combination therapy with all the available currents through the Sound Head · Should have stim input for electrotherapy · Should have 5 channels with 1 number of dedicated High Volt channels · Should able to deliver 7 wave forms: such as Interferential , Premodulated ,Russian ,Biphasic ,High Volt ,Microcurrent ,Direct Current ,Target and Target Sweep feature for Interferential with touch pad technology · Should have internal power supply and conversion capabilities · Must be durable and sturdy with aluminum casing · Should have modifiable frequency ranges , single, reciprocal, co-contraction modes in Russian, Biphasic · Must able to have selectable and customizable on/off times for High Volt, Biphasic and Russian · Able to modify pulse rate, pulse width in Biphasic, Russian · Must able to deliver Microcurrent and High Volt therapy delivered with either electrodes or probes · Must have the option to select Microcurrent and High Volt polarity (positive, negative, or bipolar) · Must have microcurrent conductance indicator and Electrode conductance meter · Should able to deliver Direct Current through MultiStim probe with toggle switch for control · Should have a Infrared cluster probe with 660 nm and 880 nm SLDS and have Laser point probe available as an optional unit for attachment. · Must also provide a Blue light 405 nm and 660 nm cluster probe. · Must provide a certified Protocol Reference Manual for Electrotherapy & Ultrasound · Must provide a Light Therapy Applications Manual (included with probe order) · Have an internal current conversion 110 to 240 Volts, 50/60 Hz, able to operate on a battery or have option to operate with a car battery · Must be light 5.9 kg with dimensions of 14.32 inches W, 4.46” height, 12.7 length able to transport in a carry bag. · Should be a certified class device with all CE mark and FDA approved Unit, and must



provide

proprietary certificate and IEC 60601-1(CE) and CSA/NRTL Item No.113

HOT PACK UNIT

· Must be full stainless steel unit with wheels with option to easily change water and heating capacity of upto 12 large packs at one time and temperature preset at 167 degree F. · Should have a PVC coated and low-water cutoff feature with special insulate to preserve heat and help conserve power consumption · Must come with built in adjustable thermostats and provide lighted on/off switches · Should have concelead elements, coved bottoms, coated racks and hospital-grade power cord · Unit must have inside mesh and hangers to hold the pads for proper stable heating to transfer · Unit should be provided with different size white clay pads and able to hold temperature upto 30minutes of deep moist heat. · Hot Packs able to be reused for hundreds of treatments and provide 12 months of warranty · Should come with durable custom size and shapes Terry covers for hot packs with different sizes for cervical, lower back, extremities and more · UL-listed, ETL/CE and CSA –approved with 220 volts Item No.114

COLD PACK UNIT

· Must be Five Cubic Feet of Storage and able to hold 12 Gel packs · Should have adjustable thermostatic control and drain for defrosting · Dimension 27” deep, 34 “ high has to be a cooler and not a freezer · Have to provide compressed cold therapy pack for extremities able to 360 degree around the injured area made out of durable Nylon outer chamber. · Must provide Body ice packs with non-freezing gel · Must be made out of PVC Vinyl exterior and available in different sizes for different body parts cervical, lumbar, and extremities · Should able to hold temperature up to 30 minutes · UL-listed, ETL/CE and CSA –approved with 220 volts option available Item No.115

Traction Unit

· Must be FDA approved decompression-traction unit · Should able to deliver decompression therapy along with 3-channel of light therapy to muscle stimulation and blood circulation · Should able to deliver light therapy treatment and decompression simultaneously. · Should have a touch screen interactive display for easy treatment set-ups and easy angle selection and must come with treatment protocol manual · Must provide along with the package Angle reference chart · Should able to automatically calculate and digitally display the rope pull angle for decompression



and traction as per the treatment protocol · Must provide a 8”x 10’ Infrared light Pad unit for muscles relaxing and muscle spasms · Must have built in training information for traction and light therapy protocols · Should provide protocol manual for light therapy and lumbar and cervical protocol manual · Must be a build in computerized software package and protection against accidental setting of force-must have a safety switch for emergency shut of · Should come with Flexion stool, Knee bolsters, Cervical pillow, Ankle bolsters, and decompression belts thoracic and pelvic. · Should provide with a 4 section motorized table hi/lo with clamps, frame attachments for connecting the traction unit · Should be a certified class device with all CE mark and US FDA approved Unit, and must provide proprietary certificate and IEC 60601-1(CE) and CSA/NRTL Item No.116

Colpo-mirco Hysteroscope

SPECIFICATION OF COLPO-MICRO HYSTEROSCOPE For examination/diagonosis of desease related to of cervix, uterus in girl child and women Hysteroscope Telescope Hysteroscope telescope of size: 4mm and length : 30cm 1 The Telscope should have contact magnification: x1 in normal mode and x60 in contact mode and should work as colpo micro hysteroscope The Telescope should have highest quality of Rod lens system for bright and clear image, should be autoclavable. The angle of the telescope should be 30 degree. Fiber optic light transmission should be incorporated with Telescope Diagonostic Sheath: contineous irrigation The diagonstic sheath having examination sheath of size 5.2 mm and outer/continuos flow sheath of size 6.2mm with leur lock attachment

1 Sheath should be compartible with Telescope to fit the purpose. Pressure Cuff Pressure cuff of 1.5 litter with pressure manometer ranging between 0-250mmHg, with reusable silicon tubing set, footswith for punpuning to be provided with the set Item No.117

STREAK RETINOSCOPE

The unique optical design provides the first truly bimodal Retinoscope with just a quick bulb change. A true streak or spot - no compromises. Features · Brilliant, bright halogen illumination · Earth magnetic signke control for rotation, convergence and divergence · Double neutralization check makes it easier for students Two position apertures that optimize brightness of the retinal reflex



Item No.118

Jet Ventilator

Use for adults and children Regulator gauge reads 0-60psi Runs directly from 50 psi source Used for emergency cricothyrotomy jet ventilation Smooth stepless control of minute ventilation volume 5- 30 liters per minute Smooth stepless control of ventilation frequency 30-300/per minute Smooth stepless insufflation pressure adjustment 0-4 bars Step-by-step adjustment of inhalation to exhalation rate 1/2, 2/3, 1/1 Measurement and digital indication of respiratory tract pressure – peak, average Expiratory pressure in the range of 0- 60 cm H2O Breathing gas humidity at the end of patient’s tube no less than 33 mg H 2O per liter Breathing gas temperature in the standard mode 36 ± 2 degree Celsius Alarm system: adjustable respiratory tract peak pressure alarm adjustable expiratory pressure alarm power loss alarm oxygen supply pressure loss alarm Indicators: High-frequency valve and inhalation to exhalation rate indicator Low oxygen supply pressure indicator - turns on if oxygen supply pressure at the point of entry into the ventilator falls low Breathing mixture not being humidified indicator Power supply indicator Alarm muted/turned off indicator Power input 220 V, 50 GHz Item No.119

Central Monitoring Station for multipara monitor 1.Should have capability of monitoring atleast sixteen beds on central station with atleast two waveforms from each bedside being viewed. Additional parameters to be displayed in numeric form. 2.Should have dual displays, one for continuous display of all beds and other for trend review, full disclosure etc. 3.Size of both the displays should be atleast 19" flat screen TFT. 4. Should have facility for alarm review capability of a minimum of two waveforms per event. 5.Should have storage of minimum of 40 events. 6.Should provide multi-lead arrhythmia analysis. Arrhythmia algorithm should be accurate and validated against AHA/MIT tapes. 7.High Density Laser printer should also be included for printing of data including 'holter like' full disclosure reports and vital sign data from bedside. 8.Should have 24 hour full disclosure for atleast three waveforms. 9.Should have facility for upgrading remote access of patient data including waveforms and numerics. 10 Remote on line patient data should be viewed at Consultants residence through modem/HIS/Internet/Broadband upgradeable. 11.Should also include viewing station for viewing this data which should be minimum Pentium IV with



30GB HDD and battery for mobility. 12.Suitable rated UPS of 30 minutes backup to be provided for central station. 13. ISO, CE and US FDA Aprroved Item No.120 Electrophoresis Workstation Compact bench top clinical electrophoresis system for serum protein, urine Protein, Hemoglobin,Lipo Protein and Immunofixation-Agarose gel based. Capacity of running 6-8 samples simultaneously on a single gel. Should be equipped with special and dedicated migration and developing unit, . also drying facility should be built in with the developing unit Should use low power consumption. Should come with an integrated display preferably with display of current status. Should be equipped external get scanning system with software for clinical electrophoresis interpretation and reporting. No separate power pack should be required for running the system. Software: User friendly, software with facility for patient demographics, . individual patient results, analysis and result print out Multiple program facility – upto 30 different programmable facility should be available. Agarose gel based kits (gels) compatible with electrophoresis unit should be provided. Inhouse training and free installation to be provided. System should be FDA and CE marked. Item No.121

ELISA system

CE approved fully automated continuous access walk away micro plate system. Sample capacity – 180/batch Should have individual racks for sample loading. Should be a multi tasking system (simultaneous functioning of different processing steps) Should have the capability to read 4 micro plate at a time and 3 microplates while in archiving. Up to 12 parameters per batch. Should have built in clot detector. Should have original kit loading facility – direct loading of reagents from . different manufacturer should be possible Should be a single probe system. Should be provided with carbonized disposable tips for reagent dispensing and sample dispensing. Should be available with 280 positions for primary tubes. Should have automatic sample sensing and bar code reading. Sample dilutions upto 10000. Upto 31 positions for reagents and 22 positions for calibrators. Signature pippetting to ensure fast processing. Should have 8 channel washer manifold. Should be provided with independent micro plate transporter. 96 well plate reader with bichromatic and monochromatic reading options. Should have 8 independent incubators with temp options from RT to 47º C Quick start up time of 2 minutes. Option of performing individual modular functions (washing, reading, incubation and sample addition) System should be FDA and CE marked. Item No.122



Orthropaedic Drill & Saw System Small Bone EPD 60'000 rpm Foot Switch 1 pedal f/EPD Cable Foot Switch - Addit-Foot Switch f/ Hand Switch f/EPD Std-Console w/Irrigation f/EPD Cable EPD Console L4m Cable Foot Switch Console f/EPD L4m SealNipple f/Cable f/EPD Drill-Attachm Mini-Quick-Coupl f/EPD+APD AO/ASIF Drill-Attachm f/EPD+APD Drill-Attachm 45° Mini-Quick-Coupl f/EPD K-Wire Attachm f/EPD+APD Sagittal Saw-Attachm f/EPD+APD Reciproc-Saw-Attachm f/EPD+APD Burr-Attachm S angl f/EPD+APD Burr-Attachm M angl f/EPD+APD Irrigation Tube Set f/EPD+APD sterile pa Irrigation Nozzle f/EPD+APD f/Reciproc-S Irrigation Nozzle f/EPD+APD f/Sagittal S Item No.123 IONTOPHORESIS UNIT: ( ALTERNATAIVE TO HYPODERMIC IN JECTIONS THROUGH A NON-INVASIVE METHOD) · Iontophoresis Systems must able to provide two independent channels of Iontophoresis treatments. · Should able to set polarity, dosage, and intensity levels for each channel independently. · Should able to deliver two options for each channel · Must have a single phase (one drug) and dual phase (two drugs of opposing polarities delivered from the same iontophoresis electrode) · Should able to In dual phase able, the first drug delivered to the “active” electrode is the positive polarity drug flowed by the negative polarity drug. · Must have a Bright OLED display · Must able to have pH buffering up to 80 mA:Min · Should have buffered gel (return)design specifically for iontophoresis · Ion electrodes must be available in 4 sizes small, medium, large and butterflies · Should able to detect electrode/lead errors · Must able to automatically update the treatment times based on changes made during the treatment display and show all parameters for both channels · Must able to operate and treat patients bilaterally and have the channels work together with single control. · Should come with minimum treatment of 15 seconds to 100 minutes with time accuracy of +/_1 sec · Should able to operate with 3360 mA alkaline batteries with tow output jacks and current intensity of 0.5 -4.0 mA · Must able to provide low battery signals and able to reset the with relatively easy · Should able to tolerate temperature of 10 degree + 50 degree range, relative humidity of 10% to 100% on-condensing and atmospheric pressure of 500hpa to 1060 hpa



· Must be certified to the following standards: IEC 60601-1(CE) and CSA/NRTL Item No.124 ISO-KINETIC REHABILITATION UNITS FOR COMPLETE BODY WORKOUT:

Should be an ADA (Americans with Disabilities Act) certified with wheel chair option. Should have build in software programs for Iso-strength, Fat burn, and cardio workout. Must have at least 6 hill programs with over 20 levels of intensity and infinite number of program profiles Should able to provide Bi-directional resistance to create balance between reciprocal muscle groups. Must have a smooth orbital linear movement for legs and arms in a smooth arc Should have a low profile seat back for increased core recruitment Should able to down load the workout data on the Desk top for building and modifying workout protocols Must be Polar compatible with heart rate wireless technology Should come with resistance system - 3 phase combination generator and eddy current brake with resistance output of 5 to 2000 watts Computer adjustable in .1 increments with 200 levels of resistance. Should be especially designed for rehabilitation purpose with patient documentation and able to store data. Should have desk top compatibility so specific protocols can be created and stored for future use. Should be appropriate for spinal cord injury, stroke, multiple sclerosis or other conditions by providing aerobic and strengthening workouts in a wide range of work levels. Self-generating with auto recharge battery back up. Low voltage AC adaptor, optional. Should be fully adjustable for orthopedic rehab, range of motion can be altered as rehabilitation progresses Should be a certified class device with all CE mark and US FDA approved Unit, and must provide proprietary certificate and IEC 60601-1(CE) and CSA/NRTL Item No.125 SHOULDER PRESS AND LAT PULL ISO- KINETIC UNIT FOR REHABILITATION WITH

MAGNETIC RESISTANCE TECHNOLOGY

The unit has to have Magnetic resistance technology for fluid like motion especially designed for Physiotherapy The unit must have dual-function (double-concentric) Iso-kinetic motion able to perform two or more exercises Self generating power no external electrical needed Must have internal power generating capabilities for bio metric feedback Should able to adjust the work load with a turn of a dial



Adjustable seat, waist belts for securing lower back and back support. Able to provide bio-metric feed back, total repetitions, time per rep, and Heart rate using telemetric (wireless) heart rate technology Must able to provide a proprietary certificate as per the technology specification Item No.126 ABDOMINAL FLEXION AND BACK EXTENSION ISO-KINETIC UN IT FOR REHAB WITH

MAGNETIC RESISTANCE TECHNOLOGY The unit has to have Magnetic resistance technology for fluid like motion especially designed for Physiotherapy The unit must have dual-function (double-concentric) Iso-kinetic motion able to perform two or more exercises Self generating power no external electrical needed Must have internal power generating capabilities for bio metric feedback · Should able to adjust the work load with a turn of a dial · Adjustable seat, waist belts for securing lower back, back support with fluid like motion for build core strength · Able to provide bio-metric feed back, total repetitions, time per rep, and Heart rate using telemetric (wireless) heart rate technology · Must able to provide a proprietary certificate as per the technology specificatio Item No.127

DENTAL AUTOMATIC FILM PROCESSOR

Fully automatic X-ray film processor with an integrated chemical replenishment system. Complete with daylight loader, film box 8x10 and 6x12, 240V 50Hz. Unit should be complete with stand or table for mounting the unit and film cassette. Item No.128

DARK ROOM EQUIPMENTS

Kiran KG4 Screen with Kiran Cassette Kiran KG4 Screen with Kiran Cassette Kiran KG4 Screen with Kiran Cassette Kiran KG4 Screen with Kiran Cassette Kiran KG4 Screen with Kiran Cassette Kiran Double Sided Lead Apron 0.5mm Kiran Double Sided Lead Apron 0.5mm Kiran Coat Type Lead Apron 0.5mm Kiran Coat Type Lead Apron 0.5mm Kiran Thyroid Sheild 0.5mm Kiran Gonad Sheild 1mm Kiran Radiation Protection Gloves 0.5mm-Model 580 Kiran Protective Lead Goggels Front & Side 0.75mm Imported Lead Goggles Front & Side 0.5mm



S.S. Lead Apron Stand for 5 Aprons Floor Model X-Ray View Box to view Single Film X-Ray View Box to view Double Film Chest Stand Floor Model Lead Lined Protection Screen 1mm without Lead Glass (Wooden) Lead Lined Protection Screen 1mm without Lead Glass (Wooden) Lead Lined Protection Screen 1mm without Lead Glass (Wooden) Half Film Blocker Half Film Blocker Lead Letter A to Z Lead Letter R & L Lead Number 0 to 9 Dark Room Safe Light Kodak X-Ray Film 100 Sheet Box Kodak X-Ray Film 100 Sheet Box Kodak X-Ray Film 100 Sheet Box Kodak X-Ray Film 100 Sheet Box Kodak X-Ray Film 100 Sheet Box JPI X-Ray Grid 6:1, 103 Lines JPI X-Ray Grid 6:1, 103 Lines Lead Glass for Protection Screen ( S.No. 19, 20 & 21 ) Kodak Automatic Developer to make 19 Ltrs. Kodak Automatic Fixer to make 19 Ltrs. Promax Table Top Film Processor Model Advanced Digital Control Item No.129

Flow Cytometer Excitation - 532 nm Emmission - 580 / 20nm 675 / 20nm Light Scatter - Forward Dimension - 13 X 16 X 22.5 inch HXWXD Weight - 80 lbs (35.6 Kgs) Sample format - 0.5ml Tubes 96 wells plates



GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL POINTS: 1. Warranty:

a) Comprehensive Warranty as stated in GCC clause No. 15 (in Section – IV) for complete equipment (including X ray tubes, HT Cable, Probes, Electrodes, Detectors, Batteries for UPS, other vacuumatic parts wherever applicable) and Turnkey Work from the date of satisfactory installation, commissioning, trial run & handing over of equipment to Hospital/ Dispensaries/ Institute/ Medical College.

b) 98% up time Warranty of complete equipment with extension of Warranty period by double the downtime period on 24 (hrs) X 7 (days) X 365 (days) basis.

c) All software updates should be provided free of cost during Warranty period.

2. After Sales Service:

a) After sales service centre should be available at the city of Hospital/Institution/Medical College on 24 (hrs) X 7 (days) X 365 (days) basis. Complaints should be attended properly, maximum within 8 hrs. The service should be provided directly by Tenderer/Indian Agent. Undertaking by the Principals that the spares for the equipment shall be available for at least 10 years from the date of supply.

b) The service provider should have the necessary equipments recommended by the manufacturer to carry out preventive maintenance test as per guidelines provided in the service/maintenance manual.

3. Training:

On Site training to Doctors/ Technicians/ staff is to be provided by Principal/ Indian Agents (if they have the requisite know-how) for operation and maintenance of the equipment to the satisfaction of the consignee.

4. Annual Comprehensive Maintenance Contract (CMC) of subject equipment with Turnkey:

a) The cost of Annual Comprehensive Maintenance Contract (CMC) which includes preventive maintenance including testing & calibration as per technical/ service /operational manual of the manufacturer, labour and spares, after satisfactory completion of Warranty period to be quoted (in INR only) for next 5 years on yearly basis for complete equipment (including X ray tubes, HT Cable, Probes, Electrodes, Detectors, Batteries for UPS, other vacuumatic parts wherever applicable) and Turnkey (if any). The supplier shall visit each consignee site as recommended in the manufacturer’s technical/ service /operational manual, but at least once in six months during the CMC period

b) The cost of CMC to be quoted along with taxes applicable on the date of Tender Opening. The taxes to be paid extra, to be specifically stated. In the absence of any such stipulation the price will be taken inclusive of such taxes and no claim for the same will be entertained later.

c) Cost of CMC will be added for Ranking/Evaluation purpose. d) The payment of CMC will be made on six monthly basis after satisfactory completion of said

period, duly certified by end user on receipt of bank guarantee for 2.5 % of the cost of the equipment as per Section XV valid till 2 months after expiry of entire CMC period.

e) There will be 98% uptime warranty during CMC period on 24 (hrs) X 7 (days) X 365 (days) basis, with penalty, to extend CMC period by double the downtime period.

f) During CMC period, the supplier is required to visit at each consignee’s site at least once in 6 months commencing from the date of the successful completion of warranty period for preventive maintenance of the goods.

g) All software updates should be provided free of cost during CMC.



h) Failure of the above [4. e) to 4. g)] by the supplier, may lead to the forfeiture of the Bank Guarantee for Annual CMC.

i) The payment of CMC will be made as stipulated in GCC Clause 21.

5. Turnkey: Turnkey is indicated in the technical specification of the respective items, wherever required. The Tenderer shall examine the existing site where the equipment is to be installed, in consultation with HOD of Hospital/Institution/Medical College concerned. Turnkey details of each Hospital/Institution/Medical College are given at the end of Technical Specification. The Tenderers to quote prices indicating break-up of prices of the Machine and Turnkey Job of each Hospital/Institution/Medical College. The Turnkey costs may be quoted in Indian Rupee will be added for Ranking Purpose. The taxes to be paid extra, to be specifically stated. In the absence of any such stipulation the price will be taken inclusive of such duties and taxes and no claim for the same will be entertained later. The Turnkey Work should completely comply with AERB requirement, if any.

HLL Lifecare Limited QC Requirement


Section – VIII Quality Control Requirements

(Proforma for equipment and quality control employed by the manufacturer(s) Tender Reference No. Date of opening Time Name and address of the Tenderer: Note: All the following details shall relate to the manufacturer(s) for the goods quoted for. 01 Name of the manufacturer

a. full postal address b. full address of the premises c. Email ID d. telephone number e. fax number

02 Plant and machinery details 03 Manufacturing process details 04 Monthly (single shift) production capacity of goods quoted for

a. normal b. maximum

05 Total annual turn-over (value in Rupees) 06 Quality control arrangement details

a. for incoming materials and bought-out components b. for process control c. for final product evaluation

07 Test certificate held

a. type test b. BIS/ISO certification c. any other

08 Details of staff

a. technical b. skilled c. unskilled

Signature and seal of the Tenderer

HLL Lifecare Limited Qualification Criteria


Section – IX Qualification Criteria

01. The Tenderer must be a Manufacturer or its authorized Agent. 02. (a) The Manufacturer should have supplied and installed in last Five years from the date of

Tender Opening, atleast 100% of the quoted quantity of the similar equipment meeting major specification parameters which is functoning satisfactorily. The foreign Manufacturer satisfying the above criteria should also have supplied and installed in last Five years from the date of Tender Opening, at least 50% (or one No. where the schedule of requirement is one no.) of quoted quantity of similar model which is functoning satisfactorily any where outside the country of manufacture.

02. (b) The Tenderers quoting as authorized representative of the manufacturer meeting the above criteria 02 (a) should have supplied and installed in last Five years from the date of Tender Opening, atleast 50% (or one No. where the schedule of requirement is one no. ) of the quoted quantity of similar equipment which is functoning satisfactorily, any where in India of the same manufacturer.

Note:

1. In support of 2 (a) & 2 (b), the Tenderer shall furnish Performance statement in the enclosed Proforma ‘A’.

The manufacturer as well as the Tenderer/ Indian Agent shall furnish Satisfactory Performance Certificate in respect of above, duly translated in English and duly notarized, alongwith the tender. The performance certificate should be in accordance with the requirement of clause 2 (a) / 2 (b) as stated above.

2. The Tenderer shall furnish a brief write-up, packed with adequate data explaining and establishing his available capacity/capability (both technical and financial) to perform the Contract (if awarded) within the stipulated time period, after meeting all its current/present commitments. The Tenderer shall also furnish details of Equipment and Quality Control in the enclosed Section VIII.

3. Notwithstanding anything stated above, the Purchaser reserves the right to assess the Tenderer’s capability and capacity to perform the contract satisfactorily before deciding on award of Contract, should circumstances warrant such an assessment in the overall interest of the Purchaser.

4. The Purchaser reserves the right to ask for a free demonstration of the quoted equipment at a pre determined place acceptable to the purchaser for technical acceptability as per the tender specifications, before the opening of the Price Tender.

HLL Lifecare Limited Qualification Criteria


PROFORMA ‘A’ PROFORMA FOR PERFORMANCE STATEMENT

(For the period of last five years) Tender Reference No.: _________________________________ Date & Time of opening: _________________________________ Name and address of the Tenderer: _________________________________

Name and address of the manufacturer: _________________________________

Date of completion of Contract

Ord

er p

lace

d by

(f

ull a

ddre

ss o

f P

urch

aser

/Con

sig

nee)

Ord

er n

umbe

r an

d da

te

Des

crip

tion

of

orde

red

good

s an

d se

rvic

es

Qua

ntity

of

orde

red

good

s an

d se

rvic

es V

alue

of o

rder

(R

s.)

As

per

cont

ract

Act

ual

Remarks indicating reasons for delay if any

Have the goods been functioning Satisfactorily (attach documentary proof)**

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Signature and seal of the Tenderer

** The documentary proof will be a certificate from the consignee/end user with cross-

reference of order no. and date in the certificate duly notarised certification authenticating

the correctness of the information furnished. If at any time, information furnished is proved

to be false or incorrect, the earnest money and or performance security furnished will be

forfeited. Such certificates from a third party or middleman other than actual end user will

not be accepted. The satisfactory performance implies working satisfactorily without any

complaint since the date of installation, commissioning & handing over to the end user as

per the standard format enclosed.

HLL Lifecare Limited Tender Form


Section – X TENDER FORM

Date__________

To, Head (P & CD) HLL Lifecare Limited Procurement and Consultancy Division B-14A, Sector -62, Noida -201307, Uttar Pradesh Ref. Your TE document No. _________dated ___________

We, the undersigned have examined the above mentioned TE document, including amendment/corrigendum No. __________, dated ________ (if any), the receipt of which is hereby confirmed. We now offer to supply and deliver___________ (Description of goods and services) in conformity with your above referred document. If our tender is accepted, we undertake to supply the goods and perform the services as mentioned above, in accordance with the delivery schedule specified in the List of Requirements. We further confirm that, if our tender is accepted, we shall provide you with a performance security of required amount in an acceptable form in terms of GCC clause 5, read with modification, if any, in Section - V – “Special Conditions of Contract”, for due performance of the contract. We agree to keep our tender valid for acceptance as required in the GIT clause 20, read with modification, if any in Section - III – “Special Instructions to Tenderers” or for subsequently extended period, if any, agreed to by us. We also accordingly confirm to abide by this tender up to the aforesaid period and this tender may be accepted any time before the expiry of the aforesaid period. We further confirm that, until a formal contract is executed, this tender read with your written acceptance thereof within the aforesaid period shall constitute a binding contract between us. We further understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest or any tender you may receive against your above-referred tender enquiry. We confirm that we do not stand deregistered/banned/blacklisted by any Govt. Authorities. We confirm that we fully agree to the terms and conditions specified in above mentioned TE document, including amendment/ corrigendum if any

(Signature with date)

(Name and designation) Duly authorised to sign tender for and on behalf of

HL

L Li

feca

re L

imite

d

Pri

ce S

ched

ule

HL

L/P

CD

/ES

IC-1

8/1

0-1

1

Pa

ge 1

68

of 1

89

17

.06.

201

0

S

EC

TIO

N –

XI P

RIC

E S

CH

ED

ULE

A

) P

RIC

E S

CH

ED

ULE

FO

R D

OM

ES

TIC

GO

OD

S O

R G

OO

DS

OF

FO

RE

IGN

OR

IGIN

LO

CA

TE

D W

ITH

IN IN

DIA

1

2

3

4

5

6

Pri

ce p

er u

nit (

Rs.

)

Ite

m

Sl.

No

.

B

rie

f Des

crip

tion

of G

oo

ds

(with

m

ake

& m

od

el)

C

ou

ntry

of

Ori

gin

Q

uant

ity

(No

s.)

Ex

- fa

cto

ry/ E

x -

war

eho

use

/Ex-

sho

wro

om

/Off

- th

e sh

elf

(a)

Exc

ise

D

uty

(if

an

y)

[%a

ge &

va

lue

]

(b)

Sa

les

Ta

x/

VA

T (

if a

ny)

[%

age

&

valu

e]

(c

)

Tra

nsp

ort

atio

n,

loa

din

g/

unlo

ad

ing

and

In

cid

ent

al c

ost

s til

l co

nsig

nee

’s

site

(d

)

Insu

ranc

e ch

arge

s fo

r a

per

iod

incl

udin

g 3

m

ont

hs b

eyo

nd th

e d

ate

of d

eliv

ery

(e)

Inci

den

tal S

ervi

ces

(inc

lud

ing

Inst

alla

tion

&

Co

mm

issi

on

ing,

S

uper

visi

on,

D

em

on

stra

tion

and

T

rain

ing)

at t

he

Co

nsig

nee

’s s

ite

(f)

U

nit P

rice

(at

C

ons

igne

e S

ite)

bas

is

(g

) =

a+b

+c+

d+

e+f

T

ota

l Pri

ce (

at

Co

nsig

nee

Site

) b

asis

(R

s.)

4

x 5

(g)

Tot

al T

ende

r p

rice

in R

upe

es: _

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

___

In

wor

ds:

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

_

Not

e: -

1.

If th

ere

is a

dis

crep

ancy

bet

wee

n th

e un

it pr

ice

and

tota

l pric

e T

HE

UN

IT P

RIC

E s

hall

prev

ail.

2.

The

cha

rges

for

Ann

ual C

MC

afte

r w

arra

nty

shal

l be

quot

ed s

epar

atel

y as

per

Sec

tion-

XI –

Pric

e S

ched

ule

C

Nam

e___

____

____

____

____

____

_

Bus

ines

s A

ddre

ss__

____

____

____

____

____

__

Pla

ce: _

____

____

____

____

____

____

__

Sig

natu

re o

f Ten

dere

r__

____

____

____

____

____

__

Dat

e: _

____

____

____

____

____

____

S

eal o

f the

Ten

der

er_

___

____

____

____

____

____

HL

L Li

feca

re L

imite

d

Pri

ce S

ched

ule

HL

L/P

CD

/ES

IC-1

8/1

0-1

1

Pa

ge 1

69

of 1

89

17

.06.

201

0

B)

PR

ICE

SC

HE

DU

LE F

OR

GO

OD

S T

O B

E IM

PO

RT

ED

FR

OM

AB

RO

AD

** t

o b

e qu

ote

d in

Ind

ian

Cu

rren

cy

T

ota

l pric

e at

Co

nsi

gnee

’s s

ite

(A

) In

fore

ign

cu

rren

cy

: co

lum

n (

4 x

e)_

___

____

___

___

__

____

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

___

___

____

___

____

(In

figu

res

and

wo

rds)

plu

s *

* (B

) In

Ind

ian

Ru

pee

s :

colu

mn

4 x

(b

+f+

g+

h+

i) Rs__

___

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

___

___

____

___

____

__(I

n fi

gure

s an

d w

ord

s)

_

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

___

Not

e: -

1

. T

he

Ten

der

er w

ill b

e fu

lly r

esp

ons

ible

for

the

safe

arr

ival

of t

he

goo

ds

at th

e co

nsi

gnee

site

in g

ood

co

nd

ition

as

per

ter

ms

of c

on

trac

t.

2.

Th

e b

idd

ers

bre

ak u

p o

f pric

es u

nder

var

iou

s co

lum

ns

is fo

r co

mp

aris

on

of p

rices

up

to d

eliv

ery

of g

oo

ds

at c

on

sign

ee’s

site

for

tend

er e

valu

atio

n.

3.

Th

e q

uo

ted

pric

e sh

oul

d b

e su

ppo

rted

with

orig

inal

p

rofo

rma

invo

ice

fro

m t

he

fore

ign

man

ufa

ctu

rers

. T

he

pro

form

a in

voic

e sh

ou

ld in

dic

ate

the

per

cen

tage

of a

gen

cy c

om

mis

sio

n in

clud

ed in

the

FO

B

pric

es.

Indi

an A

gen

t to

be

pai

d in

Ind

ian

Cu

rren

cy.

4

. A

ll th

e co

mp

on

ents

of t

he

DD

P p

rice

will

be

pai

d b

y t

he

tend

erer

. Th

e p

urc

has

er w

ill m

ake

the

pay

men

t o

f DD

P p

rice

afte

r re

ceip

t o

f go

od

s at

co

nsi

gnee

’s

site

in g

ood

co

nditi

on

as p

er p

aym

ent

term

s in

the

con

trac

t.

5

. T

he

pric

es q

uo

ted

in fo

reig

n c

urr

ency

in c

olu

mn

(e)

sh

all b

e co

nve

rted

in R

up

ees

at th

e se

llin

g ra

te o

f exc

han

ge a

pp

licab

le o

n th

e d

ate

of t

end

er o

pen

ing

.T

he

cust

om

s d

uty

am

ou

nt

so w

ork

ed o

ut

as

per

cen

tage

of n

et C

IP v

alu

e in

rup

ees

will

be

take

n fo

r ev

alu

atio

n a

nd

co

mp

aris

on

of t

end

ers

6.

Th

e ch

arge

s fo

r A

nn

ual

CM

C a

fter

war

ran

ty s

hal

l be

quo

ted

(in IN

R o

nly)

sep

arat

ely

as

per

Sec

tion

-XI –

Pric

e S

ched

ule

C

N

ame_

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

B

usin

ess

add

ress__

____

____

____

____

__

Pla

ce:_

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

___

Sig

nat

ure

of T

end

erer__

____

____

____

____

_

Dat

e:__

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

___

Sea

l of T

end

erer_

____

____

____

____

____

___

1

2

3

4

5

Pric

e p

er u

nit

(Cu

rren

cy)

Un

it p

rice

on

DD

P

bas

is a

t co

nsi

gnee

’s

site

It

em

S

l. N

o.

Brie

f D

escr

iptio

n o

f G

oo

ds (

with

m

ake

&

mo

del

)

Co

unt

ry

of O

rigin

Q

uan

tity

(No

s.)

Gro

ss F

OB

pric

e at

sea

/air

po

rt o

f La

din

g (in

clu

sive

o

f Age

ncy

C

om

mis

sio

n)

Am

ou

nt

and

p

erce

nta

ge o

f A

gen

cy

Co

mm

issi

on

**

Net

FO

B

(exc

lud

ing

Age

ncy

C

om

mis

sio

n)

(a-b

)

Insu

ran

ce

& F

reig

ht

Net

C

IP b

y A

ir/

Sea

at

the

po

rt o

f en

try

(c+

d)

Cu

sto

m

Du

ty

am

ou

nt

as

% o

f Net

C

IP

(am

ou

nt

with

C

DE

C a

s ap

plic

able

) **

Cu

sto

m

Cle

aran

ce

&

Han

dlin

g C

har

ges

**

Load

ing/

U

nlo

adin

g,

inla

nd

tran

spo

rtat

ion,

in

sura

nce

as

per

Cla

use

11

o

f GC

C &

in

cid

enta

l co

st

till c

onsi

gnee

’s

site

**

Inst

alla

tion

co

mm

issi

on

ing

, su

per

visi

on.

De

mo

nst

ratio

n

& t

rain

ing

at

the

con

sign

ee’s

si

te

**

In fo

reig

n

curr

ency

In I

ndia

n

Ru

pee

s

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)

(i)

=(e

) =

(b+

f+g+

h+

i)

HL

L Li

feca

re L

imite

d

Pri

ce S

ched

ule

HL

L/P

CD

/ES

IC-1

8/1

0-1

1

Pa

ge 1

70

of 1

89

17

.06.

201

0

C

) P

RIC

E S

CH

ED

ULE

FO

R C

OM

PR

EH

EN

SIV

E M

AIN

TE

NA

NC

E C

ON

TR

AC

T A

FT

ER

WA

RR

AN

TY

PE

RIO

D

1 2

3 4

5 C

ompr

ehen

sive

Mai

nten

ance

C

ontr

act C

ost f

or E

ach

Uni

t yea

r w

ise*

.

1st

2nd

3rd

4th

5th

Item

S

l. N

o.

Brie

f Des

crip

tion

of th

e G

oods

Q

uant

ity

(Nos

.)

a b

c d

e

Tot

al C

ompr

ehen

sive

Mai

nten

ance

C

ontr

act C

ost f

or 5

(or

as

spec

ified

) Y

ears

[3

x (

4a+

4b+

4c+

4d+

4e)]

* A

fter

com

plet

ion

of W

arra

nty

perio

d

NO

TE

:-

1.

In c

ase

of d

iscr

epan

cy b

etw

een

unit

pric

e an

d to

tal

pric

es, T

HE

UN

IT P

RIC

E s

hall

prev

ail.

2.

The

cos

t of

Com

preh

ensi

ve M

aint

enan

ce C

ontr

act

(C

MC

) is

to

be q

uote

d in

IN

R w

hich

inc

lude

s pr

even

tive

mai

nten

ance

inc

ludi

ng

test

ing

&

calib

ratio

n as

pe

r te

chni

cal/

serv

ice

/ope

ratio

nal

man

ual a

nd la

bour

, af

ter

satis

fact

ory

com

plet

ion

of

War

rant

y pe

riod

ma

y b

e qu

oted

for

nex

t 5

(or

as s

peci

fied

) ye

ars

on

year

ly b

asis

for

com

plet

e e

qui

pmen

t and

Tur

nke

y (i

f an

y).

3.

The

cos

t o

f C

MC

ma

y be

quo

ted

alon

g w

ith t

axes

app

lic

able

on

the

dat

e o

f T

ende

r O

peni

ng.

The

tax

es t

o be

pai

d ex

tra,

to

be s

peci

fical

ly s

tate

d. I

n th

e ab

senc

e of

an

y su

ch s

tipul

atio

n th

e pr

ice

will

be

take

n in

clus

ive

of s

uch

tax

es a

nd n

o cl

aim

for

the

sam

e w

ill b

e en

tert

aine

d la

ter.

4.

C

ost o

f CM

C w

ill b

e ad

ded

for

Ran

kin

g/E

valu

atio

n purpos

e.

5.

The

pa

ymen

t of C

MC

will

be

mad

e a

s pe

r cl

ause

GC

C c

laus

e 21

.1 (

D).

6.

T

he u

ptim

e w

arra

nty

will

be

98 %

on

24 (

hrs)

x 7

(d

ays

) x

365

(da

ys)

basi

s or

as

stat

ed in

Te

chni

cal S

peci

ficat

ion

of th

e T

E d

ocum

ent.

7.

All

softw

are

upd

ates

sho

uld

be p

rovi

ded

free

of

cos

t dur

ing

CM

C p

erio

d.

8.

The

stip

ulat

ions

in T

echn

ical

Spe

cific

atio

n w

ill s

upe

rsed

e ab

ove

pro

visi

ons

9.

The

sup

plie

r sh

all

keep

suf

ficie

nt s

tock

of

spa

res

requ

ired

durin

g C

ompr

ehe

nsiv

e M

aint

enan

ce C

ont

ract

pe

riod.

In

case

th

e s

pare

s a

re r

equi

red

to

be im

port

ed, i

t wou

ld b

e th

e re

spon

sibi

lity

of th

e su

pplie

r to

impo

rt a

nd g

et th

em c

usto

m c

lear

ed a

nd

pay

all n

eces

sary

dut

ies.

Nam

e___

____

____

____

____

____

_

Bus

ines

s A

ddre

ss__

____

____

____

____

____

__

Pla

ce: _

____

____

____

____

____

____

__

Sig

natu

re o

f Ten

dere

r__

____

____

____

____

____

__

Dat

e: _

____

____

____

____

____

____

S

eal o

f the

Ten

der

er_

___

____

____

____

____

____

HL

L Li

feca

re L

imite

d

Pri

ce S

ched

ule

HL

L/P

CD

/ES

IC-1

8/1

0-1

1

Pa

ge 1

71

of 1

89

17

.06.

201

0

D

) P

RIC

E S

CH

ED

ULE

FO

R T

UR

NK

EY

Item

S

l. N

o.

BR

IEF

TU

RN

KE

Y

DE

SC

RIP

TIO

N O

F G

OO

DS

C

ON

SIG

NE

E

CO

DE

T

urnk

ey p

rice

N

ote:

-

1.

T

he c

ost

of T

urnk

ey

as p

er T

ech

nica

l S

peci

ficat

ion

(Sec

tion

VII)

ma

y b

e qu

oted

on

lum

p su

m a

long

with

ta

xes

appl

ica

ble

on t

he d

ate

of T

end

er

Ope

ning

. T

he t

axes

to b

e p

aid

extr

a, to

be

spe

cific

ally

sta

ted.

In th

e ab

senc

e of

an

y su

ch s

tipul

atio

n th

e pr

ice

will

be

take

n in

clus

ive

of s

uch

taxe

s an

d n

o cl

aim

for

the

sam

e w

ill b

e en

tert

ain

ed la

ter.

2.

C

ost o

f Tur

nke

y w

ill b

e ad

ded

for

Ran

king

/Eva

luat

ion

purp

ose.

3.

T

he p

aym

ent o

f Tu

rnke

y w

ill b

e m

ade

as

per

clau

se G

CC

cla

use

21.1

(c)

. 4.

T

he s

tipul

atio

ns in

Tec

hnic

al S

peci

ficat

ion

will

su

pers

ede

abov

e pr

ovi

sion

s

Nam

e___

____

____

____

____

____

_

Bus

ines

s A

ddre

ss__

____

____

____

____

____

__

Pla

ce: _

____

____

____

____

____

____

__

Sig

natu

re o

f Ten

dere

r__

____

____

____

____

____

__

Dat

e: _

____

____

____

____

____

____

S

eal o

f the

Ten

der

er_

___

____

____

____

____

____

HLL Lifecare Limited Questionnaire


SECTION – XII QUESTIONNAIRE

Fill up the Section XX – Check List for Tenderers and enclose with the Tender

1. The tenderer should furnish specific answers (alongwith mention of relevant page nos. of

tender) to all the questions/issues mentioned in the Checklist. In case a question/issue does not

apply to a tenderer, the same should be answered with the remark “not applicable”

2. Wherever necessary and applicable, the tenderer shall enclose certified copy as documentary

proof/ evidence to substantiate the corresponding statement.

3. In case a tenderer furnishes a wrong or evasive answer against any of the question/issues

mentioned in the Checklist, its tender will be liable to be ignored.

HLL Lifecare Ltd. Various Forms


SECTION – XIV

MANUFACTURER’S AUTHORISATION FORM

To,

Head (P & CD) HLL Lifecare Limited Procurement and Consultancy Division B-14A, Sector -62, Noida -201307, Uttar Pradesh

Dear Sir, Ref. Your TE document No ____________, dated _____________ We, ___________________________________ who are proven and reputable manufacturers of___________________________(name and description of the goods offered in the tender) having factories at___________________________________________________________, hereby authorise Messrs______________________________(name and address of the agent) to submit a tender, process the same further and enter into a contract with you against your requirement as contained in the above referred TE documents for the above goods manufactured by us. We further confirm that no supplier or firm or individual other than Messrs. ________________________ (name and address of the above agent) is authorised to submit a tender, process the same further and enter into a contract with you against your requirement as contained in the above referred TE documents for the above goods manufactured by us. We also hereby extend our full warranty, CMC as applicable as per clause 15 of the General Conditions of Contract, read with modification, if any, in the Special Conditions of Contract for the goods and services offered for supply by the above firm against this TE document.

Yours faithfully,

[Signature with date, name and designation]

for and on behalf of Messrs___________________________

[Name & address of the manufacturers] Note: 1. This letter of authorisation should be on the letterhead of the manufacturing firm and should

be signed by a person competent and having the power of attorney to legally bind the manufacturer.

2. Original letter may be sent.



SECTION – XV

BANK GUARANTEE FORM FOR PERFORMANCE SECURITY/ CMC SECURITY

To Head of Hospital/Institute/Medical College of ESIC WHEREAS _____________________________ (Name and address of the supplier) (Hereinafter called “the supplier”) has undertaken, in pursuance of contract no________________________ dated _____________ to supply (description of goods and services) (herein after called “the contract”). AND WHEREAS it has been stipulated by you in the said contract that the supplier shall furnish you with a bank guarantee by a scheduled commercial bank recognised by you for the sum specified therein as security for compliance with its obligations in accordance with the contract; AND WHEREAS we have agreed to give the supplier such a bank guarantee; NOW THEREFORE we hereby affirm that we are guarantors and responsible to you, on behalf of the supplier, up to a total of. ________________________ (Amount of the guarantee in words and figures), and we undertake to pay you, upon your first written demand declaring the supplier to be in default under the contract and without cavil or argument, any sum or sums within the limits of (amount of guarantee) as aforesaid, without your needing to prove or to show grounds or reasons for your demand or the sum specified therein. We hereby waive the necessity of your demanding the said debt from the supplier before presenting us with the demand. We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms of the contract to be performed there under or of any of the contract documents which may be made between you and the supplier shall in any way release us from any liability under this guarantee and we hereby waive notice of any such change, addition or modification. This guarantee shall remain valid till 2 (two) months beyond the warranty period, i.e up to ----------- (indicate date)

……………………………. (Signature with date of the authorised officer of the Bank)

…………………………………………………………. Name and designation of the officer

…………………………………………………………. ………………………………………………………….

Seal, name & address of the Bank and address of the Branch



SECTION – XVI CONTRACT FORM - A

CONTRACT FORM FOR SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONI NG, HANDING

OVER, TRIAL RUN, TRAINING OF OPERATORS & WARRANTY O F GOODS

(Address of the Purchaser’s/Consignee’s office issuing the contract) Contract No___________ dated______________ This is in continuation to this office’s Notification of Award No_______ dated ______ 1. Name & address of the Supplier: ______________________________ 2. Purchaser’s TE document No________ dated____________ and subsequent Amendment

No____________, dated_________ (if any), issued by the purchaser 3. Supplier’s Tender No_________ dated__________ and subsequent communication(s)

No____________ dated _________ (if any), exchanged between the supplier and the purchaser in connection with this tender.

4. In addition to this Contract Form, the following documents etc, which are included in the documents mentioned under paragraphs 2 and 3 above, shall also be deemed to form and be read and construed as integral part of this contract:

(i) General Conditions of Contract; (ii) Special Conditions of Contract; (iii) List of Requirements; (iv) Technical Specifications; (v) Quality Control Requirements; (vi) Tender Form furnished by the supplier; (vii) Price Schedule(s) furnished by the supplier in its tender; (viii) Manufacturers’ Authorisation Form (if applicable for this tender); (ix) Purchaser’s Notification of Award Note : The words and expressions used in this contract shall have the same meanings as are respectively assigned to them in the conditions of contract referred to above. Further, the definitions and abbreviations incorporated under clause 1 of Section II – ‘General Instructions to Tenderers’ of the Purchaser’s TE document shall also apply to this contract.

5. Some terms, conditions, stipulations etc. out of the above-referred documents are reproduced below for ready reference:

(i) Brief particulars of the goods and services which shall be supplied/ provided by the supplier are as under:

Item Sl. No.

Brief description of goods/services

Accounting unit

Quantity to be supplied

Unit Price

Total price

Terms of delivery



Any other additional services (if applicable) and cost thereof: _____________________ Total value (in figure) ____________ (In words) ___________________________ (ii) Delivery schedule

(iii) Details of Performance Security (iv) Quality Control

(a) Mode(s), stage(s) and place(s) of conducting inspections and tests. (b) Designation and address of purchaser’s inspecting officer

(v) Destination and despatch instructions (vi) Consignee, including port consignee, if any (vii) Warranty clause (viii) Payment terms (ix) Paying authority

____________________________ (Signature, name and address

of the Purchaser’s/Consignee’s authorised official) For and on behalf of__________________

Received and accepted this contract (Signature, name and address of the supplier’s executive duly authorised to sign on behalf of the supplier) For and on behalf of _________________________ (Name and address of the supplier) (Seal of the supplier) Date: _________________________ Place: _________________________



CONTRACT FORM – B

CONTRACT FORM FOR COMPREHENSIVE MAINTENANCE CONTRAC T

Comprehensive Maintenance Contract No._______________________dated_________________ Between

(Address of Head of Hospital/Institute/Medical College) And

(Name & Address of the Supplier) Ref: Contract No___________ dated______________ (Contract No. & date of Contract for

supply, installation, commissioning, handing over, Trial run, Training of operators & warranty of goods)

In continuation to the above referred contract

a) The Contract of Comprehensive Maintenance is hereby concluded as under: -

1 2 3 4 5 Comprehensive

Maintenance Contract Cost for Each Unit year

wise*.

1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th

Item Sl. No.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF

GOODS

Quantity (Nos.)

a b c d e

Total Comprehensive Maintenance Contract

Cost for 5 (or as specified) Years

[3 x (4a+4b+4c+4d+4e)]

Total value (in figure) ____________ (In words) ___________________________ b) The CMC commence from the date of expiry of all obligations under Warranty i.e.

from______________ (date of expiry of Warranty) and will expire on ______________ (date of expiry of CMC)

c) The cost of Comprehensive Maintenance Contract (CMC) which includes preventive maintenance and labour, after satisfactory completion of Warranty period may be quoted for next 5 (or as specified) years as contained in the above referred contract on yearly basis for complete equipment (including X ray tubes, Batteries for UPS, other vacummatic parts, _____ & _____) and Turnkey (if any).

d) There will be 98% uptime warranty during CMC period on 24 (hrs) X 7 (days) X 365 (days) basis, with penalty, to extend CMC period by double the downtime period.

e) During CMC period, the supplier shall visit at each consignee’s site for preventive maintenance including testing and calibration as per the manufacturer’s service/ technical/ operational manual. The supplier shall visit each consignee site as recommended in the manufacturer’s manual, but at least once in 6 months commencing from the date of the successful completion of warranty period for preventive maintenance of the goods.

f) All software updates should be provided free of cost during CMC. g) The bank guarantee valid till ______________ [(fill the date) 2 months after expiry of entire

CMC period] for an amount of Rs. _______________ [(fill amount) equivalent to 2.5 % of the cost of the equipment as per contract] shall be furnished in the prescribed format given in



Section XV of the TE document, along with the signed copy of CMC within a period of 21 (twenty one) days of issue of CMC failing which the proceeds of Performance Security shall be payable to the Purchaser/Consignee. h) If there is any lapse in the performance of the CMC as per contract, the proceeds CMC bank

guarantee for an amount of Rs. __________ (equivalent to 2.5 % of the cost of the equipment as per contract) shall be payable to the Consignee.

i) Payment terms: The payment of CMC will be made against the bills raised to the consignee by the supplier on six monthly basis after satisfactory completion of said period, duly certified by the HOD concerned. The payment will be made in Indian Rupees.

j) Paying authority: ______________________ (name of the consignee i.e. Hospital/ Institute /Medical College’s authorised official)

____________________________ (Signature, name and address of

Hospital/Institute/Medical College’s authorised official) For and on behalf of__________________

Received and accepted this contract (Signature, name and address of the supplier’s executive duly authorised to sign on behalf of the supplier) For and on behalf of _________________________ (Name and address of the supplier) (Seal of the supplier) Date: _________________________ Place: _________________________



SECTION – XVII

CONSIGNEE RECEIPT CERTIFICATE (To be given by consignee’s authorized representative)

The following store (s) has/have been received in good condition:

1) Contract No. & date :______________________________

2) Supplier’s Name :______________________________

3) Consignee’s Name & Address with telephone No. & Fax No. : ______________________________

4) Name of the item supplied :______________________________

5) Quantity Supplied :______________________________

6) Date of Receipt by the Consignee :______________________________

7) Name and designation of Authorized Representative of Consignee :______________________________

8) Signature of Authorized Representative of Consignee with date :______________________________

9) Seal of the Consignee :______________________________



SECTION – XVIII Proforma of Final Acceptance Certificate by the Consignee

No _______________ Date_______________ To M/s____________________ _______________________ _______________________ Subject: Certificate of commissioning of equipment/plant. This is to certify that the equipment(s)/plant(s) as detailed below has/have been received in good conditions along with all the standard and special accessories and a set of spares (subject to remarks in Para no.02) in accordance with the contract/technical specifications. The same has been installed and commissioned.

(a) Contract No______________________________________ dated__________________

(b) Description of the equipment(s)/plants: _______________________________________

(c) Equipment(s)/ plant(s) nos.: ________________________________________________

(d) Quantity:_______________________________________________________________

(e) Bill of Loading/Air Way Bill/Railway Receipt/ Goods Consignment Note no___________________ dated _________________

(f) Name of the vessel/ Transporter: ___________________________________________ (g) Name of the Consignee: ___________________________________________________ (h) Date of commissioning and proving test: _____________________________________

Details of accessories/spares not yet supplied and recoveries to be made on that account.

Sl. Description of Item Quantity Amount to be recovered No. The proving test has been done to our entire satisfaction and operators have been trained to operate the equipment(s)/plant(s). The supplier has fulfilled its contractual obligations satisfactorily ## or The supplier has failed to fulfil its contractual obligations with regard to the following: He has not adhered to the time schedule specified in the contract in dispatching the documents/drawings pursuant to ‘Technical Specifications’. He has not supervised the commissioning of the equipment(s)/plant(s)in time, i.e. within the period specified in the contract from date of intimation by the Purchaser/Consignee in respect of the installation of the equipment(s)/plant(s). The supplier as specified in the contract has not done training of personnel. The extent of delay for each of the activities to be performed by the supplier in terms of the contract



is______________________________________________________________________________. The amount of recovery on account of non-supply of accessories and spares is given under Para no.02. The amount of recovery on account of failure of the supplier to meet his contractual obligations is__________________ (here indicate the amount). Signature Name: Designation with stamp

## Explanatory notes for filling up the certificate:

o He has adhered to the time schedule specified in the contract in dispatching the documents/drawings pursuant to ‘Technical Specification’.

o He has supervised the commissioning of the equipment(s)/plant(s) in time, i.e. within the time specified in the contract from date of intimation by the Purchaser/Consignee in respect of the installation of the equipment(s)/plant(s).

o Training of personnel has been done by the supplier as specified in the contract o In the event of documents/drawings having not been supplied or installation and

commissioning of the equipment(s)/plant(s) having been delayed on account of the supplier, the extent of delay should always be mentioned in clear terms.

HLL Lifecare Ltd. Shipping Arrangement


SECTION – XIX

DETAILS OF SHIPPING ARRANGEMENT FOR LINER CARGOES I N RESPECT OF C&F/CIF/TURNKEY/F.O.R CONTRACTS FOR IMPORTS

1. SHIPMENT FROM PORTS OF U.K INCLUDING NORTHERN IRELAND (ALSO EIRE), FROM THE NORTH CONTINENT OF EUROPE (GERMANY, HOLLAND, BELGIUM, FRANCE, NORWAY, SWEDEN, DENMARK, FINLAND AND PORTS ON THE CONTINENTAL SEABOARD OF MEDITERRANIAN (I.E. FRENCH WESTERN ITALIAN PORTS), TO PORTS IN INDIA.

The Seller should arrange shipment of the goods by vessels belonging to the member lines of the India-Pakistan-Bangladesh Conference. If the Seller finds that the space on the ‘Conference Lines’ vessels is not available for any specific shipment, he should take up with India-Pakistan-Bangladesh Conference. Conferity House, East Grinstead, Sussex (UK), for providing shipping space and also inform the Shipping Co-ordination Officer, Ministry of Surface Transport, New Delhi, (Cable: TRANSCHART, NEW DELHI, Telex: VAHAN IN – 031 – 61157, 61158, 61159)

The Seller should arrange shipment through the Government of India’s Forwarding Agents, M/s Schenker & Co., 2000-Hamburg (Cable: SCHENKER CO., HAMBURG) OR obtain a certificate from them to the effect that shipment has been arranged in accordance with instructions of the Ministry of Surface Transport, (TRANSCHART), New Delhi.

2. SHIPMENT FORM PORTS OF U.K. INCLUDING NORTHERN

Goods under this contract would be shipped by the national shipping companies of the Contracting Parties operating bilateral shipping service and vessels under the flag of third countries in accordance with the Agreement between the Government of German Democratic Republic and the Government of the Republic of India in the Field of Merchant Shipping signed on 9.1.1979, as amended up-to-date.

3. ISHIPMENT FROM ADRIATIC PORTS OF EASTERN ITALY AND YUGOSLAVIA

The seller should arrange shipment of the goods by vessels belonging to the following Indian member lines;

1. The Shipping Purchaser of India Ltd. 2. The Scindia Steam Navigation Co., Ltd 3. India Steamship Co., Ltd

For the purpose of ascertaining the availability of suitable Indian vessels and granting dispensation in the event of their non-availability, the Seller should give adequate notice about the readiness of each consignment from time to time at least six weeks in advance of the required position to M/s Schenker & Co. 2000 HAMBURG (Cable: SCHENKER CO., HAMBURG) and also endorse a copy thereof to the Shipping Co-ordination Officer, Ministry of Surface Transport, New Delhi, (Cable: TRANSCHART, NEW DELHI, Telex: VAHAN IN – 031 – 61157, 61158, 61159) The seller should arrange shipment through the Government of India’s Forwarding Agents M/s Schenker & Co. 2000 HAMBURG (Cable: SCHENKER CO., HAMBURG) or obtain certificate from them to the effect that shipment has been arranged in accordance with the instructions of the Ministry of Surface Transport, (TRANSCHART), New Delhi.

4. SHIPMENT FROM POLAND & CZECHOSLOVAKIA

(i) IMPORTS FROM POLAND



Shipment under this contract would be made by the National flag lines of the two parties and vessels of the third flag conference lines, in accordance with the agreement between the Govt. of the Republic of India and the Govt. of the Polish People’s Republic regarding Shipping Co-operation dated 27.6.1960 as amended up-to-date. (ii) IMPORTS FROM CZECHOSLOVAKIA Goods under this contract would be signed by the National flag lines of the two parties and vessels of the third flag conference lines, in accordance with the Agreement Co-operation in shipping between India and Czechoslovakia signed on 3.11.1978 and ratified on 19.12.1979, as amended up-to-date. Shipping arrangement should be made by the Sellers in consultation with Resident Representative of the Indian Shipping Lines in Gdynia, Co., Morska Agencja W. Gdyniul, Pulaskiego 8, P.O. Box 246, Gdynia (Poland) – Telex : MG PL. 054301, Tel.: 207621, to whom details regarding contract number, nature of cargo , quantity, port of lading, discharging, name of Government consignee, expected date of readiness of each consignment etc. should be furnish at least six weeks in advance of the required position, with a copy thereof endorsed to the Shipping Co-ordination Officer, Ministry of Surface Transport, (Chartering Wing), New Delhi, (Cable: TRANSCHART, NEW DELHI, Telex: VAHAN IN – 031 – 61157, 61158, 61159)

5. SHIPMENT FROM U.S.S.R

Shipment under this contract should be made in accordance with the agreement between the Government of the Republic of India and the Government of U.S.S.R on Merchant Shipping 1976, as amended up-to-date, by vessels of Indo-Soviet shipping Service.

6. SHIPMENT FROM JAPAN The shipment of goods should be made of India vessels to the maximum extent possible subject to the minimum of 50%.

The Seller should arrange shipment of the goods in consultation with the Embassy of India in Japan, Tokyo to whom details regarding contract number, nature of cargo, quantity, port of loading/discharge, name of Govt. consignee, expected date of readiness of each consignment etc. should be furnished at least six weeks in advance of the required position.

Note: The copies of such contracts are to be endorsed both to the Attached (commercial) embassy of India in Japan, Tokyo, and the shipping Co-ordination Officer, Ministry of Surface Transport, New Delhi.

7. SHIPMENT FROM AUSTRALIA, ALGERIA, BULGARIA, ROMANIA, EGYPY The Seller shall arrange shipment of the goods by Indian flag vessels to the maximum extent possible subject to a minimum of 50 %. For the purpose of ascertaining the availability of suitable Indian vessels, the seller shall give adequate notice of not less than six weeks about the readiness of each consignment to the Shipping Purchaser of India Ltd., SHIPPING HOUSE, 245, Madame Cama Road, Bombay – 400 021 (CABLE: SHIPINDIA BOMBAY) and also endorse a copy thereof to the Shipping Co-ordination Officer, Ministry of Surface Transport, New Delhi, (Cable: TRANSCHART, NEW DELHI, Telex: VAHAN IN – 031 – 61157, 61158, 61159)

8. SHIPMENT FROM PAKISTAN



The shipment of cargoes should be made by Indian vessels to the maximum extent possible subject to a minimum of 50 %.

Shipment arrangement should be made by the sellers in consultation with M/s Mogul Line Ltd., 16-Bank Street, Fort, Bombay – 400023 (Cable: MOGUL BOMBAY: Telex: 011 – 4049 MOGUL), to whom, details regarding contract number, nature of cargo, quantity, port of lading discharging, name of government consignee, expected date of readiness of each consignment etc. should be furnish at least six weeks in advance of the required position, with a copy thereof endorsed to the Shipping Co-ordination Officer, Ministry of Surface Transport, New Delhi, (Cable: TRANSCHART, NEW DELHI, Telex: VAHAN IN – 031 – 61157, 61158, 61159)

9. SHIPMENT FROM U.S ATLANTIC & GULF PORTS The Seller should arrange shipment of the goods by vessels belonging to the member lines of the India – Pakistan – Bangladesh – Ceylon and Burma Outward Freight Conference. If the Seller finds that the space of the ‘Conference Lines’ vessels is not available for any specific shipment he should take up with India – Pakistan- Bangladesh – Ceylon and Burma Outward Freight Conference, 19, Rector Street, New York, N.Y. 10006 USA, for providing shipping space and also inform the Shipping Co-ordination Officer, Ministry of Surface Transport, New Delhi, (Cable: TRANSCHART, NEW DELHI, Telex: VAHAN IN – 031 – 61157, 61158, 61159)

10. SHIPMENT FROM ST. LAWRENCE AN EASTERN CANADIAN PORTS The Seller should arrange shipment of the goods by vessels belonging to the following shipping lines;

1. The shipping Purchaser of India Ltd. 2. The Scindia Steam Navigation Co., Ltd

If the Seller finds that the space in the vessels of these Lines is not available for any particular consignments, he should inform the Shipping Co-ordination Officer, Ministry of Surface Transport, New Delhi, (Cable: TRANSCHART, NEW DELHI, Telex: VAHAN IN – 031 – 61157, 61158, 61159) immediately so that dispensation from the shipping lines concerned to use alternative lifting may be sought.

11. SHIPMENT FROM WEST COAST PORTS OF U.S.S CANADA AND OTHER AREAS NOT

SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED ABOVE

The Seller should arrange shipment of the goods by Indian vessels to the maximum extent possible subject to a minimum of 50 %. For the purpose of ascertaining the availability of suitable Indian vessels and granting dispensation in the event of their non-availability, the Seller should furnish the details regarding contract number, nature of cargo, quantity, port of lading, discharging, name of government consignee, expected date of readiness of each consignment etc. to the Shipping Co-ordination Officer, Ministry of Surface Transport, New Delhi, (Cable: TRANSCHART, NEW DELHI, Telex: VAHAN IN – 031 – 61157, 61158, 61159) at least six weeks in advance of the required position.

B) BILLS OF LADING:

(i) C.I.F./C&F/TURNKEY SHIPMENTS

The Bills of lading should be drawn to indicate Shipper and ‘Consignee’ as under:

SHIPPER: The C.I.F (C&F)/TURNKEY SUPPLIERS concerned.



CONSIGNEE: As per consignee’s particulars in the contract (The name an address of the

‘Port Consignee’ and ‘Ultimate’ both should be indicated).

(ii) F.O.R SHIPMENTS

The Bills of lading should be drawn indicating shipper Consignee as under:

SHIPPER: The F.O.R suppliers Concerned CONSIGNEE: Supplier’s Indian Agent on order

Note: 1. Moreover the name of the ‘Purchaser’ and ‘Ultimate’ Consignee should appear in the body of

the Bills of Lading as the ‘Notify’ or as a remark. 2. Two non-negotiable copies of the Bills of Lading indicating the freight amount and discount, if

any allowed, should be forwarded to The Shipping Co-ordination Officer, Ministry of surface Transport (Chartering Wing), New Delhi after the shipment of each consignment is effected.

3. The seller should avoid the use of over-aged vessels for the shipment of the goods under the contract and if so used the cost of additional. Insurance, if any, shall be borne by the seller.

HLL Lifecare Ltd. Check List


SECTION – XX

CHECKLIST Name of Tenderer: Name of Manufacturer:

Sl. No. Activity

Yes/ No/ NA

Page No. in the Tender document

Remarks

1. Have you enclosed EMD of required amount

for the quoted schedules?

2(a). Have you enclosed clause-by-clause technical

compliance statement for the quoted goods vis-

à-vis the Technical specifications?

2(b). In case of Technical deviations in the

compliance statement, have you identified and

marked the deviations?

3. Have you kept validity of 120 days from the

Techno Commercial Tender Opening date as

per the TE document?

4(a). Have you enclosed duly filled Tender Form as

per format in Section X?

4(b). Have you enclosed Power of Attorney/

Authorisation in favour of the signatory?

5. Have you submitted manufacturer’s

authorization as per Section XIV?

6. Have you submitted the certificate of

incorporation?

7(a). In case of Indian Tenderer, have you furnished

Income Tax Account No. as allotted by the

Income Tax Department of Government of

India?

7(b). In case of Foreign Tenderer, have you

furnished Income Tax Account No. of your

Indian Agent as allotted by the Income Tax

Department of Government of India?



Sl. No. Activity

Yes/ No/ NA

Page No. in the Tender document

Remarks

8. Have you intimated the name and full address

of your Banker (s) along with your Account

Number

9. Have you furnished Annual Report (Balance

Sheet and Profit & Loss Account) for last three

years prior to the date of Tender opening?

10. Have you submitted the Quality Control

Requirements as per Proforma given in Section

VIII of TE document?

11. Have you accepted delivery period as per TE

document?

12. Have you accepted the terms of delivery as per

‘DDP at consignee site basis’?

13. Have you accepted the warranty/CMC as per

TE document?

14. Have you accepted all terms and conditions of

TE document?

15. Have you fully accepted payment terms as per

TE document?

16(a) Have you submitted prices of goods, turnkey

(if any), CMC etc. in the Price Schedule as per

Section XI?

16(b) Have you submitted satisfactory end user

performance certificate as per the Proforma for

performance statement in Sec. IX of TE

document in respect of all orders?

17. Have you submitted copy of the order(s)

aagainst the above end user certificate (s)?

18. Have you furnished documents establishing

your eligibility & qualification criteria as per

TE documents?



N.B.

1. All pages of the Tender should be page numbered and indexed. 2. The Tenderer may go through the checklist and ensure that all the

documents/confirmations listed above are enclosed in the tender and no column is left blank. If any column is not applicable, it may be filled up as NA.

3. It is the responsibility of tendered to go through the TE document to ensure furnishing all required documents in addition to above, if any.

(Signature with date)

(Full name, designation & address of the person duly authorised sign on behalf of the

Tenderer) For and on behalf of

(Name, address and stamp of the tendering firm)

HLL Lifecare Ltd. Consignee addresses


Section – XXI

Consignee addresses

Consignee Code Consignee Address Telephone/Fax No.

Sanathnagar Med. Supdt., ESI Hospital, Sanathnagar Hyderabad.

040-23701096

Manicktala

Medical Superintendent ESI Hospital, Manicktala, bagmari Road, KOLKATA

033- 23378010 23377445

Baddi Medical Superintendent ESIC Hospital Baddi, Himachal Pradesh

--

Bhiwadi Medical Superintendent ESIC Hospital Bhiwadi, Rajasthan

--

Manesar Medical Superintendent ESIC Model Hospital Manesar, Haryana

--

Bangalore Medical Superintendent ESIC Model Hospital Rajajinagar, Bangalore-560 010

080-2332 0271/72 (T)

Ludhiana Medical Superintendent ESIC Model Hospital Bharat Nagar, Ludhiana-141 001

0161-2772435/36 (T) 0161-2774357 (F)

NB: The purchaser/consignee will ensure timely issue of CDEC, Octroi Exemption Certificates, Road Permits & Entry Tax Exemption Certificates, wherever applicable, to the suppliers.